GateComputerScience HandWrittenNotes GateCoachProbably

AVS fiziks
Institute for NET/JRF, GATE, IIT-JAM, JEST, TIFR and GRE in PHYSICAL SCIENCES
MATEMATICAL PHYSICS SOLUTIONS

GATE-2010
Q1. Consider an anti-symmetric tensor Pij with indices i and j running from 1 to 5. The
number of independent components of the tensor is
(A) 3 (B) 10 (C) 9 (D) 6
Ans: (b)
The number of independent components of the tensor
= N N 1 25 5 10 N 5
1 2
2 2
e 2 sin z
Q2. The value of the integral dz , where the contour C is the unit circle:
C z2
z 2 1 , is
(A) 2i (B) 4i (C) i (D) 0

Ans: (d)
e z sin z
Pole is at z 0 , Circle z 2 1 dz 2i 0 0 .
C z2
2 3 0

Q3. The eigenvalues of the matrix 3 2 0 are
0 1
0
(A) 5, 2, -2 (B) -5, -1, -1 (C) 5, 1, -1 (D) -5, 1, 1

Ans: (c)
The characteristic equation of the matrix A , A I 0
2 3 0
A I 3 2 0 0 3 52 5 0 5,1, 1
0 0 1
Head office Branch office

fiziks, H.No. 23, G.F, Jia Sarai, Anand Institute of Mathematics,
Near IIT, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16 28-B/6, Jia Sarai, Near IIT
Phone: 011-26865455/+91-9871145498 Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16
Website: www.physicsbyfiziks.com
Email: fiziks.physics@gmail.com 1
AVS fiziks
0 for x 3,
Q4. If f x then the Laplace transform of f(x) is
x 3 for x 3
(A) s 2 e sx (B) s 2 e sx (C) s 2 (D) s 2 e sx

Ans: (d)
3
L f x e sx f x dx e s x f x dx e sx f x dx x 3 e sx dx
0 0 3 3

e sx e sx 1 e sx
L f x x 3
1 sx
1 dx 0 e dx 2 sx
s e
s 3 3 s s3 s s 3
d2y
Q5. The solution of the differential equation for yt : y 2 cosh(t ) , subject to the
dt 2
initial conditions y0 0 and

dy
0 , is
dt t 0
cosht t sinht (B) sinht t cosht

1
(A)
2
(C) t cosht (D) t sinht
Ans: (d)

For C.F D 2 1 y 0 m 1 C.F . C1e t C2 e t
e t e t
P.I .
1
2 cosh t
1
2
1
2
et 2
1 t

t
e t e t e t
D2 1 D 2 1 2 D 1 D 1 2 2
y C1e t C 2 e t e t e t y0 0 C1 C2 0
t t
2 2
dy t 1 t 1
C1e t C 2 e t e t e t e t e t
dt 2 2 2 2
dy 1 1
0 C1 C 2 0 0 0 C1 C 2 0
dt t 0 2 2
Since C1 C2 0 and C1 C2 0 C1 0, C2 0 .
t t t t
Thus y e e y t sinh t
2 2

AVS fiziks
GATE-2011
Q6. Two matrices A and B are said to be similar if B = P-1AP for some invertible matrix
P. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
(A) DetA = DetB (B) Trace of A = Trace of B
(C) A and B have the same eigenvectors (D) A and B have the same eigenvalues
Ans: (c)
If A and P be square matrices of the same type and if P be invertible then matrices A and
B = P-1AP have the same characteristic roots
Then B I P 1 AP P 1IP P 1 A I P where I is identity matrix.
B I P 1 A I P P 1 A I P A I P 1 P A I PP 1 A I
Thus the matrices A and B (= P-1AP) have the same characteristic equation and hence
characteristic roots of eigen values. Since the sum of the eigen values of a matrix and
product of eigen values of a matrix is equal to the determinant of matrix hence third
alternative is incorrect.
Q7. If a force F is derivable from a potential function V(r), where r is the distance from
the origin of the coordinate system, it follows that
(A) F 0 (B) F 0 (C) V 0 (D) 2 V 0

Ans: (a)

Since F is derivative from potential V(r) and F V r

F V 0 .
Q8. A 33 matrix has elements such that its trace is 11 and its determinant is 36. The
eigenvalues of the matrix are all known to be positive integers. The largest eigenvalues of
the matrix is
(A) 18 (B) 12 (C) 9 (D) 6
Ans: (c)

AVS fiziks
We know that for any matrix

1. The product of eigenvalues is equal to determinant of that matrix.
2. 1 2 3 ....... Trace of matrix
1 2 3 11 and 123 36 . Hence the largest eigen value of the matrix is 9.
Q9. The unit vector normal to the surface x2 + y2 z = 1 at the point P(1, 1, 1) is
i j k 2i j k i 2 j k 2i 2 j k
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 6 6 3
Ans: (d)
The equation of the system is f x, y, z x 2 y 2 z 1 0
2
The gradient of the above function is f i j k x y 2 z 1
x y z
2 xi 2 yj l
f 2i 2 j k
Hence unit normal vector at (1, 1, 1) .
f 3
Q10. Consider a cylinder of height h and radius a, closed at both ends, centered at the
origin. Let r ix jy kz be the position vector and n a unit vector normal to the
surface. The surface integral r n ds over the closed surface of the cylinder is
S
z
O y
x
2 2
(A) 2a (a + h) (B) 3a h (C) 2 a2h (D) zero
Ans: (b)
r.nds .r d 3 d 3a
2
h
S V V

AVS fiziks
dy x
Q11. The solutions to the differential equation are a family of
dx y 1
(A) circles with different radii

(B) circles with different centres
(C) straight lines with different slopes
(D) straight lines with different intercepts on the y-axis
Ans: (a)
dy x x2 y2
xdx ydy dy 0 y C1 x 2 y 2 2 y 2C1
dx y 1 2 2
x 0 y 1 2C1 1 C
2 2
which is family of circles with different radii.
Q12. Which of the following statements is TRUE for the function f(z)?
(A) f(z) is analytic everywhere in the complex plane
(B) f(z) has a zero at z =
(C) f(z) has a pole of order 2 at z =
(D) f(z) has a simple pole at z =
Ans: (c)
Consider a function f z
z sin z
of a complex variable z.
z 2
z sin z
f z has a pole of order 2 at z
z
2
Q13. Consider a counterclockwise circular contour z 1 about the origin. The integral
f z dz over this contour is

(A) i (B) zero (C) i (D) 2i
Ans: (b)

AVS fiziks
GATE-2012

Q14. Identify the correct statement for the following vectors a 3i 2 j and b i 2 j

(a) The vectors a and b are linearly independent

(b) The vectors a and b are linearly dependent

(c) The vectors a and b are orthogonal

(d) The vectors a and b are normalized
Ans: (a)

If a 3i 2 j, b i 2 j are linearly dependent a mb 0, for some values of m but
3 + m = 0 and 2 + 2m = 0 do not have any solution. So they are linearly independent.

a b 0 (Not orthogonal); a b 0 (Not normalized)
Q15. The number of independent components of the symmetric tensor Aij with indices
i, j = 1, 2, 3 is
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 9
A11 A12 A13
Ans: (c) For symmetric tensor Aij A21 A22 A23
A31 A32 A33
A12 A21, A23 A32 , A13 A33 , hence there are six independent components.
0 1 0
0 0
1
(a) 0, 1, 1 (b) 0, 2 , 2
1 1
(c) , ,0 (d) 2 , 2 ,0
2 2
Ans: (b)
1 0
A I 0 1
1 0 2 1 0 0, 2 , 2
0 1

AVS fiziks
GATE-2013

Q17. If A and B are constant vectors, then A B r is

(a) A B (b) A B (c) r (d) zero
Ans: (d)

Let A A0 x y z , B B0 x y z and r xx yy zz .

B r xz y B0 y z x B0 z y x B0 A B r 0 .
Q18. For the function f z

16 z
, the residue at the pole z 1 is (your answer
z 3z 12
should be an integer) ____________.
Ans:
1 d 21 z 1 16 z
2
At z 1 pole is of order 2 so residue is =3

2 1 dz 21 z 3 z 12
z 1
4 1 1
Q19. The degenerate eigenvalue of the matrix 1 4 1 is (your answer should be
1 1 4
an integer) ____________
Ans:
4 1 1 1 1 1
1 4
1 (4 ) 0 5 0 = (4 )(5 ) 2 0 2,5,5 .

1 1 4 0 0 5
Q20. The number of distinct ways of placing four indistinguishable balls into five
distinguishable boxes is ___________.
Ans:
4 C 45 =120 ways

fiziks
CLASSICAL MECHANICS SOLUTIONS

NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
A particle of unit mass moves in a potential V x ax 2
b
Q1. , where a and b are positive
x2
constants. The angular frequency of small oscillations about the minimum of the potential
is
(a) 8b (b) 8a (c) 8a / b (d) 8b / a

Ans: (b)
1
V b 4
Solution: V x ax 2 2
b 2b
0 2ax 3 0 ax 4 b 0 x0 .
x x x a
k 2V
Since , m 1 and k 2 where xo is stable equilibrium point.
m x x x
0
1
2V 6b 6b b 4
Hence k 2 2a 4 2a 8a at x x0 .
x x0 b a
a
Thus 8a .
Q2. The acceleration due to gravity (g) on the surface of Earth is approximately 2.6 times that
on the surface of Mars. Given that the radius of Mars is about one half the radius of
Earth, the ratio of the escape velocity on Earth to that on Mars is approximately
(a) 1.1 (b) 1.3 (c) 2.3 (d) 5.2
Ans: (c)
Solution: Escape velocity = 2gR
Escape velocity of Earth ge R e R g

2.3 where e 2 and e 2.6.
Escape velocity of Mass gm R m Rm gm

fiziks
Q3. The Hamiltonian of a system with n degrees of freedom is given

by H q1 ,..... q n ; p1 ,....... p n ; t , with an explicit dependence on the time t. Which of the
following is correct?
(a) Different phase trajectories cannot intersect each other.
(b) H always represents the total energy of the system and is a constant of the motion.
(c) The equations q i H / pi , p i H / qi are not valid since H has explicit time
dependence.
(d) Any initial volume element in phase space remains unchanged in magnitude under
time evolution.
Ans: (a)
Q4. The Lagrangian of a particle of charge e and mass m in applied electric and magnetic
1
fields is given by L mv 2 eA v e , where A and are the vector and scalar
2
potentials corresponding to the magnetic and electric fields, respectively. Which of the
following statements is correct?

(a) The canonically conjugate momentum of the particle is given by p mv

p2 e
(b) The Hamiltonian of the particle is given by H A p e
2m m
(c) L remains unchanged under a gauge transformation of the potentials
(d) Under a gauge transformation of the potentials, L changes by the total time derivative
Ans: (d)
L
Solution: 2 V
t 0
Q5. Consider the decay process in the rest frame of the -. The masses of the
, and are M, M and zero respectively.
A. The energy of is
(a)
M 2

M 2 c 2
(b)
M 2

M 2 c 2
(c) M M c 2 (d) M M c 2
2M 2M

fiziks
Ans: (b)
Solution:
From conservation of energy M c 2 E E .
E 2 p 2 c 2 M 2 c 4 and E 2 p 2 c 2 since momentum of and is same.
M2c4
M c 2 E E , M 2 c 4 E 2 E 2 E E
M c2
E E
M c2
and E E M c E
2
M 2 M 2 c2
.

M 2M
B. The velocity of is
(a)
M 2
M 2 c (b)
M M 2 c
2
(c)
Mc
(d)
M c
M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2 M M
Ans: (a)
Solution: Velocity of
E
M 2
M 2 c 2

M c 2 v2
1 2
4M 2 M 2
c M 2 M 2
2
2M v2
1
c2
v2 4 M 2 M 2 v 2 M 4 M 4 2M 2 M 2 4M 2 M 2 M 2 M 2
1 v 2 2
c.
M 2 M 2 c M 2 M 2 M M
2
c2 2 2

Q6. The Hamiltonian of a particle of unit mass moving in the xy-plane is given to be:
1 2 1 2
H xp x yp y x y in suitable units. The initial values are given to be
2 2
and p x 0, p y 0 , . During the motion, the curves traced out

1 1
x0, y0 1,1
2 2
by the particles in the xy-plane and the p x p y plane are
(a) both straight lines

(b) a straight line and a hyperbola respectively
(c) a hyperbola and an ellipse, respectively
(d) both hyperbolas

fiziks
Ans: (d)
1 2 1 2
Solution: H xp x yp y x y
2 2 .
Solving Hamiltonion equation of motion

H H
p x p x x p x and p y p y y p y .
x y
H H
x x x and y y y .
p x p y
After solving these four differential equation and eliminating time t and using boundary
1 1 1
condition one will get x and p x
y 2 py
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q7. A double pendulum consists of two point masses m attached by strings of length l as
shown in the figure: The kinetic energy of the pendulum is
(a)
2

1 2 2 2
ml 1 2

l
(b) ml 21 2 212 cos1 2
1 2 2 2 1
2
(c)
1 2 2
2

ml 1 222 212 cos1 2 m

l
ml 21 2 212 cos1 2
1 2 2 2
(d) 2
2
Ans: (c) m
Solution: Let co-ordinate x1 , y1 and x 2 , y 2 . K .E.

1
2
1

m x12 y12 m x 22 y 22
2

x1 l sin 1 , y1 l cos1 x1 l cos 11 , y1 l sin 11
x2 l sin 1 l sin 2 , y 2 l cos 1 l cos 2

x 2 l cos 11 l cos 2 2 , y 2 l sin 11 l sin 2 2

fiziks
Put the value of x1 , y1 , x 2 , y 2 in K.E equation, one will get
T
m 1 2 212 cos1 2 .
1 2 2
2

Q8. A constant force F is applied to a relativistic particle of rest mass m. If the particle starts
from rest at t = 0, its speed after a time t is
(c) c1 e Ft / mc
Ft Fct
(a) Ft / m (b) c tanh (d)
mc F t m 2c 2
2 2
Ans: (d)
dp
Solution: F p Ft c .
dt
F
t
At t=0, p=0 so c=0 p Ft
mu
Ft u m .
2
u2 Ft
1 2 1
c mc
Q9. The potential of a diatomic molecule as a function of the distance r between the atoms is
given by V r
a b
6
12 . The value of the potential at equilibrium separation between
r r
the atoms is:
(a) 4a 2 / b (b) 2a 2 / b (c) a 2 / 2b (d) a 2 / 4b
Ans: (d)
V 1 12 b
Solution: V r
a b a 12b
12 , for equilibrium 0 6 7 13 0 7 6a 6 0
r 6
r r r r r r
1 1
12b 12 b 6 2b 6
6a 6 0 r r
r 6a a
1

2b 6
a b a2 a2

a2
V r .
a 2b 2b 2 2b 4b 4b

a a

fiziks
Q10. Two particles of identical mass move in circular orbits under a central
potential V r
1 2
kr . Let l1 and l2 be the angular momenta and r1, r2 be the radii of the
2
orbits respectively. If l1/l2 = 2, the value of r1 / r2 is:
(a) 2 (b) 1 / 2 (c) 2 (d) 1 / 2
Ans: (a)
J2 1
Solution: Veff 2
kr 2 where J is angular momentum.
2mr 2
Veff J2
Condition for circular orbit 0 3 kr 0 J 2 r 4 J r 2 .
r mr
2
J r r J r J
Thus 1 1 1 1 1 2 since 1 2 .
J 2 r2 r2 J2 r2 J2
Q11. A particle of mass m moves inside a bowl. If the surface of the bowl is given by the
equation z
1
2

a x 2 y 2 , where a is a constant, the Lagrangian of the particle is
(a)
1
2

m r 2 r 2 2 gar 2 (b)
1
2

m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2
(c)
1
2

m r 2 r 2 2 r 2 sin 2 2 gar 2 (d)
1
2

m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2 gar 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: L
1
2

m x 2 y 2 z 2 mgz where z
1
2

a x2 y2 .
It has cylindrical symmetry. Thus x r cos , y r sin , z a r 2 .
1
2
x r cos r sin , y r sin r cos and z a rr .
So L m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2 gar 2 .
1
2

fiziks
Q12. A planet of mass m moves in the inverse square central force field of the Sun of mass
M . If the semi-major and semi-minor axes of the orbit are a and b , respectively, the
total energy of the planet is:
GMm 1 1
(a) (b) GMm
ab a b
GMm 1 1 a b
(c) (d) GMm

a b a a b
2

Ans: (a)
Solution: Assume Sun is at the centre of elliptical orbit.
1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm
Conservation of energy mv1 mv2
2 a 2 b v2
Conservation of momentum L mv1a mv2b b

v1
s a
a
v2 v1
b
1 2 1 2 GMm GMm 1 a2 ba
mv1 mv2 m v12 v12 2 GMm
2 2 a b 2 b ab
1 2 b2 a 2 b a 1 b 1
mv1 GMm mv12 GMm
b ab a b a
2
2 2
1 2 GMm b 1 GMm
E mv1 GMm
2 a a b a a
GMm b GMm b b a GMm

1
a b a a b a b a
Q13. An annulus of mass M made of a material of uniform density has inner and outer radii a
and b respectively. Its principle moment of inertia along the axis of symmetry
perpendicular to the plane of the annulus is:
1
b4 a4 1

M b 2 a 2

(a) M 2 (b)
2 b a2 2
(c)
1
2

M b2 a2 (d)
1
2

M b2 a2

fiziks
Ans: (d)
Q14. The trajectory on the zpz-plane (phase-space trajectory) of a ball bouncing perfectly
elastically off a hard surface at z = 0 is given by approximately by (neglect friction):
(a) (b)
PZ PZ
z z
PZ
PZ
(c) d)
z
z
Ans: (a)
Pz2 P2
Solution: H mgz and E z mgz .
2m 2m

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q15. The bob of a simple pendulum, which undergoes small oscillations, is immersed in water.
Which of the following figures best represents the phase space diagram for the
pendulum?
(a) (b)
p p
x x
(c) (d) p
p
x x
.
Ans: (d)
Solution: When simple pendulum oscillates in water it is damped oscillation so amplitude
continuously decrease and finally it stops.
Q16. Two events separated by a (spatial) distance 9 109m, are simultaneous in one inertial
frame.The time interval between these two events in a frame moving with a constant
speed 0.8 c (where the speed of light c = 3 108 m/s) is
(a) 60 s (b) 40 s (c) 20 s (d) 0 s
Ans: (b)
Solution: x 2' x1' 9 10 9 m and t 2' t1' 0 . Then

fiziks

t ' v x' t1 v x'
2 c2 2 1 c2 1 t 2' t1' v x 2' x1' v x 2' x1'
t 2 t1 t t 2 .
2 2
2 1
2 c2 2 c 2
1 v 1 v 1 2
v
1 2
v
1 2
v
2 2
c c c c c
Put v 0.8c t 2 t1 40 sec
x 2
Q17. If the Lagrangian of a particle moving in one dimensions is given by L V x the
2x
Hamiltonian is
x 2 p2
(a) xp 2 V x V x (c) x 2 V x V x
1 1
(b) (d)
2 2x 2 2x
Ans: (a)
L x
Solution: Since H p x x L and p x p x x p x x .
x x
px x
2
x 2 p x2 x
H p x x V x H px px x Vx H V x .
2x 2x 2
Q18. A horizontal circular platform mutes with a constant angular velocity directed
vertically upwards. A person seated at the centre shoots a bullet of mass m horizontally
with speed v. The acceleration of the bullet, in the reference frame of the shooter, is
(a) 2v to his right (b) 2v to his left
(c) v to his right (d) v to his left
Ans: (a)
Solution: Velocity of bullet = vj , Angular velocity= k . There will be coriolis

force F 2m v .
F 2mvi a 2vi .
Q19.
The Poisson bracket r , p has the value
(a) r p (b) r p (c) 3 (d) 1
Ans: (b)

fiziks
Solution: r xi yj zk , r x 2 y 2 z 2 , p pxi p y j pz k ,
1/ 2
p px2 p y2 pz2
1/ 2

r p r p r p r p r p r p
r , p = x p p x y p p y z p p y
x x y y z z

x px y p y z pz rp
r p
r p r p r p r p
Q20. Consider the motion of a classical particle in a one dimensional double-well
potential V x
1 2
4
2

x 2 . If the particle is displaced infinitesimally from the minimum
on the x-axis (and friction is neglected), then

(a) the particle will execute simple harmonic motion in the right well with an angular
frequency 2
(b) the particle will execute simple harmonic motion in the right well with an angular
frequency =2
(c) the particle will switch between the right and left wells
(d) the particle will approach the bottom of the right well and settle there
Ans: (b)
Solution: V x x 22 V 2 x 2 2 2 x 0 x 0 , x 2 .
1 2

4 x 4
2V 2V
3 x 2
2 . At x 0 , 0 so V is maximum. Thus it is unstable point
x 2 x 2
2V
2V x 2 x x0
4 and it is stable equilibrium point with 2 1.
x 2 x 2


fiziks
Q21. What is proper time interval between the occurrence of two events if in one inertial frame
events are separated by 7.5 108m and occur 6.5 s a part?
(a) 6.50 s (b) 6.00 s (c) 5.75 s (d) 5.00 s
Ans: There is not possible to calculate proper time interval
Solution: x 2 x1 7.5 10 8 m and t 2 t1 6.5 s .
v v v
2 2
t2 2 x2 t1 2 x1 t t x x1
t2' t1' c c
2 1 c .
v2 v2 v2 v2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
c c c c
In this problem v is not given so its not possible to calculate proper time interval.
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q22. A solid cylinder of height H, radius R and density , floats vertically on the surface of a
liquid of density 0 . The cylinder will be set into oscillatory motion when a small
instantaneous downward force is applied. The frequency of oscillation is
g g g 0 g
(a) (b) (c) (d)
0H 0 H 0H H
Ans: (d)
Solution: From Newtons law of motion ma mg 0 Agh where A is area of cross section,
m AH .
0 gh 0 g
AHa AHg 0 Agh a 1
H H
Q23. Three particles of equal mass (m) are connected by two identical massless springs of
stiffness constant (K) as shown in the figure
K K
m m m
If x1, x2 and x3 denote the horizontal displacement of the masses from their respective
equilibrium positions the potential energy of the system is
fiziks
(a)
1
2

K x12 x22 x32 (b)
1
2

K x12 x22 x32 x2 x1 x3
(c)
1
2

K x12 2 x22 x32 2 x2 x1 x3 (d)
1
2

K x12 2 x22 2 x2 x1 x3
Ans: (c)
1 1
K x2 x1 K x3 x2 ,
2 2
Solution: V
2 2
V
1
2
1
2

1
K x22 x12 2 x2 x1 K x32 x22 2 x3 x2 V K x12 2 x22 x32 2 x2 x1 x3
2
Q24. A planet of mass m moves in the gravitational field of the Sun (mass M). If the semi-
major and semi-minor axes of the orbit are a and b respectively, the angular momentum
of the planet is
2GMm2 ab 2GMm2 ab
(a) 2GMm2 a b (b) 2GMm2 a b (c) (d)
a b ab
Ans: (d)
Solution: Assume Sun is at the centre of elliptical orbit.
1 2 GMm 1 2 GMm
Conservation of energy mv1 mv2 v2
2 a 2 b
Conservation of momentum L mv1a mv2b b
v1
s a
a
v2 v1
b
1 2 1 2 GMm GMm 1 a2 b a
mv1 mv2 m v12 v12 2 GMm
2 2 a b 2 b ab
1 2 b2 a 2 b a 1 b 1
mv1 GMm mv12 GMm
2 b 2
ab 2 a b a
b 1
v1 2GM
a b a
b 1 2GMab 2GMm2 ab
L mv1a m 2GM
a b a
a m L
b a ab

fiziks
Q25. The Hamiltonian of a simple pendulum consisting of a mass m attached to a massless

p2
string of length l is H mgl 1 cos . If L denotes the Lagrangian, the value of
2ml 2
dL
is:
dt
2g g
(a) p sin (b) p sin 2
l l
g
(c) p cos (d) lp2 cos
l
Ans: (a)
L p2
L, H where H 2 mgl 1 cos .
dL
Solution:
dt t 2ml
H p ml 2 2
L pi q i H p H , 2 , L mgl 1 cos .
i p ml 2
Hence we have to calculate L, H which is only defined into phase space i.e. p and .
p2
Then L mgl 1 cos
2ml 2
L
L, H L H
L H

2g
p sin and 0
dL

2g
p sin
p p l t dt l
Q26. Two bodies of equal mass m are connected by a massless rigid rod of length l lying in the
xy-plane with the centre of the rod at the origin. If this system is rotating about the z-axis
with a frequency , its angular momentum is
(a) ml 2 / 4 (b) ml 2 / 2 (c) ml 2 (d) 2ml 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Since rod is massless i.e. M = 0.
l
Moment of inertia of the system m1 r12 m2 r22 , m1 m2 m and r1 r2
2
ml 2 ml 2 ml 2 ml 2
. Angular momentum, J I and J .
4 4 2 2

fiziks
Q27. Which of the following set of phase-space trajectories is not possible for a particle
obeying Hamiltons equations of motion?
(a) (b)
P P
x x
(c) (d)
P P
x x
Ans: (b)
Solution: Phase curve does not cut each other
Q28. The muon has mass 105 MeV/c2 and mean life time 2.2 s in its rest frame. The mean
distance traversed by a muon of energy 315 MeV before decaying is approximately,
(a) 3 105 km (b) 2.2 cm (c) 6.6 m (d) 1.98 km
Ans: (d)
MeV
Solution: Since E 315MeV and m0 105 .
c2
m0 c 2 m0 c 2 105
E mc 2 E 315 315 v 0.94c .
2 2 2
v v v
1 2 1 2 1
c c c2
t0 2.2 10 6
Now, t , t 0 2.2s t t = 6.6 s
v2 8
1 2 1
c 9
Now the distance traversed by muon is vt 0.94c 6.6 10 6 = 1.86 km .

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q29. The area of a disc in its rest frame S is equal to 1 (in some units). The disc will appear
distorted to an observer O moving with a speed u with respect to S along the plane of the
disc. The area of the disc measured in the rest frame of the observer O is ( c is the speed
of light in vacuum)
1/ 2 1 / 2 1
u2 u2 u2 u2
(a) 1 2 (b) 1 2 (c) 1 2 (d) 1 2
c c c c
Ans: (a)
Solution: Area of disc from S frame is 1 i.e. a 2 1 or a a 1
u2 u2 u2
Area of disc from S frame is a b a a 1 1 1 1
c2 c2 c2
u2
where b a 1 2 .
c
Q30. A planet of mass m and an angular momentum L moves in a circular orbit in a potential,
V r k / r , where k is a constant. If it is slightly perturbed radially, the angular
frequency of radial oscillations is
(a) mk 2 / 2 L3 (b) mk 2 / L3 (c) 2mk 2 / L3 (d) 3mk 2 / L3

Ans: (b)
Veff
L2 k Veff L2 k
Solution: Veff . For circular orbit 2 0
2mr 2
r r mr 3
r
L2 k L2 k
. Thus r r0 ,
mr 3 r 2 mk m
r
2
d Veff 3L2
2k 3L 2
2k 3
3m k 4
2m k 3
m k4 4 3
k 3 =
dr 2
mr 4
r r r0 L2
4
L2
3
L6 L6 L6
r r0
m
mk mk

fiziks
d 2V
dr 2 r r0 mk 2
.
m L3
Q31. The number of degrees of freedom of a rigid body in d space-dimensions is
(a) 2d (b) 6 (c) d d 1 / 2 (d) d !
Ans: (c)
Q32. A system is governed by the Hamiltonian
H
1
p x ay 2 1 p x bx2
2 2
where a and b are constants and p x , p y are momenta conjugate to x and y respectively.
For what values of a and b will the quantities p x 3 y and p y 2 x be conserved?
(a) a 3, b 2 (b) a 3, b 2
(c) a 2, b 3 (d) a 2, b 3
Ans: (d)
Solution: Poisson bracket px 3y, H 0 and py 2 y, H 0
py (b 3) x(3b b2 ) 0 and px (a 2) y (2a a 2 ) 0
a 2, b 3
Q33. The Lagrangian of a particle of mass m moving in one dimension is given by
1 2
L mx bx
2
where b is a positive constant. The coordinate of the particle x t at time t is given by: (in
following c1 and c 2 are constants)
b 2
(a) t c1t c2 (b) c1t c 2
2m
bt bt bt bt
(c) c1 cos c 2 sin (d) c1 cosh c 2 sinh
m m m m
Ans: (a)

fiziks
d L L
0 mx b 0 mx b 0
d
Solution: Equation of motion
dt x x dt
mx b
d 2x b dx b b t2
t c1 x c1t c2
dt 2 m dt m m 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
Q34. Let A, B and C be functions of phase space variables (coordinates and momenta of a
mechanical system). If , represents the Poisson bracket, the value of

A, B, C A, B, C is given by
(a) 0 (b) B, C , A (c) A, C , B (d) C , A, B
Ans: (d)
Solution: We know that Jacobi identity equation
A, B, C B, C, A C, A, B 0
Now A, B, C A, B, C B, C , A C, A, B
z2
Q35. A particle moves in a potential V x 2 y 2 . Which component(s) of the angular
2
momentum is/are constant(s) of motion?
(a) None (b) L x , L y and L z (c) only L x and L y (d) only L z
Ans: (d)
z2
Solution: A particle moves in a potential V x 2 y 2
2
r2
V r , , r 2 sin 2 cos 2 r 2 sin 2 sin 2 cos 2
2
r2
V r , , r 2 sin 2 cos 2
2
Now is cyclic-co-ordinate p i.e Lz is constant of motion.

fiziks
Q36. The Hamiltonian of a relativistic particle of rest mass m and momentum p is given
by H p 2 m 2 V x , in units in which the speed of light c 1 . The corresponding

Lagrangian is
(a) L m 1 x 2 V x (b) L m 1 x 2 V x
(c) L 1 mx 2 V x mx V x
1 2
(d) L
2
Ans: (b)
H
Solution: H p 2 m 2 V x
p
x
1 2p
1

x p 2 m 2
1/ 2
p
2
p 2
m
2 2

xm
p
1 x 2
Now L xp H xp H xp
p 2 m2 V x

L m 1 x 2 V x
xm
Put value p
1 x 2
Q37. A pendulum consists of a ring of mass M and radius R suspended by a massless rigid
rod of length l attached to its rim. When the pendulum oscillates in the plane of the ring,
the time period of oscillation is
lR 2
(a) 2
g
(b) l 2
R2
1/ 4
2 R 2 2 Rl l 2 2
(c) 2
g R l
(d) 2R 2
2Rl l 2 1/ 4
g
Ans: (c)
Solution: The moment of inertia about pivotal point is given by
I I c.m Md 2 MR 2 M (l R ) 2
If ring is displaced by angle then potential energy is Mg (l R) cos

The Lagrangian is given by

fiziks
1 2 1
L I V ( ) = ( MR 2 M (l R)2 )2 Mg (l R) cos
2 2
d L L 2
0 ( MR M (l R) ) Mg (l R) sin 0
2
dt
For small oscillation sin ( MR 2 M (l R) 2 ) Mg (l R) 0
2 R 2 2 Rl l 2
Time period is given by 2 .
g R l
y
Q38. Consider a particle of mass m attached to two identical
springs each of length l and spring constant k (see the
figure). The equilibrium configuration is the one where the o
springs are unstretched. There are no other external forces on
the system. If the particle is given a small displacement along
the x -axis, which of the following describes the equation of o x
motion for small oscillations?

kx3 kx2
(a) mx 0 (b) mx kx 0 (c) mx 2kx 0 (d) mx 0
l2 l
Ans: (a)
Solution: The lagrangian of system is given by y
1 2 l
L mx V ( x)
2 x
o
The potential energy is given by
2 2 l
k 1
k 1

2

V ( x) x 2 l 2 2

l x2 l 2 2 l
2 o x
2
1

V ( x) k x 2 l 2 2 l

For small oscillation one can approximate potential by Taylor expansion

fiziks
2
1
2
2
x
2 2
1 x 2 1 x 4
V ( x) kl 1 2 1 V ( x) kl 1 2 4 1
2

l 2 l 8 l

2
x2 x 4
V ( x) kl 2
2
V ( x) k 2 .
l 4l
1 2 x 4
So Lagrangian of system is given by L mx k 2
2 4l
d L L kx3
The Lagranges equation of motion 0 m
x 0.
dt x x l2
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q39. The time period of a simple pendulum under the influence of the acceleration due to
gravity g is T . The bob is subjected to an additional acceleration of magnitude 3 g in

the horizontal direction. Assuming small oscillations, the mean position and time period
of oscillation, respectively, of the bob will be
(a) 0 o to the vertical and 3T (b) 30 o to the vertical and T / 2
(c) 60 o to the vertical and T / 2 (d) 0 o to the vertical and T / 3

Ans: (c)
l
Solution: T 2
g T
g 3g 2 g 2 4g 2 2 g 3g

l l 1 T
T 2 T 2 T g
2g g 2 2 g
T cos mg , T sin 3 mg tan 3 60o

fiziks
1
Q40. A particle of mass m and coordinate q has the Lagrangian L mq 2 qq 2
2 2
where is a constant. The Hamiltonian for the system is given by
p 2 qp 2 p2
(a) (b)
2m 2m 2 2m q
p2 qp 2 pq
(c) (d)
2m 2m q 2 2
Ans: (b)
1 1
Solution: H qp
L where L mq 2 qq 2
2 2
L p
p mq qq p q m q q
q m q
H qp
L
p2 1
m
p2

q
p2
m q 2 m q 2 2 m q 2
p2 p2
H qp
L m q
m q 2 m q 2
p2 p2 p2
H qp
L H
m q 2 m q 2 m q
Q41. The coordinates and momenta xi , pi i 1, 2, 3 of a particle satisfy the canonical Poisson
bracket relations xi , p j ij . If C1 x2 p3 x3 p2 and C 2 x1 p 2 x2 p1 are constants of
motion, and if C 3 C1 , C 2 x1 p3 x3 p1 , then
(a) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
(b) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
(c) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
(d) C 2 , C3 C1 and C3 , C1 C 2
Ans: (d)

fiziks
Solution:
C1 x2 p3 x3 p2 , C2 x1 p2 x2 p1 , C3 x1 p3 x3 p1
C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3 C2 C3
C2 , C3
x1 p1 p1 x1 x2 p2 p2 x2 x3 p3 p3 x3
C2 , C3 p2 x3 x2 p3 0 x1 0 0 x1 0 x1 p2 x3 x2 p3 C1
C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1 C3 C1
C3 , C1
x1 p1 p1 x1 x2 p2 p2 x2 x3 p3 p3 x3
C3 , C1 p3 0 x3 0 0 x3 0 p3 p1x2 x1 p2 x1 p2 x2 p1 C2
Q42. The recently-discovered Higgs boson at the LHC experiment has a decay mode into a
2
photon and a Z boson. If the rest masses of the Higgs and Z boson are 125 GeV/c and
2
90 GeV/c respectively, and the decaying Higgs particle is at rest, the energy of the
photon will approximately be
(a) 35 3 GeV (b) 35 GeV (c) 30 GeV (d) 15 GeV
Ans: (c)
H B PH Z B
Solution:

From conservation of momentum 0 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
Now EH B EPH EZ B EPH EZB M HB c2
EP2H P12 c 2 0 and EZ2B P22c 2 M Z2B c 4

EZ B EPH E ZB
EPH M Z2B c 4 P1 P2
M Z2B c 4 M Z2B c 2
EZ B EPH 2
EZB EPH M HB c2
M HB c M HB
2 EPH M H B c 2
M z2B c 2
EPH
M 2
HB
M z2B c 2
M HB M HB
125 125 90 90 c
4
EPH 4 30.1GeV

2 125 c

fiziks
Q43. A canonical transformation relates the old coordinates q, p to the new ones Q, P by
the relations Q q 2 and P p / 2q . The corresponding time independent generating

function is
(a) P / q 2 (b) q 2 P (c) q 2 / P (d) qP 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Q q ; P p / 2q
2
F2 F
p 2 P 2q F2 q 2 P f ( P)
q q
F2
Q q 2 F2 q 2 P f (q )
P
comparing both side f (q) f ( P) 0 F2 q 2 P
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q44. The equation of motion of a system described by the time-dependent Lagrangian
1
L e t mx 2 V x is
2
dV dV
(a) mx mx 0 (b) mx mx 0
dx dx
dV dV
(c) mx mx 0 (d) mx 0
dx dx
Ans: (a)
1 L L V t
Solution: L e t mx 2 V x e t mx and e
2 x x x
d L L V t V t

dt x x
0
d t
dt
e mx
x

t mx e t
e mxe
x
e 0
V t V
mx m x e 0 mx mx 0
x x

fiziks
A particle of mass m is moving in the potential V x ax 2 bx 4 where a, b are

1 1
Q45.
2 4
positive constants. The frequency of small oscillations about a point of stable equilibrium
is
(a) a/m (b) 2a / m (c) 3a / m (d) 6a / m
Ans: (b)
1 1
Solution: V x ax 2 bx 4
2 4
1
V a 2
0 ax bx3 0 x a bx2 0 x , 0
x b
2V 2V
a 3bx 2 At x 0, a (Negative so it is unstable point)
x 2 x 2
2V a
a 3b 2a (Positive so it is stable point)
x 2
1
a 2
x
b
b
2V
x 2 2a
m m
Q46. The radius of Earth is approximately 6400 km . The height h at which the acceleration
due to Earths gravity differs from g at the Earths surface by approximately 1% is
(a) 64 km (b) 48 km (c) 32 km (d) 16 km
Ans: (c)
g 2h g 2h g 2h
Solution: 1 1 h 32 k .m.
g R g R g R
Q47. According to the special theory of relativity, the speed v of a free particle of mass m and
total energy E is:
mc 2 2 E mc 2
(a) v c 1 (b) v 1
E m E
2
mc 2 mc 2
(c) v c 1 (d) v c1
E E

fiziks
Ans: (c)
2 2
v 2 mc 2
mc 2 v2 m2 c 4 mc 2
Solution: E 1 2 1 v c 1
v2 c E c2 E2 E
1 2
c
p2
Q48. The Hamiltonian of a classical particle moving in one dimension is H q 4 where
2m
is a positive constant and p and q are its momentum and position respectively. Given
that its total energy E E 0 the available volume of phase space depends on E 0 as
(a) E 03 / 4 (b) E 0
(c) E0 (d) is independent of E 0
Ans: (a)
V q
P2
Solution: H q4
2m
E0
p dq
Phase area
p q
1
E 4 2mE0
p dq 2mE
A
E0 / 1/4 E0 / 1/4
AE 1/2
0 E 1/4
0 AE
3/4
0 2mE0
p2 1
Q49. A mechanical system is described by the Hamiltonian H q, p m 2 q 2 . As a
2m 2
result of the canonical transformation generated by F q, Q

Q
, the Hamiltonian in
q
the new coordinate Q and momentum P becomes
1 2 2 m 2 2 1 2 2 m 2 2
(a) Q P Q (b) Q P P
2m 2 2m 2
1 2 m 2 2 1 2 4 m 2 2
(c) P Q (d) Q P P
2m 2 2m 2
Ans: (d)

fiziks
p2 1 Q
m 2 q 2 , F F1 q, Q
Solution: H
2m 2 q
F Q
1p 2 p .(a)
q q
F1 1 1
P P q .(b)
Q q P
1
From equation (a) and (b) p QP 2 q
P
p2 1 Q2 P4 1 1 1 2 4 1
H m 2 q 2 m 2 2 Q P m 2 P 2
2m 2 2m 2 P 2m 2
Q50. The probe Mangalyaan was sent recently to explore the planet Mars. The inter-planetary
part of the trajectory is approximately a half-ellipse with the Earth (at the time of launch),
Sun and Mars (at the time the probe reaches the
destination) forming the major axis. Assuming that the
orbits of Earth and Mars are approximately circular with Sun
Earth Mars
radii RE and RM , respectively, the velocity (with respect RE
RM
to the Sun) of the probe during its voyage when it is at a
distance r RE r RM from the Sun, neglecting the
effect of Earth and Mars, is
R E RM R E RM r
(a) 2GM (b) 2GM
r R E RM r r R E RM
RE 2GM
(c) 2GM (d)
rRM r
Ans: (b)
Solution: Total energy E K / 2a where 2a major axis and 2a RE RM .
1 2 GMm
mv
GMm R RM r
v 2GM E
2 r RE RM r RE RM

AVS fiziks
CLASSICAL MECHANICS SOLUTIONS

GATE- 2010
Q1. For the set of all Lorentz transformations with velocities along the x-axis consider
the two statements given below:
P: If L is a Lorentz transformation then, L-1 is also a Lorentz transformation.
Q: If L1 and L2 are Lorentz transformations then, L1L2 is necessarily a Lorentz
transformation.
Choose the correct option
(A) P is true and Q is false (B) Both P and Q are true
(C) Both P and Q are false (D) P is false and Q is true
Ans: (b)
1 2 3
Q2. A particle is placed in a region with the potential V x kx x , where k, > 0.
2 3
Then,
k
(A) x = 0 and x are points of stable equilibrium

k
(B) x = 0 is a point of stable equilibrium and x is a point of unstable equilibrium

k
(C) x = 0 and x are points of unstable equilibrium

(D) There are no points of stable or unstable equilibrium
Ans: (b)
1 2 x 3 V k
V kx kx x 2 0 x 0, x .
2 3 x
2V
k 2x
x 2
2V k 2V
At x 0, ve (Stable) and At x , ve (unstable)
x 2 x 2

AVS fiziks
Q3. A 0 meson at rest decays into two photons, which move along the x-axis. They are
both detected simultaneously after a time, t = 10s. In an inertial frame moving with a
velocity V = 0.6c in the direction of one of the photons, the time interval between the two
detections is
(A) 15 s (B) 0 s (C) 10 s (D) 20 s
Ans: (a)
v v
1 1
c 10 1 0.6 c 10 1 0.6 10 1 5sec
t1 t 0 10 2 20sec , t 2 t 0
v 1 0.6 v 1 0.6 2
1 1
c c
t1 t 2 15sec
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 4 and 5:
ml mgl1 cos
1 2 2
The Lagrangian for a simple pendulum is given by L
2
Q4. Hamiltons equations are then given by
p p
(A) p mgl sin ; 2 (B) p mgl sin ; 2
ml ml
p g p
(C) p m; (D) p ;
m l ml
P2 H H P
Ans: (b) H m g l1 co s P P mg l s in ; 2
2ml 2
P ml
.Q5. The Poisson bracket between and is

(A) , 1 1
(B) , 2
ml

(C) ,
1
m

(D) ,
g
l
Ans :( b)
1 P
, , mlP
P
where 2 . 2
ml P P
1 1
1 2 0 2 .

2
ml ml ml

AVS fiziks
GATE- 2011
1 q
Q6. A particle is moving under the action of a generalized potential V q, q . The
q2
magnitude of the generalized force is

21 q 21 q 2 q
(A) (B) (C) (D)
q3 q3 q3 q3
Ans: (c)
d V V 2
Fq Fq 3 .
dt q q q
Q7. Two bodies of mass m and 2m are connected by a spring constant k. The frequency
of the normal mode is
(A) 3k / 2m (B) k/m (C) 2k / 3m (D) k / 2m
Ans: (a)
k k 3k 2mm 2m
m 2m where reduce mass .
k 2m 2m 2m m 3
3
Q8. Let (p, q) and (P, Q) be two pairs of canonical variables. The transformation
Q q cosp , P q sinp
is canonical for
(A) = 2, = 1/2 (B) = 2, =2 (C) = 1, = 1 (D) = 1/2, = 2
Ans: (d)
Q P Q P
1
q p p q
q 1 cosp q cosp q sinp q 1 sinp 1
q 2 1 cos 2 p sin 2 p 1 q 2 1 1 , 2 .
1
2

AVS fiziks
Q9. Two particles each of rest mass m collide head-on and stick together. Before
collision, the speed of each mass was 0.6 times the speed of light in free space. The mass
of the final entity is
(A) 5m / 4 (B) 2m (C) 5m / 2 (D) 25 m / 8
Ans: (c)
From conservation of energy
mc 2 mc 2 2mc2
m1c 2 m1c 2
2 2 2
v v v
1 1 1
c2 c2 c2
Since v 0.6c m1 5m / 2

AVS fiziks
GATE- 2012
Q10. In a central force field, the trajectory of a particle of mass m and angular
momentum L in plane polar coordinates is given by,
1 m
1 cos
r L2
where, is the eccentricity of the particles motion. Which one of the following choice
for gives rise to a parabolic trajectory?
(a) = 0 (b) = 1 (c) 0 < < 1 (d) > 1
Ans: (b)
1 cos for parabolic trajectory 1 .

l m
r l2
Q11. A particle of unit mass moves along the x-axis under the influence of a potential,
V x xx 2 . The particle is found to be in stable equilibrium at the point x = 2. The
2
time period of oscillation of the particle is

3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
2 2
Ans: (b)
V
V x x x 2 x 2 2 xx 2 0 x 2, x
2 2 2
x 3
2V 2V
2 x 2 2
2 x 2 2 x 2 2 4
x 2 x 2
2V 2
2 T .
x 2 x2
T

AVS fiziks
Q12. A rod of proper length l0 oriented parallel to the x-axis moves with speed 2c/3 along
the x-axis in the S-frame, where c is the speed of the light in free space. The observer is
also moving along the x-axis with speed c/2 with respect to the S-frame. The length of the
rod as measured by the observer is
(a) 0.35l0 (b) 0.48l0 (c) 0.87l0 (d) 0.97l0
Ans: (d)
2c ' c u 'x v u 2x
v , u x , ux and l l 0 1 0.97l0
3 2 u 'x v c2
1 2
c
Q13. A particle of mass m is attached to fixed point O by a weightless inextensible string
of length a. It is rotating under the gravity as shown in the figure. z
The Lagrangian of the particle is
a
L ,
1
2

ma 2 2 sin 2 2 mga cos where and are the
m
polar angles. The Hamiltonian of the particles is
g
1 2 p2 1 2 p2
(a) H p mga cos (b) H p mga cos
2ma 2 sin 2
2ma 2 sin 2

(c) H
1
2ma 2
p2 p2 mga cos (d) H
1
2ma 2
p2 p2 mga cos
Ans: (b)
H P P L P P ma 2 2 sin 2 2 mga cos

1
2
L P L P
P ma 2 P 2 and P ma 2 sin 2
ma ma 2 sin 2

AVS fiziks
Put the value of and

2
2
2
2 P
P P 1 P
H P P ma 2 sin 2 2 mga cos
ma 2 ma 2 sin 2 2 ma ma sin

P2 P2 P2 P2
H mga cos
ma 2 2ma 2 ma 2 sin 2 2ma 2 sin 2
1 2 P2
H P 2 mga cos
2ma 2 sin


Q14. A particle of mass m slides under the gravity without friction along the parabolic
path y ax 2 axis shown in the figure. Here a is a constant.
y
x
The Lagrangian for this particle is given by
m1 4a 2 x 2 x 2 mgax 2
1 2 1
(a) L mx mgax 2 (b) L
2 2
m1 4a 2 x 2 x 2 mgax 2
1 2 1
(c) L mx mgax 2 (d) L
2 2
Ans: (d)
Equation of constrain is given by y ax 2 , K.E T m x 2 y2

1
2
m x 2 4ax 2 x 2 mx 2 1 4ax 2
1 1
y 2axx T
2 2

AVS fiziks
V mgy mgax 2 . Since particle is moving downward direction so potential V is
negative.
m1 4a 2 x 2 x 2 mgax 2
1
L T V L
2
Q15. The Lagranges equation of motion of the particle for above question is given by
(a) x 2 gax (b) m 1 4a 2 x 2 x 2mgax 4ma 2 xx 2

(c) m 1 4a 2 x 2 x 2mgax 4ma 2 xx 2 (d) x 2 gax
Ans: (c)
d dL dL
m(1 4a 2 x 2 )x 4ma 2 xx 2 2mgax
dt dx dx

AVS fiziks
GATE- 2013
Q16. In the most general case, which one of the following quantities is NOT a second
order tensor?
(a) Stress (b) Strain
(c) Moment of inertia (d) Pressure
Ans: (b)
Strain is not a tensor.
Q17. An electron is moving with a velocity of 0.85c in the same direction as that of a
moving photon. The relative velocity of the electron with respect to photon is
(a) c (b) c
(c) 0.15c (d) 0.15c
Ans: (b)
Q18. The Lagrangian of a system with one degree of freedom q is given
by L q 2 q 2 , where and are non-zero constants. If p q denotes the canonical
momentum conjugate to q then which one of the following statements is CORRECT?

(a) p q 2q and it is a conserved quantity.
(b) p q 2q and it is not a conserved quantity.
(c) p q 2q and it is a conserved quantity.
(d) p q 2q and it is not a conserved quantity.
Ans: (d)
L L
pq but 0
q q

AVS fiziks
Q19. The relativistic form of Newtons second law of motion is
mc dv m c 2 v 2 dv
(a) F (b) F
c 2 v 2 dt c dt
mc 2 dv c 2 v 2 dv
(c) F (d) F m
c 2 v 2 dt c2 dt
Ans:
mv dP dv 1 1 1 2v dv
P F m mv 2
2 v2
3/2
v2 dt dt v2 c dt
1 1 2 1 2
c2 c c

v 2
2 v2 2
1
F m
dv 1 1
1 c m dv 2c
2
dt v 2 2 v dt 2

3
2

1 2 1 2
v
c c c2
1

Q20. Consider two small blocks, each of mass M, attached to two identical springs. One
of the springs is attached to the wall, as shown in the figure. The spring constant of each
spring is k . The masses slide along the surface and the friction is negligible. The
frequency of one of the normal modes of the system is,
3 2 k
(a)
2 M
3 3 k
(b)
2 M
k k
3 5 k M M
(c)
2 M
3 6 k
(d)
2 M
Ans: (c)

AVS fiziks
1 2 1 2
T mx1 mx 2 ,
2 2
kx1 k x2 x1 kx12 k x22 x12 2 x2 x1 k 2 x 2 x 2 2 x2 x1

1 2 1 1 1 1
V
2
2 2 2 2 2
m 0 2k k
T ; V
0 m k k
2k 2 m k 3 5
0 2k 2 m k 2 m k 2 0
k
k k m 2
2 m

fiziks
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
JRF/NET(JUNE-2011)
Q1. The electrostatic potential V(x, y) in free space in a region where the charge density is
zero is given by V x, y 4e 2 x f x 3 y 2 . Given that the x-component of the electric
field Ex, and V are zero at the origin, f(x) is
(a) 3x 2 4e 2 x 8x (b) 3x 2 4e 2 x 16 x
(c) 4e 2 x 8 (d) 3x 2 4e 2 x
Ans: (d)
Solution: V 4e 2 x f x 3 y 2 . Since 0 2V 0 16 e 2 x f x 6 0 .

Since E x 0 at origin E V Ex 8e 2 x f x
E x 0, 0 8 f 0 0 f 0 8 .
Since V 0, 0 0 4 f 0 0 f 0 4
Solve equation 16 e 2 x f x 6 0 f x 6 16 e 2 x f x 6 x 8e 2 x c1 , since

f 0 8 c1 0 .
Again Integrate f x 6 x 8e 2 x f x 3x 2 4e 2 x c 2
since f 0 4 c2 0 . Thus f x 3x 2 4e 2 x

Q2. For constant uniform electric and magnetic field E E0 and B B0 , it is possible to

choose a gauge such that the scalar potential and vector potential A are given by

1 1
(a) 0 and A B0 r (b) E0 r and A B0 r
2 2

(c) E0 r and A 0 (d) 0 and A E0 t
Ans: (a)

Solution: Let E E0 x y z and B B0 x y z since they are constant vector.
V
Lorentz Gauge condition is A 0 0
t

fiziks
sinceB r B z yx B z xy B y xz

0 0 0

(a) 0 and A 0 (b) 0, and A 0
t t

(c) 0 and A 0 (d) 0 and A 0
t t
Q3. A plane electromagnetic wave is propagating in a lossless dielectric. The electric field is
given by

Ex, y, z, t E0 x Az exp ik0 ct x 3z ,
where c is the speed of light in vacuum, E0, A and k0 are constant and x and z are unit
vectors along the x- and z-axes. The relative dielectric constant of the medium r and the
constant A are
1 1
(a) r 4 and A (b) r 4 and A
3 3
(c) r 4 and A 3 (d) r 4 and A 3

Ans: (a)

Solution: Ex, y, z, t E0 x Az exp ik0 ct x 3z .

Comparing with term e i k r t k k 0 x 3z and k 0 c .

k0c c
Since v Refractive index n r 2 r 4.
k k 02 3k 02 2

Since k n 0 k 0 x 3z x Az 0 k 0 1 A 3 0 A 1
3
A static, spherically symmetric charge distribution is given by r

A Kr
Q4. e where A and
r
K are positive constants. The electrostatic potential corresponding to this charge
distribution varies with r as
(a) re Kr (b)
1 Kr
r
re (c)
1 Kr
r2
re (d)
1
r

1 e Kr

fiziks
Ans: (b)
Solution: since 2V / 0
A kr 1 2 V
2V must be proportional to e where 2V 2 r .
r r r r
Q5. The magnetic field of the TE11 mode of a rectangular waveguide of dimensions a b as
shown in the figure is given by H z H 1 cos0.3 x cos0.4 y , where x and y are in cm.
x
z
b
y
A. The dimensions of the waveguide are
(a) a = 3.33 cm, b = 2.50 cm (b) a = 0.40 cm, b = 0.30 cm
(c) a = 0.80 cm, b = 0.60 cm (d) a = 1.66 cm, b = 1.25 cm
Ans: (a)
Solution: Since H z H 0 cos0.3x cos0.4y
m n
0.3 where m 1 and 0.4 where n 1
a b
a 3.33cm, b 2.50cm
B. The entire range of frequencies f for which the TE11 mode will propagate is
(a) 6.0 GHz < f < 7.5 GHz (b) 7.5 GHz < f < 9.0 GHz
(c) 7.5 GHz < f < 12.0 GHz (d) 7.5 GHz < f
Ans: (d)
2 2
c m n c 1 1
Solution: f m, n f1,1 2 7.5 GH z .
2 a b 2 a 2
b
For propagation, frequency of incident wave must be greater than cutoff frequency.

fiziks
JRF/NET-(DEC-2011)
Q6. Consider three polarizers P1, P2 and P3 placed along an axis as shown in the figure.
P1 P2 P3
(unpolarized)
I0
The pass axis of P1 and P3 are at right angles to each other while the pass axis of P2
makes an angle with that of P1. A beam of unpolarized light of intensity I0 is incident
on P1 as shown. The intensity of light emerging from P3 is
I0 I0 I0
(a) 0 (b) (c) sin 2 2 (d) sin 2 2
2 8 4
Ans: (c)
Solution: I I 0 cos 2 (Malus Law)
I0 I0 I0 I
I1 , I2 cos2 , I3 cos2 cos2 90 0 sin 2 2 .
2 2 2 8
Q7. Four equal point charges are kept fixed at the four vertices of a square. How many neutral
points (i.e. points where the electric field vanishes) will be found inside the square?
(a) 1 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 7
Ans: (a)
Solution: Inside the square, there is only one point where field vanishes.
Q8. A static charge distribution gives rise to an electric field of the form E 1 e r / R rr
2
,
where and R are positive constants. The charge contained within a sphere of radius R,
centred at the origin is
e e2 R R2
(a) 0 (b) 0 (c) 4 0 (d) 0
R2 R2 e e
Ans: None of the options given are correct
2
r

Solution: Qenc 0 E da 0 1 e r / R 2 r 2 sin ddr 0 1 e r / R sin dd
r

0 0

fiziks
1
at r R , Qenc 4 0 1 . So none of the options given are correct.
e
Q9. In a Youngs double slit interference experiment, the slits are at a distance 2L from each
other and the screen is at a distance D from the slits. If a glass slab of refractive index
and thickness d is placed in the path of one of the beams, the minimum value of d for the
central fringe to be dark is
D D
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 D L2 2 1L 1 2 1
Ans: (d)
n
Solution: For central fringe to be dark, 1d d
2 2 1
Q10. Consider a solenoid of radius R with n turns per unit length, in which a time dependent
current I = I0 sint (where R/c << 1) flows. The magnitude of the electric field at a
perpendicular distance r < R from the axis of symmetry of the solenoid, is
1 1 1
(a) 0 (b) 0 nI 0 R 2 cost (c) 0 nI 0 r sin t (d) 0 nI 0 r cost
2r 2 2
Ans: (d)
B nI t z .
B
Solution: dl t da ;
E 0
2r 2
r
dI
E 2r 0 n
dt 2r dr 0 n I 0 cost
r 0
2
1
E 0 nI 0 r cost
2
Q11. A constant electric current I in an infinitely long straight wire is suddenly switched on at t
= 0. The vector potential at a perpendicular distance r from the wire is given
by A
k 0 I 1
2

ln ct c 2 t 2 r 2
r
. The electric field at a distance r (< ct) is
0 I 1 c 0 I c 0 I
(a) 0 (b)
2 t 2
i j (c)
1
ij (d) k
2 c t r
2 2 2
2 2 c t r
2 2 2

fiziks
Ans: (d)

A A I r 1 2c 2 t
c .
Solution: E
t

t
E 0
2 ct c 2 t 2 r 2 r 2 c 2t 2 r 2

c 0 I
E k
2 c 2 t 2 r 2
JRF/NET-(JUNE-2012)
1 10
Q12. The magnetic field corresponding to the vector potential A F r 3 r where F is
2 r
a constant vector, is
30 30
(a) F (b) F (c) F 4 r (d) F 4 r
r r
Ans: (a)

1
r

Solution: B A F r 10 3 . Since F is a constant vector, let
2 r
x y z

F F0 x y z , F r F0 F0 F0 x z y F0 y z x F0 z y x F0
x y z
x yz

F r xF0 F0 y F0 F0 zF0 F0 2 F0 x y z
x yz
z y F0 x z F0
y x F0
r
1

F r F0 x y z F , 3 0 . Thus B F
2 r
Q13. An electromagnetic wave is incident on a water-air interface. The phase of the
perpendicular component of the electric field, E , of the reflected wave into the water is
found to remain the same for all angles of incidence. The phase of the magnetic field H
(a) does not change (b) changes by 3/2
(c) changes by /2 (d) changes by
Ans: (d)

fiziks
Q14. The magnetic field at a distance R from a long straight wire carrying a steady current I is
proportional to
(a) IR (b) I /R2 (c) I2/R2 (d) I / R
Ans: (d)
Q15. Which of the following questions is Lorentz invariant?
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(a) E B (b) E B (c) E B (d) E B
Ans: (b)
Q16. Charges Q, Q and -2Q are placed on the vertices of an equilateral triangle ABC of sides
of length a, as shown in the figure. The dipole moment of this configuration of charges,
irrespective of the chice of origin, is j
- 2Q
C
(a) 2aQ i
a a
(b) 3aQ j
A B
a
(c) 3aQ j Q Q
(d) 0 i
Ans: (c)
Solution: Let coordinates of A is (l, m), then
a 3a

p qi ri Q li mj Q l a i mj 2Q l i m j
2
2

p Q li mj Q l a i mj Q 2l a i 2m 3a j p 3aQj
mr
Q17. The vector potential A due to a magnetic moment m at a point r is given by A .
r3
If m is directed along the positive z-axis, the x-component of the magnetic field, at the
point r , is
3myz 3mxy 3mxz 3mz 2 xy
(a) (b) (c) (d)
r5 r5 r5 r5
Ans: (c)

fiziks

Solution: m mz and
m

B A 3 2 cosr sin 3 3m r r m
r r
1
1
xx yy zz r 3mxz
B 3 3mz mz Bx 5
r r r r
JRF/NET-(DEC-2012)
Q18. Three charges are located on the circumference of a circle of radius R as shown in the
figure below. The two charges Q subtend an angle 90 at the centre
Q Q
of the circle. The charge q is symmetrically placed with respect to
the charges Q. If the electric field at the centre of the circle is zero,
what is the magnitude of Q?
(a) q / 2 (b) 2q (c) 2q (d) 4q q
Ans: (a)
1 Q 1 q
Solution: E1 E 2 and E3
4 0 R 2
4 0 R 2
q
Resultant of E1 and E 2 is E E12 E22 2E1 , Thus E3 E Q
2
Q19. Consider a hollow charged shell of inner radius a and outer radius b. The volume charge
density is r
k
(k is constant) in the region a < r < b. The magnitude of the electric
r2
field produced at distance r > a is
k b a
(a) for all r > a ,
0r 2
k b a kb
(b) for a < r < b and for r > b
0r 2
0r 2
k r a k b a
(c) for a < r < b and for r > b
0r 2
0r 2
k r a k b a
(d) for a < r < b and for r > b
0a 2
0r 2
Ans: (c)

fiziks
Solution: For r < a

2 1 1 1 k 2
E.da E(4r ) Qenc dV r sin drdd
0 0 0 r 2
4k r 4k k ra
E(4r 2 ) a dr (r a) E r
0 0 0 r 2
For r > a
4k b 4k k b a
E4r 2 a dr (b a) E r
0 0 0 r 2
Q20. Consider the interference of two coherent electromagnetic waves whose electric field

vectors are given by E1 iE0 cos t and E2 jE0 cos t where is the phase
0
difference. The intensity of the resulting wave is given by E 2 , where E 2 is the
2
time average of E2. The total intensity is
(a) 0 (b) 0 E 02 (c) 0 E 02 sin 2 (d) 0 E 02 cos 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Since waves are polarized in perpendicular direction hence there will be no
interference.
Q21. Four charges (two + q and two q) are kept fixed at the four vertices of a square of side a
as shown. At the point P which is at a distance R q q
from the centre (R >> a), the potential is
proportional to
(a) 1/R (b) 1/R2 a R P
(c) 1/R3 (d) 1/R4

Ans: (c)
q q
Solution: Given configuration is quadrupole.
Q22. A point charges q of mass m is kept at a distance d below a grounded infinite conducting
sheet which lies in the xy - plane. For what value of d will the charge remains stationary?
(a) q / 4 mg 0 (b) q / mg 0
(c) There is no finite value of d (d) mg 0 / q

fiziks
Ans: (a)
Solution: There is attractive force between point charge q and grounded conducting sheet that
1 q2 q
can be calculate from method of images i.e. mg d
4 0 2d 2
4 mg 0
Q23. An infinite solenoid with its axis of symmetry along the z-direction carries a steady
current I.
z
The vector potential A at a distance R from the axis
(a) is constant inside and varies as R outside the solenoid
R
(b) varies as R inside and is constant outside the solenoid
1
(c) varies as inside and as R outside the solenoid
R
1
(d) varies as R inside and as outside the solenoid
R
Ans: (d)
Q24. Consider an infinite conducting sheet in the xy-plane with a time dependent current
density Kt i , where K is a constant. The vector potential at x, y , z is given
0 K
by A ct z 2 i . The magnetic field B is
4c
0 Kt 0 Kz 0 K 0 K
(a) j (b) j (c) ct z i (d) ct z j
2 2c 2c 2c
Ans: (d)
Ax K
B A y = 0 ct z j
z 2c

Q25. When a charged particle emits electromagnetic radiation, the electric field E and the
1 1
Poynting vector S E B at a larger distance r from emitter vary as n and
0 r
1
respectively. Which of the following choices for n and m are correct?
rm
(a) n = 1 and m = 1 (b) n = 2 and m = 2
(c) n = 1 and m = 2 (d) n = 2 and m = 4
Ans: (c)

fiziks
JRF/NET-(JUNE-2013)
Q26. A particle of charge e and mass m is located at the midpoint of the line joining two fixed
collinear dipoles with unit charges as shown in the figure. (The particle is constrained to
move only along the line joining the dipoles). Assuming that the length of the dipoles is
much shorter than their separation, the natural frequency of oscillation of the particle is
R R
e, m
2d 2d
6eR 2 6eR 6ed 2 6ed

(a) (b) (c) (d)
0 md 5 0 md 4 0 mR 5 0 mR 4
Ans: (d) R R
x
e, m A
2d 2d
Let us displace the charge particle by small amount x at A. Then the resultant electric
field at point A is given by
2p 1 1 6d
E 3
x where p 1.2d 2d .
4 0 R x 3
R x 0 R 4
6ed
F eE x
0 R 4
k 6ed
Then
m 0 mR 4

fiziks
Q27. A current I is created by a narrow beam of protons moving in vacuum with constant

velocity u . The direction and magnitude, respectively, of the Poynting vector S outside
the beam at a radial distance r (much larger than the width of the beam) from the axis,
are
I2 I2
(a) S u and S (b) S || u and S
4 2 0 u r 2 4 2 0 u r 4
I2 I2
(c) S || u and S (d) S || u and S
4 2 0 u r 2 4 2 0 u r 4
Ans: (c)
Solution: Let charge per unit length be , hence I u in z-direction.
0 I
The magnetic field at a distance r is B .
2r
I
The electric field at a distance r is E r r .
2 0 r 2 0 ur
EB I2
Hence Poynting vector S z
0 4 2 0 ur 2

Q28. If the electric and magnetic fields are unchanged when the potential A changes (in

suitable units) according to A A r , where r r t r , then the scalar potential must
simultaneously change to
(a) r (b) r (c) r / t (d) r / t
Ans: (c)
Solution: A A A r / r 1 r C
V V / t V r / t
Q29. Consider an axially symmetric static charge distribution of the form,
2
r
0 0 e r / r0 cos2
r
The radial component of the dipole moment due to this charge distribution is
(a) 2 0 r04 (b) 0 r04 (c) 0 r04 (d) 0 r04 / 2

fiziks
Ans: (a)
2
r
p r r d r 0 0 e r / r0 cos2 r 2 sin dr dd
V r
r0 2
r e 0 dr sin d cos d 2 0 r0
r / r
p 0 r02 2 4
r 0 0 0
Q30. The components of a vector potential A A0 , A1 , A2 , A3 are given by
A k xyz, yzt , zxt , xyt
where k is a constant. The three components of the electric field are

(a) k yz, zx, xy (b) k x, y, z (c) 0, 0, 0 (d) k xt , yt , zt
Ans: (c)
Solution: A , Ax , Ay , Az kxyz, Ax kyzt, Ay kzxt, Az kxyt

A
Since k yzx xzy xyz and k yzx xzy xyz
t

A
E k yzx xzy xyz k yzx xzy xyz 0 E 0,0,0
t
Q31. An oscillating current I t I 0 exp it flows in the direction of the y-axis through a
thin metal sheet of area 1.0 cm2 kept in the xy -plane. The rate of total energy radiated per
unit area from the surfaces of the metal sheet at a distance of 100 m is
(a) I 0 / 12 0 c 3 (b) I 02 2 / 12 0 c 3
(c) I 02 / 12 0 c 3 (d) I 0 2 / 24 0 c 3
Ans: (b)

fiziks
JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
Q32. A horizontal metal disc rotates about the vertical axis in a uniform magnetic field
pointing up as shown in the figure. A circuit is made by connecting one end A of a
resistor to the centre of the disc and the other end B to its edge through a sliding contact.
The circuit that flows through the resistor is
B
A B
(a) zero (b) DC from A to B

(c) DC from B to A (d) AC
Ans: (b)
Q33. The force between two long and parallel wires carrying currents I 1 and I 2 and separated
by a distance D is proportional to
(b) I 1 I 2 / D (c) I 1 I 2 / D
2
(a) I 1 I 2 / D (d) I 1 I 2 / D 2
Ans: (a)
Q34. The electric field of an electromagnetic wave is given by

E E0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t k .

The associated magnetic field B is
(a) 103 E0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t k

(b) 104 E0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t 4i 3 j
(c) E cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t 0.3i 0.4 j
0
(d) 10 E cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t 3i 4 j

2
0
Ans: (b)
Solution: k 0.3x 0.4 y , 1000t

fiziks
kE
0.3x 0.4 y E 0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000 t k
1
B

B 104 E0 cos 0.3x 0.4 y 1000t 4i 3 j
Q35. A point charge q is placed symmetrically at a distance d from two perpendicularly
placed grounded conducting infinite plates as shown in the figure. The net force on the
charge (in units of 1 / 4 0 ) is

q2 d q
(a) 2 2 1 away from the corner
8d 2
d
(b)
q2
8d 2

2 2 1 towards the corner
q2
(c) towards the corner
2 2d 2
3q 2 F3
(d) away from the corner d d
8d 2 q q
Ans: (b) F1
F2 d
2 2
q q
Solution: F 1 F 2 k 2
and F 3 k 2
4d 8d d
q2 q q
Resultant of F 1 , F 2 is F12 F12 F22 2 2k . 2d
8d 2
Net force F k
q2
8d 2

2 2 1 (towards the corner)
Q36. If the electrostatic potential V r , , in a charge free region has the form
V r f r cos , then the functional form of f r (in the following a and b are
constants) is:
b b b r
(a) ar 2 (b) ar (c) ar (d) a ln
r r2 r b
Ans: (b)

fiziks
1 2 V 1 V 1 2V
Solution: 2V r sin 0
r 2 r r r 2 sin r 2 sin 2 2
1 2 f 1
r cos 2 sin f sin 0
r r r r sin
2
cos 2 2 f f f
2
r 2 2r 2 2sin cos 0
r r r r sin
2 f f
r2 2r 2 f r 0
r
2
r
f r ar
b
satisfy the above equation.
r2
Q37. Let four point charges q, q / 2, q and q / 2 be placed at the vertices of a square of
side a . Let another point charge q be placed at the cnetre of the square (see the figure).
q/2 q
q q/2
Let V r be the electrostatic potential at a point P at a distance r a from the centre
of the square. Then V 2r / V r is
1 1 1
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
2 4 8
Ans: (d)
q q
Solution: According to multipole expansion Qmono q qq 0
2 2
p qax ay ax ay qax ay q ax ay q ax ay 0 0
q
2 2
1 V 2r 1
Thus V .
r 3
V r 8

fiziks
Q38.
Let V , A and V , A denote two sets of scalar and vector potentials, and a scalar
function. Which of the following transformations leave the electric and magnetic fields
(and hence Maxwells equations) unchanged?

(a) A A and V V (b) A A and V V 2
t t

(c) A A and V V (d) A A and V V
t t
Ans: (a)
JRF/NET(JUNE-2014)

Q39. A time-dependent current I t Ktz (where K is a constant) is switched on at t 0 in
an infinite current-carrying wire. The magnetic vector potential at a perpendicular
distance a from the wire is given (for time t a / c ) by
0 K c t a K
2 2 2
ct a 2 z 2
ct
t
(a) z
4 c c t a
2 2
dz
2 a 2 z 2 1/ 2
(b) z 0
4 dz a
ct
2
z2
1/ 2
K ct ct a 2 z 2 K c t a
2 2 2
t
(c) z 0 dz (d) z 0 dz
4 c ct a 2 z 2 1 / 2 4 c t a 2 2a 2 z 2 1/ 2
2
Ans: (a)

I tr 0
K t R / c I
Solution: A z 0
4

R
dz z
4

R
dz dz
z R
0 K c t a
2 2 2
ct a 2 z 2
4 c c2t 2 a2
A z dz P

1/2
a2 z 2 a

fiziks
Q40. A current i p flows through the primary coil of a transformer. The graph of i p t as a
function of time t is shown in the figure below.

i p t
1 2 3 t
Which of the following graphs represents the current i S in the secondary coil?
(a) (b)
is t is t
1 2 3 t
1 2 3 t
is t
(c) (d)
is t
1 2 3t
1 2 3t
Ans: (c)
di p
Solution: is
dt
Q41. If the electrostatic potential in spherical polar coordinates is
r 0 e r / r 0
where 0 and r0 are constants, then the charge density at a distance r r0 will be
0 0 e 0 0 0 0 2e 0 0
(a) (b) (c) (d)
er02 2r02 er 0
2
r02

fiziks
Ans: (a)

Solution: 2 0 2
0
1 2 1 2 0 r / r0 1 0 2 r / r0 1
2 r 2 r e
r r r r r
2 2
r r0 r
r e 1
2 0 r 2 e r / r0 2re r / r0
r0 r r0 r0
1 2
2 0 e r / r0 e r / r0
r0 r0 r
0 1 2 1 0 0 0 0
At a distance r r0 , 2 e e 2 0 2 2
1
r0 r0 r0 r0 e r0 e r0 e

Q42. If A yzi zxj xyk and C is the circle of unit radius in the plane defined by z 1 ,

d is
with the centre on the z - axis, then the value of the integral A
C

(a) (b) (c) (d) 0
2 4
Ans: (d)
i j k

Solution: A i x x j y y k z z 0
x y z
yz zx xy

A d A d a 0
Since
C

S
Q43. Consider an electromagnetic wave at the interface between two homogenous dielectric
media of dielectric constants 1 and 2 . Assuming 2 1 and no charges on the

surface, the electric field vector E and the displacement vector D in the two media
satisfy the following inequalities

(a) E2 E1 and D2 D1 (b) E2 E1 and D2 D1

(c) E2 E1 and D2 D1 (d) E2 E1 and D2 D1

fiziks
Q44. A charge e is placed in vacuum at the point d ,0,0 , where d 0 . The region x 0
d
is filled uniformly with a metal. The electric field at the point ,0,0 is
2
(a)
10 e
1, 0, 0 (b)
10 e
1, 0, 0
9 0 d 2 9 0 d 2
(c)
e
1, 0, 0 (d)
e
1, 0, 0
0 d 2 0 d 2

Ans: (b) E
d
E
2 P x
e d 0 d e
1 e 1 4e 1 e 1 4e
E and E
4 0 3d / 2 2
4 0 9d 2
4 0 d / 2 2
4 0 d 2
Thus resultant electric field at point P is

1 4e 1 4e 1 40e 1 10e 1 10e
E E E E x
4 0 9d 2
4 0 d 2
4 0 9d 2
9 0 d 2
9 0 d 2
Q45. A beam of light of frequency is reflected from a dielectric-metal interface at normal

incidence. The refractive index of the dielectric medium is n and that of the metal is
n2 n1 i . If the beam is polarised parallel to the interface, then the phase change
experienced by the light upon reflection is
(a) tan2 / (b) tan 1 1 / (c) tan 1 2 / (d) tan 1 2
Ans: (c)
1 v c/n
Solution: Since E 0 R where 1 1 i
0I
E
1 v2 c / n 1 i
i ei /2 i /2
E0 I E0 I where tan .
E0 R E0 I 4 2
e

2 i 4 e
2 i
2
2 2
Thus phase change / 2 tan cot tan 1

fiziks
Q46. A thin, infinitely long solenoid placed along the z - axis contains a magnetic flux .
Which of the following vector potentials corresponds to the magnetic field at an arbitrary
point x, y, z ?

(a) Ax , Ay , Az
y x
, ,0
2 x y 2 x y
2 2 2 2

(b) Ax , Ay , Az
y x
, ,0
2 x y z 2 x y z
2 2 2 2 2 2

x y x y
(c) Ax , Ay , Az , ,0
2 x y 2 x y
2 2 2 2

(d) Ax , Ay , Az
x y
, ,0
2 x y 2 x y
2 2 2 2

Ans: (a) B A 0
Q47. An electromagnetically-shielded room is designed so that at a frequency 107 rad/s
the intensity of the external radiation that penetrates the room is 1% of the incident
10 6 m is the conductivity of the shielding material, its

1 1
radiation. If
2
minimum thickness should be (given that ln 10 2.3 )
(a) 4.60 mm (b) 2.30 mm (c) 0.23 mm (d) 0.46 mm
Ans: (b)
Solution:
1 I0
I I 0 e 2 z z
2 I
ln
I0 1 1
where 100, 106 4 107 107 103
I 2 2 2
1
z ln 100 2.30 mm
2 103

fiziks
Q48. A charged particle is at a distance d from an infinite conducting plane maintained at zero
potential. When released from rest, the particle reaches a speed u at a distance d / 2 from
the plane. At what distance from the plane will the particle reach the speed 2u ?
(a) d / 6 (b) d / 3 (c) d / 4 (d) d / 5
Ans: (b) x
d 2x 1 q2 d 2x A q2
Solution: F ma m where A . P q
dt 2 4 0 4d 2 dt 2 x2 16 m 0
d
d A

dv
dt
A dv
2 v v
x dt
dv
dt
A dx
2
x dt

1 d 2
2 dt
v
dt x
0
v2 A A 1 1 d
C at x d , v 0 C v 2 A .
2 x d x d
q
1 1 2A 1 1 d
Thus u 2 A then 2u 2 A x
d /2 d d x d 5
JRF/NET(DEC-2014)
Q49. A charged particle moves in a helical path under the influence of a constant
magnetic field. The initial velocity is such that the component along the
magnetic field is twice the component in the plane normal to the magnetic l
field.
The ratio / R of the pitch to the radius R of the helical path is 2R
(a) / 2 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d)
Ans: (b)
Solution: v 2v
2 R 2 R l
Pitch of the helix l vT v 2v 4 R 4
v v R
Q50. A parallel beam of light of wavelength is incident normally on a thin polymer film
with air on both sides. If the film has a refractive index n 1 , then second-order bright
fringes can be observed in reflection when the thickness of the film is
(a) / 4n (b) / 2n (c) 3 / 4n (d) / n

fiziks
Ans: (c)

Solution: For constructive interference: 2nd cos 2m 1
2
For normal incidence 0 and second order m 1
3
2nd cos 0 2 1 1 d
2 4n
Q51. A solid sphere of radius R has a charge density, given by
ar
r 0 1
R
where r is the radial coordinate and 0 , a and R are positive constants. If the
magnitude of the electric field at r R / 2 is 1.25 times that at r R , then the value of a
is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 1 / 2 (d) 1 / 4
Ans: (b)
ar
r
1 1
E .d a Qenc E 4 r 1 4 r dr
2 2
Solution:
S 0 0 0
0
R
40 2 ar 3 2 40 r 3 ar 4 0 r ar 2
r
0 0
E 4 r 2 r r dr E
R 0 3 4R 0 3 4R
0 R / 2 aR 2 / 4 0 R aR 2
Er R / 2 1.25Er R 1.25
0 3 4R 0 3 4R
1 a 5 1 a 1 a 5 5a 5a a 5 1

6 16 4 3 4 6 16 12 16 16 16 12 6
4a 5 2 a 3
a 1
16 12 4 12

fiziks
Q52. The electrostatic lines of force due to a system of four point charges is sketched below.
At large distance r , the leading asymptotic behaviour of the electrostatic potential is

proportional to
(a) r (b) r 1 (c) r 2 (d) r 3
Ans: (d)
1
Solution: The given electrostatic line of force is due to a quadrupole. So V .
r3
Q53. A plane electromagnetic wave incident normally on the surface of a material is partially
reflected. Measurements on the standing wave in the region in front of the interface show
that the ratio of the electric field amplitude at the maxima and the minima is 5. The ratio
of the reflected intensity to the incident intensity is
(a) 4 / 9 (b) 2 / 3 (c) 2 / 5 (d) 1 / 5
Ans: (a)
E0 I E0 R E 2
Solution: 5 E0 I E0 R 5 E0 I E0 R 6 E0 R 4 E0 I 0 R
E0 I E0 R E0 I 3
2
I E 4
R 0R
I I E0 I 9

Q54. A non-relativistic particle of mass m and charge e , moving with a velocity v and

acceleration a , emits radiation of intensity I . What is the intensity of the radiation

emitted by a particle of mass m / 2 , charge 2e , velocity v / 2 and acceleration 2a ?
(a) 16 I (b) 8 I (c) 4 I (d) 2 I
Ans: (a)
q 2 a 2 sin 2 I 2 q22 a22 I 2 4e2 4a 2
Solution: I 16 I 2 16 I
r2 I1 q12 a12 I e2 a 2

AVS fiziks
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY SOLUTIONS
GATE- 2010
Q1. An insulating sphere of radius a carries a charge density

r 0 a 2 r 2 cos ; r a .
The leading order term for the electric field at a distance d, far away from the charge
distribution, is proportional to
(A) d-1 (B) d-2 (C) d-3 (D) d-4
Ans: (b)
1
V r d 2 cos d ,
1
r V r
a 2
d 0 a r cos r sin drdd zero V E

1 1
Ist term, 2 2 2
.
0 0 0
r r2
Q2. Two magnetic dipoles of magnitude m each are placed in a plane as shown
m
The energy of interaction is given by o
45 2
0 m 2
(A) Zero (B)
4d 3 d
30 m 2
30 m 2 45o
(C) (D)
2d 3 8d 3 m 1
Ans: (d)
0
U m1 m2 3m 1 rm 2 r,
4r 3

Since m1 m2 m1 m2 0 U 0 3 3 m cos 45 0 m cos 450
4d

3 0 m 2
U .
8 d 3

AVS fiziks

Consider the propagation of electromagnetic waves in a linear, homogenous and isotropic
material medium with electric permittivity and magnetic permeability .
Q3. For a plane wave of angular frequency and propagation vector k propagating in
the medium Maxwells equations reduce to
(A) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
(B) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
(C) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
(D) k E 0; k H 0; k E H ; k H E
Ans: (d)
Q4. If and assume negative values in a certain frequency range, then the directions of
the propagation vector k and the Poynting vector S in that frequency range are related
as
(A) k and S are parallel
(B) k and S are anti-parallel
(C) k and S are perpendicular to each other
(D) k and S makes an angle that depends on the magnitude of || and ||

Ans: (a)

AVS fiziks
Q5. Consider a conducting loop of radius a and total loop resistance R placed in a region
with a magnetic field B thereby enclosing a flux 0. The loop is connected to an
electronic circuit as shown, the capacitor being initially uncharged
C

Vout

If the loop is pulled out of the region of the magnetic field at a constant speed u, the final
output voltage Vout is independent of
(A) 0 (B) u (C) R (D) C
Ans: (a)

AVS fiziks
GATE-2011
Q6. If a force F is derivable from a potential function V(r), where r is the distance from
the origin of the coordinate system, it follows that
(A) F 0 (B) F 0 (C) V 0 (D) 2 V 0

Ans: (a)
Q7. Tow charges q and 2q are placed along the x-axis in front of a grounded, infinite
conducting plane, as shown in the figure. They
are located respectively at a distance of 0.5 m and
1.5 m from the plane. The force acting on the
0.5m q 2q
charge q is x
1.5m
7q 2
1 1 2
(A) (B) 2q
4 0 2 4 0
1 1 q2
(C) q2 (D)
4 0 4 0 2
Ans: (a)
Using method of Images we can draw equivalent figure as shown below:
2q q 0.5m 0.5m q 2q
x
1.5m 1.5m
q 2q q 2q q 7q 1 7q 2
F
4 0 12 12 22 8 0 2 4 0 2
Q8. A uniform surface current is flowing in the positive y-direction over an infinite sheet
lying in x-y plane. The direction of the magnetic field is
(A) along i for z > 0 and along i for z < 0
(B) along k for z > 0 and along k for z < 0

(C) along i for z > 0 and along i for z < 0
(D) along k for z > 0 and along k for z < 0

Ans: (a)

AVS fiziks
Q9. A magnetic dipole of dipole moment m is placed in a non-uniform magnetic field B .
If the position vector of the dipole is r , the torque acting on the dipole about the origin is

(A) r m B
(B) r m B
(C) m B
(D) m B r m B
Ans: (c)
Q10. A spherical conductor of radius a is placed in a uniform electric field E E0 k . The

potential at a point P(r, ) for r > a, is given by
E0 a 3
(r, ) = constant E 0 r cos 2 cos
r
where r is the distance of P from the centre O of the sphere and is the angle OP makes
with the z-axis P
The charge density on the sphere at = 30o is r
(A) 3 3 0 E0 / 2 (B) 3 0 E0 / 2
O k
(C) 3 0 E0 / 2 (D)) 0 E0 / 2
Ans: (a)
V 2E a 3
0 0 E0 cos 03 cos .
r r a r r a
0 E0 cos 2 E0 cos 3E0 0 cos 3E0 0 cos 30 0

3 3
0 E0
2
Q11. Which of the following expressions for a vector potential A DOES NOT represent
a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B0 along the z-direction?
(A) A 0, B0 x,0 (B) A B0 y,0,0
B0 x B0 y B0 y B0 x
(C) A , ,0 (D) A , ,0
2 2 2 2
Ans: (c)

B A

AVS fiziks
Statement for Linked Questions 12 and 13:

A plane electromagnetic wave has the magnetic field given by

Bx, y, z, t B0 sin x y
k
t k
2
where k is the wave number and i, j and k are the Cartesian unit vectors in x, y and z
directions respectively.
Q12. The electric field E x, y, z, t corresponding to the above wave is given by

(A) cB0 sin x y
k
t

i j
(B) cB0 sin x y
k
t

i j
2 2 2 2

(C) cB0 sin x y (D) cB0 sin x y
k k
t i t j
2 2
Ans: (a)
c k x y x y k
c

E k B B0 sin

t z
k k 2 2
x y
E cB0 sin x y
k
t
2 2
Q13. The average Poynting vector is given by
(A)

cB02 i j (B)

cB02 i j (C)

cB02 i j (D)

cB02 i j
2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
Ans: (d)
cB02 cB02 x y cB02 x y
S
k
2 0 2 0 2 2 0 2

AVS fiziks
GATE-2012
Q14. The space-time dependence of the electric field of a linearly polarized light in free
space is given by xE0 cost kz where E0, and k are the amplitude, the angular
frequency and the wavevector, respectively. The time average energy density associated
with the electric field is
1 1
(a) 0 E02 (b) 0 E02 (c) 0 E02 (d) 2 0 E02
4 2
Ans: (a)
u E 0 E 2 0 E 2 cos 2 wt kz u E 0 E02
1 1 1
2 2 4
Q15. A plane electromagnetic wave traveling in free space is incident normally on a glass
plate of refractive index 3/2. If there is no absorption by the glass, its reflectivity is
(a) 4% (b) 16% (c) 20% (d) 50%
Ans: (a)
2
n n2 1 3/ 2
2
1 4
R 1 .04 or 4%
n1 n2 1 3/ 2 4 25

Q16. The electric and the magnetic field E z, t and Bz, t , respectively corresponding to

the scalar potential z, t 0 and vector potential Az, t itz are

(a) E iz and B -jt (b) E iz and B jt

(c) E iz and B -jt (d) E iz and B -jt
Ans: (d)

A A
E iz, B A jt .
t t

AVS fiziks
Q17. A plane polarized electromagnetic wave in free space at time t=0 is given

by Ex, y 10 j exp i6 x 8z . The magnetic field Bx, z, t is given by

(a) Bx, z, t 6k 8i exp i6 x 8 z 10ct
1
c

(b) Bx, z, t 6k 8i exp i6 x 8 z 10ct
1
c

(c) Bx, z, t 6k 8i exp i6 x 8 z ct
1
c

(d) Bx, z, t 6k 8i exp i6 x 8 z ct
1
c
Ans: (a)
1 k 1 6i 8k
1

B k E E
c k

10 jexp i k .r t

c c 10

1

B 6k 8i exp i6 x 8 z 10ct , 10c.
c
Q18. Two infinitely extended homogeneous isotopic dielectric media (medium-1and

1
medium-2 with dielectric constant 2 and 2 5 , respectively) meet at the z = 0 plane
0 0
as shown in the figure. A uniform electric field exists everywhere. For z 0, the electric

field is given by E1 2i 3 j 5k . The interface separating the two media is charge free.
The electric displacement vector in the medium-2 is given by

(a) D 2 0 10i 15 j 10k
10i 15 j 10k
medium - 1
(b) D 2 0
(c) D 2 4i 6 j 10k
0
medium - 2 z=0
(d) D 2 4i 6 j 10k
0

AVS fiziks
Ans: (b)
E1 E2 E2 2i 3 j
1 2 5
and f 0 D1 D2 E2 E1 k 2k E2 2i 3 j 2k
2 5

D2 2 E2 0 10i 15 j 10k .

AVS fiziks
GATE-2013
Q19. At a surface current, which one of the magnetostatic boundary condition is NOT
CORRECT?
(a) Normal component of the magnetic field is continuous.
(b) Normal component of the magnetic vector potential is continuous.
(c) Tangential component of the magnetic vector potential is continuous.
(d) Tangential component of the magnetic vector potential is not continuous.
Ans: (d)
Q20. Interference fringes are seen at an observation plane z 0 , by the superposition of

two plane waves A1 exp i k1 r t and A2 exp i k 2 r t , where A1 and A2 are real
amplitudes. The condition for interference maximum is

(a) k1 k 2 r 2m 1

(b) k1 k 2 r 2m

(c) k1 k 2 r 2m 1

(d) k1 k 2 r 2m
Ans: (b)
Q21. For a scalar function satisfying the Laplace equation, has

(a) zero curl and non-zero divergence
(b) non-zero curl and zero divergence
(c) zero curl and zero divergence
(d) non-zero curl and non-zero divergence
Ans: (c)

2 0 . 0 and 0 .

AVS fiziks
Q22. A circularly polarized monochromatic plane wave is incident on a dielectric

interface at Brewaster angle. Which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) The reflected light is plane polarized in the plane of incidence and the transmitted
light is circularly polarized.
(b) The reflected light is plane polarized perpendicular to the plane of incidence and the
transmitted light is plane polarized in the plane of incidence.
(c) The reflected light is plane polarized perpendicular to the plane of incidence and the
transmitted light is elliptically polarized.
(d) There will be no reflected light and the transmitted light is circularly polarized.
Ans: (c)
Q23. A charge distribution has the charge density given by Q x x0 x x0 .
For this charge distribution the electric field at 2 x0 ,0,0
2Qx Qx Qx Qx
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 0 x02 4 0 x03 4 0 x02 16 0 x02
Ans:
Potential V r
1 x

a '
dx

a x'

a x'

a x3
2
x dx x dx ....
4 0 a x x2
a
First term, total charge

x0 x0
QT x dx Q x x0 dx Q x x0 dx Q Q 0
x0 x0
Second term, dipole moment

x0 x0
p x x dx Q x x x0 dx Q x x x0 dx Qx0 Q x0 2Qx0
x0 x0
2Qx0 V 4Qx0 4Qx0 Q

V E x x x x
4 0 x x 4 0 x 4 0 2 x0 8 0 x 20
2 3 3

AVS fiziks
Q24. A monochromatic plane wave at oblique incidence undergoes reflection at a

dielectric interface. If ki , kr and n are the unit vectors in the directions of incident wave,
reflected wave and the normal to the surface respectively, which one of the following
expressions is correct?

(a) ki kr n 0
(b) ki kr n 0
(c) k n k
i r 0 (d) k n k
i r 0
Ans: (c)
Q25. In a constant magnetic field of 0.6 Tesla along the z direction, find the value of the

path integral A dl in the units of (Tesla m 2 ) on a square loop of side length 1 / 2
meters. The normal to the loop makes an angle of 60 0 to the z-axis, as shown in the
figure. The answer should be up to two decimal places. ___________
60 o
z
Ans:

2
1 1
A dl S A .d a S B.d a BA cos 60 0.6 2 2 0.15T .m
0 2

fiziks
QUANTUM MECHANICS SOLUTIONS

NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
1
Q1. The wavefunction of a particle is given by 0 i1 , where 0 and 1 are the
2
normalized eigenfunctions with energies E0 and E1 corresponding to the ground state
and first excited state, respectively. The expectation value of the Hamiltonian in the state
is
E E E 2 E1 E 2 E1
(a) 0 E1 (b) 0 E1 (c) 0 (d) 0
2 2 3 3
Ans: (d)
1 H E 0 2 E1
Solution: 0 i1 and H
2 3
Q2. The energy levels of the non-relativistic electron in a hydrogen atom (i.e. in a Coulomb
potential V r 1 / r ) are given by E nlm 1 / n 2 , where n is the principal quantum
number, and the corresponding wave functions are given by nlm , where l is the orbital
angular momentum quantum number and m is the magnetic quantum number. The spin of
the electron is not considered. Which of the following is a correct statement?
(a) There are exactly (2l + 1) different wave functions nlm , for each Enlm.
(b) There are l(l + 1) different wave functions nlm , for each Enlm.
(c) Enlm does not depend on l and m for the Coulomb potential.
(d) There is a unique wave function nlm for each Enlm.
Ans: (c)

Q3. The Hamiltonian of an electron in a constant magnetic field B is given by H B .

where is a positive constant and 1 , 2 , 3 denotes the Pauli matrices. Let
B / and I be the 2 2 unit matrix. Then the operator e i H t / simplifies to

t i B t i B
(a) I cos sin (b) I cos t sin t
2 B 2 B

i B i B
(c) I sin t cos t (d) I sin 2 t cos 2 t
B B

fiziks
Ans: (b)

Solution: H B where 1 , 2 , 3 are pauli spin matrices and B are constant magnetic

field. 1i, 2 j , 3k , B Bxi By j Bz k and Hamiltonion H B in matrices
Bz Bx iBy
form is given by . Eigenvalue of given matrices are given by
Bx iBy B
z
B and B . H matrices are not diagonals so e i H t / is equivalent to
1 1
iBt
e 0 2
S 1
2
S where S is unitary matrices and S 1 S .
i Bt
1 1
0 e

2 2
1 1 i Bt 1 1
iBt
e 0 2 e 0 2 2
S 1
2
S where B / .
i Bt
1 i Bt
e
0 1 1 1
e 0
2 2 2 2
cos t i sin t
eiHt / which is equivalent to I cos t i x sin t can be written
i sin t cos t

i B i B
as I cos t sin t where x
B B
Q4. If the perturbation H' = ax, where a is a constant, is added to the infinite square well
potential
V x 0 for 0 x

otherwise.
The correction to the ground state energy, to first order in a, is
a a a
(a) (b) a (c) (d)
2 4 2
Ans: (a)

a2 x a 2 x
Solution: E01 0* H ' 0 dx x sin
2
dx 0 sin .
0
0
2

fiziks
Q5. A particle in one dimension moves under the influence of a potential V x ax 6 , where a
is a real constant. For large n the quantized energy level En depends on n as:
(a) En ~ n3 (b) En ~ n4/3 (c) En ~ n6/5 (d) En ~ n3/2
Ans: (d)
p x2 p x2

ax 6 and p x 2mE ax 6 2 .
1
Solution: V x ax 6 , H ax 6 , E
2m 2m
According to W.K.B approximation pdx nh
2m E ax
1/ 2
6
dx n
We can find this integration without solving the integration

Px
1 2mE
1/ 6
E
2 2 6 1/ 6
p p x 6
E ax 6 1 x at p x 0 .
x x
E / a E / a
2m 2mE E / a a x
Area of Ellipse = semi major axis semiminor axis
2mE
1
E
3
6
2mE n E n 2 .
a
1
Q6. (A) In a system consisting of two spin particles labeled 1 and 2, let S 1 1 and
2 2

S 2 2 denote the corresponding spin operators. Here x , y , z and

2
x , y , z are the three Pauli matrices.
In the standard basis the matrices for the operators Sx1S y2 and S y1Sx2 are respectively,
2 1 0 2 1 0 2 i 0 2 i 0
(a) , (b) ,
4 0 1 4 0 1 4 0 i 4 0 i
0 1 0 0 0 i 0 0
0 0 0 i 2 0 0 0 i
2 0 0 i 0 , 0 0 i 0 2 1 0 0 0 2 i 0 0 0
(c) 0 4 0 0 0
(d) ,
4 0 i 0 i 4 0 0 0 i 4 0 0 0 1
i 0 0 0 i
0 0 0
0

0 i 0 0
0 1 0
Ans: (c)

fiziks
0 0 0 i

2 0 1 0 i 02
0 i 0
Solution: Sx1Sy2 4 0
4 1 0 i 0 i 0 0
i
0
0 0
0 0 0 i

0
2
i 0 1 0 2
0 i 0
S y1 S x 2
4 i 0 1 0 4 0 i 0 0

i 0 0 0
(B) These two operators satisfy the relation

(a) Sx1S y2 , S y1Sx2 Sz1Sz2
(b) S x1S y2 , S y1S x2 0
(c) S S , S S iS S
x
1
y
2
y
1
x
2
z
1
z
2
(d) S S , S S 0
x
1
y
2
y
1
x
2
Ans: (d)
Solution: We have matrix Sx1Sy2 and Sy1Sx2 from question 6(A) so commutation is given by
S S , S S 0 .
x
1
y
2
y
1
x
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q7. The energy of the first excited quantum state of a particle in the two-dimensional
potential V x, y
1
2

m 2 x 2 4 y 2 is
3 5
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) (d)
2 2
Ans: (d)
1 1
Solution: V x, y m 2 x 2 4 y 2 m2 x 2 m42 y 2 , E n x n y 2
1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2
1 3
For ground state energy n x 0, n y 0 E 2
2 2 2
3 5
First exited state energy n x 1, n y 0
2 2

fiziks
Q8. Consider a particle in a one dimensional potential that satisfies V x V x . Let 0
and 1 denote the ground and the first excited states, respectively, and let
0 0 1 1 be a normalized state with 0 and 1 being real constants. The
expectation value x of the position operator x in the state is given by
(a) 02 0 x 0 12 1 x 1
(b) 01 0 x 1 1 x 0
(c) 02 12 (d) 2 0 1
Ans: (b)
Solution: Since V x V x so potential is symmetric.
0 x 0 0 , 1 x 1 0
x 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 01 0 x 1 1 x 0
Q9. The perturbation H ' bx 4 , where b is a constant, is added to the one dimensional
harmonic oscillator potential V x

1
m 2 x 2 . Which of the following denotes the
2
correction to the ground state energy to first order in b?
[Hint: The normalized ground state wave function of the one dimensional harmonic
m
1/ 4
is 0 e m x
2

/ 2
oscillator potential . You may use the following

1
1
n
integral x e 2n ax 2
dx a 2
n ].
2
3b 2 3b 2 3b 2 15b 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4m 2 2 2m 2 2 2 m 2 2 4m 2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: H ' bx 4 , V x
1
m 2 x 2 .
2
mx 2
m
1/ 4

Correction in ground state is given by E 0 H ' 0 1
where 0 e 2
.

0

fiziks
1 1
mx 2
m 2 m 2 2 2 mx
b x e
2

E 0*bx 4 0 dx b x e dx
1 4 dx

0

n 1/ 2 1
e dx n 2
2 n n2
It is given in the equation x
m
Thus n 2 and

1 1 1
2
m 2 2 2 mx m 2 m
b x e
1
2 2
E 01 dx b 2

2
1 5
m 2 m 2 5 3 b 2
E b1

.
2 4 m 2 2
0
Q10. Let 0 and 1 denote the normalized eigenstates corresponding to the ground and first
excited states of a one dimensional harmonic oscillator. The uncertainty p in the
state
1
0 1 , is
2
(a) p m / 2 (b) p m / 2
(c) p m (d) p 2m
Ans: (c)
m
Solution:
1
2
0 1 , p i 2 a a
a
1
2
1 1 2 2 and a
1
2
0 10
p i
m
2

a a 0 , p2
m 2
2

a a 2 2 N 1
m 2 m m 1
p2 a a2 2N 1 2N 1 2 1 m
2 2 2 2
p p2 p = m .
2

fiziks
Q11. The wave function of a particle at time t = 0 is given by 0

1
u 1 u 2 , where
2
u1 and u2 are the normalized eigenstates with eigenvalues E1 and E2
respectively, E 2 E1 . The shortest time after which t will become orthogonal to
0 is
2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2E 2 E1 E 2 E1 E 2 E1 E 2 E1
Ans: (b)
1
iE1t iE2t
Solution: 0
1
2
u1 u2 0
2
u
1 e
u 2 e

iE1t iE 2t
1 1
t is orthogonal to 0 0 t 0 e
e
0
2 2
iE1t iE 2t iE1t iE 2t E2 E1
i
e e 0 e e e
1
cos
E2 E1 t cos t
E2 E1
Q12. A constant perturbation as shown in the figure below acts on a particle of mass m
confined in an infinite potential well between 0 and L.
V0 V0
2
0 L/2 L
the first-order correction to the ground state energy of the particle is

V0 3V0 V0 3V0
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 4 2
Ans: (b)

fiziks
x x
2 L
V 2 2
Solution: E 1 V p 1
1
1 = 0 sin 2 dx V0 sin 2 dx
0
2 L L L L L
2
V 2 1 2x 2V 1 2x
L
E11 0 1 cos dx 0 1 cos dx

L 0 2 L L L 2 L
2
V0 L 2V0 L V0 2V0 3V0

E11 L =
2L 2 2L 2 4 4 4
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q13. The component along an arbitrary direction n , with direction cosines n x , n y , n z , of the
1
spin of a spin particle is measured. The result is
2
(a) 0 (b)

nz (c)

nx n y nz (d)

2 2 2
Ans: (d)
0 1 0 i 1 0
Solution: S x , S y , S z
2 1 0 2 i 0 2 0 1

n n x i n y j n z k and n x2 n y2 n z2 1 , S S x i S y j S z k
i
0 0 0
2 n 2
n S nx 2 n
+
y
i z
0 0
2 2 2

nz

n x in y
nS 2 2

n x in y

nz
2 2

Let is eigen value of n S

fiziks
nz

n x in y
2 2 0

n x in y
n z
2 2
n z2 2 2
nz nz 2 2

2
n x n y 0
2 2

n x n y2 0 .
2 2 4 4 4

2 2
4

n x n y2 n z2 2 0 .
2
Q14. A particle of mass m is in a cubic box of size a. The potential inside the box
0 x a,0 y a,0 z a is zero and infinite outside. If the particle is in an
14 2
eigenstate of energy E , its wavefunction is
2ma 2
3x 5y 6z 7x 4y 3z
3/ 2 3/ 2
2 2
(a) sin sin sin (b) sin sin sin
a a a a a a a a
4x 8y 2z x 2y 3z
3/ 2 3/ 2
2 2
(c) sin sin sin (d) sin sin sin
a a a a a a a a
Ans: (d)
2 14 2 2
2
Solution: E nx ,n y ,nz n x2 n y2 n z2
2ma 2 2ma 2
nx2 n y2 nz2 14 n x 1, n y 2, n z 3 .
Q15. Let nlml denote the eigenfunctims of a Hamiltonian for a spherically symmetric
potential V r . The wavefunction

1
4

210 5 211 10 211 is an eigenfunction
only of
(a) H, L2 and Lz (b) H and Lz (c) H and L2 (d) L2 and Lz
Ans: (c)
Solution: H En
L2 l l 1 2 and Lz m .

fiziks
Q16.
The commentator x 2 , p 2 is
(a) 2ixp (b) 2i( xp px) (c) 2ipx (d) 2i( xp px)
Ans: (b)
Solution: x2 , p 2 x x, p 2 x, p 2 x xp x, p x x, p p p x, p x x, p px
x 2

, p 2 xpi xi p pi x i px 2ixp px .
Q17. A free particle described by a plane wave and moving in the positive z-direction
undergoes scattering by a potential
V if r R
V r 0
0 if r R
If V0 is changed to 2V0, keeping R fixed, then the differential scattering cross-section, in

the Born approximation.
(a) increases to four times the original value
(b) increases to twice the original value
(c) decreases to half the original value
(d) decreases to one fourth the original value
Ans: (a)
V r V0 , rR
Solution:
0, rR
Low energy scattering amplitude f ,

m 4
V R 3 and differential scattering is
2 0
2 3
2
d 2mV0 R 3
given by 1 f
2
d 3
2
d 2 2m 2V0 R
3 2
2mV0
Now V r 2V0 for r R 4
d 3 2

d 2 2m 2V0 R
2
3
2mV0 R 3 d
4 4 1

d 3 2
3
2
d

fiziks
Q18. A variational calculation is done with the normalized trial wavefunction
x
15 2
5/ 2

a x 2 for the one-dimensional potential well
4a
0 if x a
V x
if x a
The ground state energy is estimated to be

5 2 3 2 3 2 5 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3ma 2 2ma 2 5ma 2 4ma 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: x
15
5
a 2
x2 , V x 0 , x a and V x , x a
4a 2
2 2
a
E Hdx where H
a
2m x 2
15 2
a
2 d 2 15 2
2 15 2
a
a 4a5/ 2
E a x 2
2 5/ 2
a x dx

a 2 x2 2dx

5
2 m dx 4 a 16a 2m a
a
15 2 2
E
16a 5 2m a
a 2
x 2
dx =
15 2 4a 3
16a 5 m 3

5 2
4ma2
Q19. A particle in one-dimension is in the potential

if x 0

V x V0 if 0 x l
0 if x l

If there is at least one bound state, the minimum depth of potential is
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8ml 2 2ml 2 ml 2 ml 2
Ans: (a)

fiziks
Solution: For bound state V0 E 0

Wave function in region I, I 0 , II A sin kx Bcos kx , III ce x

2mV0 E 2m E V0 o
Where k , . l
2 2
Use Boundary condition at x 0 and x l (wave function is continuous and differential
at x 0 and x l ) one will get
k cot kl kl cot kl l cot where l , kl .
2mV0l 2
2 2
2
1/ 2 o 3
2mV0l 2 2 2
For one bound state V0 . 2
2

2
2 8ml 2
Q20. Which of the following is a self-adjoint operator in the spherical polar coordinate
system r , , ?
i i
(a) (b) i (c) (d) i sin
sin 2 sin
Ans: (c)
i
Solution: is Hermitian.
sin
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q21. Let v, p and E denote the speed, the magnitude of the momentum, and the energy of a
free particle of rest mass m. Then
(a) dE dp constant (b) p = mv
(c) v cp (d) E = mc2

p m c
2 2 2
Ans: (c)

fiziks
m0 v m02 v 2 p 2v 2
Solution: p mv p2 m 2 2
0 v p 2

v2 v2 c2
1 1 2
c2 c
2 p2 p2 pc
v m0 2 p v 2 2
2 2 2
v
c m0 c p 2 p m02 c 2
2
c2
Q22. The wave function of a state of the Hydrogen atom is given by,
200 2 211 3 210 2 211

where nlm is the normalized eigen function of the state with quantum numbers n, l, m in
the usual notation. The expectation value of Lz in the state is

15 11 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 6 8 8
Ans: (d)
1 2 3 2
Solution: Firstly normalize , 200 211 210 211
16 16 16 16
P0
1 9 10
.
16 16 16
Probability of getting (i) i.e. Pi and P i .

4 2
16 16
Lz
0 1 1
10 4 2 4 2 2
Now, Lz
16 16 16 16 16 16 8
The energy eigenvalues of a particle in the potential V x

1
Q23. m 2 x 2 ax are
2
1 a2 1 a2
(a) En n (b) En n
2 2m 2 2 2 m 2
1 a2 1
(c) En n (d) En n
2 m 2 2
Ans: (a)

fiziks
p x2 1
Solution: Hamiltonian H of Harmonic oscillator, H m 2 x 2
2m 2
1
Eigenvalue of this, E n n
2
p x2 1 px2 1 2 2 2ax a2 a2
But here, H m x ax H
2 2
m x
2m 2 2m 2 m 2 m2 4 2m 2
2
p2 1 a a2
H x m 2 x
2m 2 m 2 2m 2
1 a2
Energy eigenvalue, E n n
2 2 m 2
Q24. If a particle is represented by the normalized wave function

15 a 2 x 2

for a x a
x 4a 5 / 2
0
otherwise
the uncertainty p in its momentum is
(a) 2 / 5a (b) 5 / 2a (c) 10 / a (d) 5 / 2a

Ans: (d)
Solution: p p2 p
2
and

i
15 a 2 x 2 2
a x 2 dx
a
x i 15
p

a 4a 5/ 2
4a x
5/ 2
i a 2 x 2 2 x dx ih 2 155 a
a a
15
2
x x 3 dx
a16a
5
16 a a
odd funcn
=0
2 2
aa x x 2 a x dx
a
15
p 2

2 2 2 2
16a 5

fiziks
a
2 x3

a
2 15
2 a 2
x 2
dx 2

15
2 a x
16a 5 a
16a 5 3 a
15 3 2a 3 15 3 1 15 2 2
2 2 2 a 2
2 2 a 3 4a 2 3
1
16a 5 3 16
5 2
p2
2a 2
5 2 5
Now, p p
2
p 2
0
2a 2 2a
Q25. Given the usual canonical commutation relations, the commutator A, B of
A i xp y yp x and B yp z zp y is
(a) xp z p x z (b) xp z p x z
(c) xp z p x z (d) xp z p x z
Ans: (c)
Solution: A, B ixp y iyp x , yp z zp y
A, B ixp y , yp z i yp x , yp z ixp y , zp y iyp x , zp y

A, B ixp y , yp z 0 0 iyp x , zp y ixp y , yp z iyp x , zp y
A, B ix p y , yp z ix, yp z p y iy p x , zp y iy, zp y p x
A, B ixp y , yp z 0 0 iy, zp y p x
ix p y , yp z i y, zp y p x
A, B ix i p z izi p x
A, B xp z p x z
Q26. Consider a system of three spins S1, S2 and S3 each of which can take values +1 and -1.
The energy of the system is given by E J S1 S 2 S 2 S 3 S 3 S1 where J is a positive
constant. The minimum energy and the corresponding number of spin configuration are,
respectively,
(a) J and 1 (b) 3J and 1 (c) 3J and 2 (d) 6J and 2
Ans: (c)

fiziks
Solution: If we take S1 S2 S3 1 i.e.

S1 S2 S3
Then energy, E J 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 J
Again S1 S2 S3 1 , then
Energy E 3 J
So, minimum energy is 3J and there are two spin configuration.
If we take
S1 S2 S3
Then we get Maximum energy E J .

1
Q27. The energies in the ground state and first excited state of a particle of mass m in a
2
potential V x are 4 and 1 , respectively, (in units in which 1). If the
corresponding wavefunctions are related by 1 x 0 x sinh x, then the ground state

eigenfunction is
(a) 0 x sec hx (b) 0 x sec hx
(c) 0 x sec h 2 x (d) 0 x sec h 3 x

Ans: (c)
Solution: Given that ground state energy E0 4 , first excited state energy E1 1 and 0 , 1
are corresponding wave functions.
1
Solving Schrdinger equation (use m and 1)
2
2 2 0 2 0
V 0 E0 0 V 0 4 0 ..(1)
2m x 2 x 2
2 2 1 2 1
V 1 E1 1 V 1 1 1 ..(2)
2m x 2 x 2
Put 1 0 sinh x in equation (2) one will get
2
20 .sinh x 2 0 cosh x 0 sinh x V 0 sinh x 0 sinh x
x x

fiziks
2 0
2 2 0 coth x 0 V 0 0
x x
2 0 0 2 0
V 0 2 coth x using relation V 0 4 0
x x x 2
2 0 0

0 d 0
4 0 2 coth x 0 0 2 tanh xdx 0 sec h 2 x .
x 0
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q28. In a basis in which the z - component S z of the spin is diagonal, an electron is in a spin
1 i / 6
state . The probabilities that a measurement of S z will yield the values
2/3
/ 2 and / 2 are, respectively,

(a) 1/ 2 and 1/ 2 (b) 2 / 3 and 1/ 3 (c) 1/ 4 and 3/ 4 (d) 1/ 3 and 2 / 3
Ans: (d)
1 0
Solution: Eigen state of S z is 1 and 2 corresponds to Eigen value and
0 1 2 2
respectively.
2 2
1 1 i
2
2 1 2 2
P , P
2 6 6 3 2 3
Q29. Consider the normalized state of a particle in a one-dimensional harmonic oscillator:
b1 0 b2 1
where 0 and 1 denote the ground and first excited states respectively, and b1 and b2
are real constants. The expectation value of the displacement x in the state will be a
minimum when
1 1
(a) b2 0, b1 1 (b) b2 b1 (c) b2 b1 (d) b2 b1
2 2
Ans: (d)
fiziks
Solution: x b12 0 x 0 b22 1 x 1 2b1b2 0 x 1
Since 0 x 0 0 and 1 x 1 0 x 2b1b2 0 x 1 .
Min of x means min 2b1b2 . We know that b12 b22 1 .
x min
2

2

b1 b2 b12 b22 0 x 1 b1 b2 1 0 x 1 1 b1 b2 0 x 1
2

for min value of 1 b1 b2 there must be maximum of b1 b2 so
2
b1 b2
2

none of answer is matched but if we consider about magnitude then option (d) is correct .
Q30. The un-normalized wavefunction of a particle in a spherically symmetric potential is
given by

r zf r
where f r is a function of the radial variable r . The eigenvalue of the operator

L2 (namely the square of the orbital angular momentum) is
(a) 2 / 4 (b) 2 / 2 (c) 2 (d) 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: r zf r r cos f r
r Y10 , , L2 r L2Y10 , where l 1
L2 l l 1 2 11 1 2 2 2
Q31. If nlm denotes the eigenfunciton of the Hamiltonian with a potential V V r then the
expectation value of the operator L2x L2y in the state

1
5

3 211 210 15 211
is
(a) 39 2 / 25 (b) 13 2 / 25 (c) 2 2 (d) 26 2 / 25
Ans: (d)
Solution: L2x L2y L2 L2z L2x L2y L2 L2z L2 L2z

fiziks
9 1 15
L2 L2z = 2 2 1 2 0 2 1 2
25 25 25
24 2 50 24 2 26 2
L2 L2z 2 2
25 25 25
Q32. Consider a two-dimensional infinite square well
0 0 x a, 0 ya
V x, y
otherwise
2 n xx n y y
Its normalized Eigenfunctions are nx ,n y x, y sin sin
a a a

V
a a
0 x , 0 y
where n x , n y 1,2,3, ..If a perturbation H ' 0 2 2

0 otherwise
is applied, then the correction to the energy of the first excited state to order V 0 is
V0 V0 64
(a)
4
(b)
4 1 9 2
V0 16 V0 32
(c)
4 1 9 2 (d)
4 1 9 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: For first excited state, which is doubly degree
2 x 2 y 2 2 x y
1 sin sin , 2 sin sin
a a a a a a
2 a / 2 2 x 2 a / 2 2 2 y 1 1 V0
a 0 a 0
H11 1 H 1 V0 sin dx sin dy V0
a a 2 2 4
2 a/2 x 2 x 2 a / 2 2 y y
H12 1 H 2 V0
a 0
sin
a
sin
a
dx sin
a 0 a
sin
a
dy
4 4 16 16 V
H 12 V0 V0 , H 21 2 H 1 V0 2 and H 22 2 H 2 0 .
3 3 9 9
2
4
V0 16V0
2 2
Thus 4 9 2 0 V0 16V0 0
16V0 V0 4 9
2

9 2
4

fiziks
V 16V0 V 64
0 0 1 2
4 9 2
4 9
Q33. The bound on the ground state energy of the Hamiltonian with an attractive delta-
function potential, namely
2 d 2
H a x
2m dx 2
using the variational principle with the trial wavefunction x A exp bx 2 is

Note : e t t a dt a 1
0
(a) ma 2 / 4 2 (b) ma 2 / 2 2
(c) ma 2 / 2 (d) ma 2 / 5 2
Ans: (c)
2b 2b 2b 2b
Solution: For given wavefunction T and V a E a
2m 2m
d E d E 2 2 1 12 4
For variation of parameter 0 a b 0b .
db db 2m 2 8m 2
ma 2
E .
m in
2
Q34. If the operators A and B satisfy the commutation relation A, B I , where I is the
identity operator, then

(a) e A , B e A
(b) e A , B e B , A
(c) e , B e
A B

,A (d) e , B I
A
Ans: (a)
A A2
Solution: A, B I and e A 1 .......
1 2
A A2 A2 , B A3 , B

e , B 1
A
......., B = 1, B A, B .........
1 2 2 3

fiziks
e A

,B 0 I

AA, B A, B A A A 2 , B A 2 , B A
.......... .

2! 3!
e , B 1 A A2! ........ e
2
A A
where A, B I , A 2 , B 2 A and A3 , B 3 A 2 .
Q35. Two identical bosons of mass m are placed in a one-dimensional potential
V x
1
m 2 x 2 . The bosons interact via a weak potential,
2

V12 V0 exp mx1 x2 / 4
2

where x1 and x 2 denote coordinates of the particles. Given that the ground state
1
mx 2
m 4
wavefunction of the harmonic oscillator is 0 x e 2
. The ground state

energy of the two-boson system, to the first order in V 0 , is
V0
(a) 2V0 (b)

1

2
(c) V0 1 (d) V0 1
2
Ans: (c)
Solution: There is two bosons trapped in harmonic oscillator so energy for ground state without

perturbation is 2. .
2
If perturbation is introduced we have to calculate V1,2 where

V12 V0 exp mx1 x2 / 4 .
2

1
m x12 m x22
m 2
But calculating V1,2 on state 0 x e 2 e 2 is very tedious task.

So lets use a trick i.e perturbation is nothing but approximation used in Taylor series. So

just expand V12 V0 exp mx1 x2 / 4 and take average value of first term
2

fiziks
x1 x2

2
V12 V0 exp mx1 x2 / 4 = V0 (1 ...)

2
V12 V0 (1

m x12 x22 2 x1.x2 ...)
4

V1,2 = V0 (1

m x12 x22 2 x1 . x2 ...) = V (1 m(
2m 2m
0)
)...
o
4 4
1
2
V12 Vo (1 ) V0 1 .
4 2
1
2
So E V0 1 .
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
1 1 1 i
Q36. A spin - particle is in the state in the eigenbasis of S 2 and S z . If we
2 11 3
h h
measure S z , the probabilities of getting and , respectively are
2 2
1 1 2 9 1 3
(a) and (b) and (c) 0 and 1 (d) and
2 2 11 11 11 11
Ans: (b)
2
1 1 i
Solution: P 10 1 2 2 1
2 11 3 2 11
2
1 1 i 9
P
2
01
11 3 11

i.e. probability of S z getting and
2 2

fiziks
Q37. The motion of a particle of mass m in one dimension is described by the

p2 1
Hamiltonian H m 2 x 2 x . What is the difference between the (quantized)
2m 2
energies of the first two levels? (In the following, x is the expectation value of x in the
ground state.)
2
(a) x (b) x (c) (d)
2m 2
Ans: (d)
p2 1 1
Solution: H m 2 x 2 x V x m 2 x 2 x
2m 2 2
1 2 1 2 2 2 2
V x m 2 x 2 x m x 2 x
2 m 2 2 m 2 m 2 4 m 2 4
2
2

V x
1
m 2 x
2 m 2 2m 2
1 2 3 1
En n E1 E0
2 2m 2
2 2
Q38. Let nlm denote the eigenfunctions of a Hamiltonian for a spherically symmetric
potential V r . The expectation value of L z in the state

1

200 5 210 10 211 20 211 is
6

5 5 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
18 6 18
Ans: (d)
1 5 10 20 10 5
Solution: Lz Lz = 0 0 (1) (1) = 1
36 36 36 36 36 18
Q39. If x A exp x 4 is the eigenfunction of a one dimensional Hamiltonian with
eiggenvalue E 0 , the potential V x (in units where 2m 1 ) is
(a) 12x 2 (b) 16x 6 (c) 16 x 6 12 x 2 (d) 16x 6 12x 2

fiziks
Ans: (d)
Solution: Schrodinger equation
2 V 0 (where 2m 1 and E 0 )

2
x 2
4
4
Ae x VAe x 0 e x 4 x3 Ve x 0
x
4
4

4 3x 2 e x x 3 4x 3e x
4
Ve
x4
0 12 x 2 e x 16 x 6 e x Ve x 0
4 4 4
V 16x 6 12x 2
Q40. A particle is in the ground state of an infinite square well potential given by,
0 for a x a
V x
otherwise
a a
The probability to find the particle in the interval between and is
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2
Ans: (b)
a a
Solution: The probability to find the particle in the interval between and is
2 2
x x x 1 1 2x
a/2 a/2 a/2
2 2 1

a / 2

2a 2a
cos cos dx cos2
2a 2a a / 2
a 2a
dx 1 cos
a 2 a / 2
dx
2a
x
a/2
1 1 a a a 1 2a 1 1
1 1
a
x sin a
2a a a / 2 2a 2 2 2a 2
Q41. The expectation value of the x - component of the orbital angular momentum L x in the
state
1
5

3 2,1, 1 5 2,1,0 11 2,1, 1
(where nlm are the eigenfunctions in usual notation), is
(a)
10
25
11 3 (b) 0 (c)
10
25
11 3 (d) 2

fiziks
Ans: (a)
Solution: L l , m l l 1 m m 1 l , m 1 and L l , m l l 1 m m 1 l , m 1
L L L L
Lx Lx
2 2
1
L 3 2 210 5 2 211
5
1 1 1
L .3 10 110 10(3 11)
25 25 25
1
L 2 5 211 2 11 210
5
1 1
L .3 10 10 11
25 25
L L 1
Lx = 10(3 11)
2 25
Lx
1
25
.3 10
1
25
10 11 =
10
25
11 3
Q42. A particle is prepared in a simultaneous eigenstate of L2 and Lz . If l 1 2 and m are
respectively the eigenvalues of L2 and Lz , then the expectation value L2x of the particle
in this state satisfies

(a) L2x 0 (b) 0 L2x 2 2
1 2 2 1 2
(c) 0 L 2
x (d) Lx
2
2 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: L2x
1
2

l l 1 2 m2 2
For max value m 0 and for min m l
l 2 l l 1 2
L2x
2 2

fiziks
A, B, C are Non zero Hermitian operator.

A, B C AB BA AB Ab 0 C
but C0
if AB BA ie A, B C false (2)
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q43. Consider a system of two non-interacting identical fermions, each of mass m in an

infinite square well potential of width a . (Take the potential inside the well to be zero
and ignore spin). The composite wavefunction for the system with total energy
5 2 2
E is
2ma 2
2 x1 2x2 2x1 x2
(a) sin sin sin sin
a a a a a
2 x1 2x2 2x1 x2
(b) sin sin sin sin
a a a a a
2 x1 3x2 3x1 x2
(c) sin sin sin sin
a a 2a 2a a
2 x1 x2 x x
(d) sin cos sin 2 cos 2
a a a a a
Ans: (a)
Solution: Fermions have antisymmetric wave function
2 x 2 x2 2 x1 x2
x1 x2 sin 1 sin sin sin
a a a a a
5 2 2
En nx1 1, nx2 2
2ma 2

fiziks
Q44. A particle of mass m in the potential V x, y

1
2

m 2 4 x 2 y 2 , is in an eigenstate of
5
energy E . The corresponding un-normalized eigen function is
2
m m
(a) y exp 2 x 2 y 2

(b) x exp 2 x 2 y 2

2 2
m 2 m 2
(c) y exp x y 2

(d) xy exp x y 2

2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: V x, y
1
2
5
m 2 4 x 2 y 2 , E
2
1 1
V x, y m 2 x 2 m 2 y 2
2
2 2
1 1 1 1
Now, E n n x x n y y n x 2 n y
2 2 2 2
3
En 2nx n y
2
5
En when n x 0 and n y 1 .
2
Q45. A particle of mass m in three dimensions is in the potential
0 ra
V r
ra
Its ground state energy is
2 2 2 2 3 2 2 9 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2ma 2 ma 2 2 ma 2 2ma 2
Ans: (a)
2 d u r l l 1
2
Solution: 2
V r u r Eu r
2m dr 2mr 2
d 2u r 2mE
2
Ku r K , l 0, V r 0
dr 2

fiziks
u r A sin Kr B cos Kr
Using boundary condition, B 0,
2 2
u r A sin Kr , r a, u r 0 sin Ka 0 Ka n E n 1
2ma 2
1
Q46. Given that p r i , the uncertainty p r in the ground state.
r r
0 r
1
e r / a0
a 3
0
of the hydrogen atom is

2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a0 a0 2a 0 a0
Ans: (a)
1
Solution: p r i , 0 r
1
e r / a0
r r a0
3
Pr Pr2 Pr
2

1

r / a
1 e 0

Now Pr e r / a0 i 4 r dr
2
0 a03
r r a03

4 i r / a0 r / a0 1 1 r / a0 2

r dr
a 03 0
e e
e
a0 r
4 i 1

a03 a0 0 0
2 r / a0 2 2 r / a0
e r dr re dr

4 i 1 2 ! 1 !

a03 a0 2 / a0 3 2 / a0 2

4 i a02 a02
0 Pr 0
a03 4 4

fiziks
1

2 2 2 r / a0
P 2
3 e r / a0
2 e 4 r dr
2
a0 0 r r r
r

4 2 r / a0 r / a0 1 2 1 r / a0 2

a03 0
e e a 2 r a e r dr
0 0
4 2 1 2 2 r / a0

2

4 2 1 2 ! 2 1 !
a03 0 a02 a0 0
2 r / a0
r e dr re dr 2
a0 2 / a0 a0 2 / a0
3 2
a03
42 2 ! a03 2 a02 4 2 a0 a0 4 2 a0 2
4 3 2
a03 a02 8 a0 4 a03 2 a0 4 a0
2
P Pr2 Pr 0
2
2
a0 a0
Q47. The ground state eigenfunction for the potential V x x where x is the delta
function, is given by x Ae x
, where A and 0 are constants. If a perturbation
H bx 2 is applied, the first order correction to the energy of the ground state will be
b b 2b b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2
2
2
2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: V x x , x Ae x
1 x e x

E 1 H 1 e x bx 2 e x dx
1
1

0

e bx dx b e x dx b x e dx x e dx b 2 x e dx
2 x 2 2 x 2 2 2 x 2 2 x 2 2x
0 0

2! 2! b

2 x
e bx 2
dx 2b 3
2 b 3
2 8 2 2

fiziks
Q48. An electron is in the ground state of a hydrogen atom. The probability that it is within the
Bohr radius is approximately equal to
(a) 0.60 (b) 0.90 (c) 0.16 (d) 0.32
Ans: (d)
2
4
a0 a0
1
4 r dr 2 r e
r / a0 2 2 2 r / a0
Solution: Probability: e dr
0 a 3
0
ao 0
2
a0

2 2 r / a0 a0
a0
a0 a0
a0
2 r / a0

1 4
4 r dr 3
r / a0
2 2r e 2 2
2
e r e
0 a03 a0

0 0
a0 a0 a0
a0

2e2 r / a0 2 2 2
0
4 2 2aa0 a0 a02 2 a0 / a0 a03 2 a0 / a0 3

0 a0
3 a0 e 0 2 2 a0 e e 2e
a0 4 4 8
4 a03 1 a03 1 a03 a03 5 1 1

4 2 5 2 1
a03 4e 4
2 2 2
2 e 2 e 4e 4 e
5 0.137 1 0.685 1 0.32
Q49. A particle in the infinite square well

0 0 xa
V x
otherwise
is prepared in a state with the wavefunction
3 x
A sin 0 xa
x a
0
otherwise
The expectation value of the energy of the particle is
5 2 2 9 2 2 9 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2ma 2 2ma 2 10 ma 2 2ma 2
Ans: (c)

fiziks
3 x
0 0 xa A sin 0 xa
Solution: V x x a
otherwise, 0 otherwise

x 3 x 1 3 x
x A sin 3 A sin A sin sin 3 A 3sin A 4sin 3 A
a 4 a 4 a
3 x 1 3 x A a 2 x a 2 3 x
A sin A sin 3sin sin
4 a 4 a 4 2 a a 2 a a
A a a
x 3 1 x 3 x
4 2 2
a 2 a 2 10a 2 32
1 9 A A 1 A 1 A
32 32 32 10a
1 a 32 a 32
x 3. 1 x 3 x
4 2 10a 2 10a
x 1 x 3 x
3 1
10 10
2 2 9 2 2
Now, E1 , E2 E an P an
2ma 2 2ma 2
2 2
1 9 2 1
Probably P E1 , P E2
10 10
9 2 2 1 9 2 2 9 2 2
E E
10 2ma 2 10 2ma 2 10ma 2

fiziks
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q50. Suppose Hamiltonian of a conservative system in classical mechanics is H xp , where
is a constant and x and p are the position and momentum respectively. The
corresponding Hamiltonian in quantum mechanics, in the coordinate representation, is
1 1
(a) i x (b) i x
x 2 x 2
i
(c) ix (d) x
x 2 x
Ans: (b)
Solution: Classically H xp , quantum mechanically H must be Hermitian,

So, H xp px and H xp px
2 2
i x
H x i i x x
2 x x 2 x x
i i
H 2x 2 x 1
2 x 2 x
1
H i x
x 2
Q51. Let 1 and 2 denote the normalized eigenstates of a particle with energy eigenvalues
E1 and E 2 respectively, with E 2 E1 . At time t 0 the particle is prepared in a state
t 0 1 2
1
2
The shortest time T at which t T will be orthogonal to t 0 is
2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
E 2 E1 E 2 E1 2E 2 E1 4E 2 E1
Ans: (b)
1 iE1T 1 iE2T
1 2
1
Solution: t 0 and t T e 1 e 2
2 2 2

fiziks
iE1
1 1 iE2 T iE
1T
iE
2T i E2 E1
T
0 T dx 0 e
T
*
e 0 e e e 1
2 2
T
Equate real part cos E2 E1 1 T cos 1 1
E2 E1 E2 E1
Q52. Consider the normalized wavefunction
a1 11 a 2 10 a3 11
where lm is a simultaneous normalized eigenfunction of the angular momentum
operators L2 and Lz , with eigenvalues l l 1 2 and m respectively. If is an

eigenfunction of the operator L x with eigenvalue , then
1 1 1 1
(a) a1 a3 , a2 (b) a1 a3 , a2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1
(c) a1 a3 , a2 (d) a1 a 2 a3
2 2 3
Ans: (b)
L L
Solution: Lx
2
For L , L a111 a210 a311 a1 012 a2 211 a3 210
a2 211 a3 210
For L , L a111 a210 a311 a1 210 a2 211
L L
Given
2
L L 1
a2 2 11 a1 a3 2 10 a2 2 11
2 2
L L
a111 a210 a311 (Given)
2
a2
Thus a1 a2 2a1
2

fiziks
a1 a3 a1 a3 a
a2 2a1 2 a3
2 2 2
a22
a12 a22 1
2
1 1
a1 a3 , a2
2 2
Q53. Let x and p denote, respectively, the coordinate and momentum operators satisfying the
canonical commutation relation x, p i in natural units 1 . Then the commutator
x, pe is
p
(a) i 1 p e p (b) i 1 p 2 e p (c) i 1 e p (d) ipe p

Ans: (a)
Solution: x, p i
p 2 p3
x, pe p x, p e p p x, e p ie p p x,1 p ....
2 3
p2 2ip 3ip 2
ie p p x,1 x, p x, .... ie p p 0 i ......
2 2 3
p3
x, pe ie
p p
i p p ..... ie p ipe p i 1 p e p
2
2

Q54. Let 1 , 2 , 3 , where 1 , 2 , 3 are the Pauli matrices. If a and b are two

arbitrary constant vectors in three dimensions, the commutator a , b is equal to (in
the following I is the identity matrix)

(a) a b 1 2 3

(b) 2i a b

(c) a b I

(d) a b I
Ans: (b)

Solution: a a1i a2 j a3 k , b b1i b2 j b3k , xi y j z k

fiziks

a , b a1 x a2 y a3 z , b1 x b2 y b3 z

a , b a1b1 x , x a1b2 x , y a1b3 x , z a2b1 y , x a2b2 y , y

a2b3 y , z a3b1 z , x a3b2 z , y a3b3 z , z
a1b1 0 a1b2 2i z 2ia1b3 y a2b1 2i z 0 a2b3 2i x a3b1 2i y a3b2 2i x 0

a , b 2i a b
Q55. The ground state energy of the attractive delta function potential
V x b x ,
where b 0 , is calculated with the variational trial function
x
A cos , for a x a,
x 2a

0, otherwise,

is
mb 2 2mb 2 mb 2 mb 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2
Ans: (b)
x
Solution: V x b x ; b 0 and x A cos ; a x a
2a
2 x
Normalized cos
2a 2a
2 2 2 2
T *
a
dx
a 2 m x 2 8ma 2
2 b
V * b x dx b
a
a 2a a
2 2 b
E 2

8ma a
E
2 2 2 b 2 2 2 2
2 0 b 0 a
a 8ma 3 a 4ma 4ma

fiziks
b 4mb b 4mb
2
2 2
2 2
2mb2
Put the value of a in equation: E
8ma 2 a 8m 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
Q56. Let c0 0 c1 1 (where c 0 and c1 are constants with c 02 c12 1 ) be a linear
combination of the wavefunctions of the ground and first excited states of the one-
dimensional harmonic oscillator. For what value of c 0 is the expectation value x a
maximum?
1 1
(a) x , c0 (b) x , c0
m 2 2 m 2
1 1
(c) x , c0 (d) x , c0
2m 2 m 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: c0 0 c1 1
X X

X 2c0c1 0 X 1 c02 c12 c0 c1 0 X 1 1 c0 c1 0 X 1
2

1
For max X c0 c1 c02 c12 1 c0
2
1 1
X 2 0 X 1 0 X 1
2 2

2m
0 aa 1

X

2m
Q57. Consider a particle of mass m in the potential V x a x , a 0 . The energy eigen-
values E n n 0, 1, 2, .... , in the WKB approximation, are

1/ 3 2/3
3a 1 3a 1
(a) n (b) n
4 2m 2 4 2m 2
4/3
3a 1 3a 1
(c) n (d) n
4 2m 2 4 2m 2

fiziks
Ans: (b)
Solution: V x a x , x0
2 1
According to W.K.B.,
1
pdq n where 1 and 2 are positive mid point
2
P2
E a x P 2m E a x
2m E / E /
1
2m E a x dx n
E/
E /
2
E / 1
2m E ax dx 2m E ax dx n
0
E / 0
2
E / 1
2 2m E ax dx n
0
2
2m E ax t At x 0, t 2mE; x E / a, t 0
2madx dt
2 mE
2 mE 1 2 1
2ma t1/ 2 dt n 2ma t n
0
2 3 0 2
4 1 4 1
n ma 2mE n
2 mE 3/ 2
ma t 3/2
3 0
2 3 2
2/3
4 1 3a 1
23/ 2 am5 / 2 E 3/ 2 n E n
3 2 4 2m 2
Q58. The Hamiltonian H 0 for a three-state quantum system is given by the matrix
1 0 0 0 1 0

H 0 0 2 0 . When perturbed by H 1 0 1 where 1 , the resulting shift
0 0 2 0 1 0

in the energy eigenvalue E 0 2 is
(a) , 2 (b) , 2 (c) (d) 2

Ans: None of the answer is correct.

fiziks
1 0 0 0 1 0
Solution: H 0 0 2 0 , H 0 1 0 1

0 0 2 0 1 0
2 0 0 1
0 2 in H 0 is not 0 1 0 in H because H is not in block diagonal form. So we
must diagonalised whole H . The Eigen value at H 0, 2 0 , 2 0 .
0 0 0

After diagonalisation H 0 0 2 0 , 0 is correction for Eigenvalue at H 0 .
0 0 2
So 2 0 is the correction for eigenvalue of H 0 2

None of the answer is correct.

fiziks
THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS

NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. Consider the transition of liquid water to steam as water boils at a temperature of 100oC
under a pressure of 1 atmosphere. Which one of the following quantities does not change
discontinuously at the transition?
(a) The Gibbs free energy (b) The internal energy
(c) The entropy (d) The specific volume
Ans: (a)
Solution: In first order transition Gibbs free energy is continuous.
Q2. A particle is confined to the region x 0 by a potential which increases linearly as
u x u 0 x . The mean position of the particle at temperature T is
k BT
(b) k BT / u0
2 k BT
(a) (c) (d) u 0 k B T
u0 u0
Ans: (a)
p2 u x
1 2mkBT 0
Solution: Partition function Z e dp e kBT dx and x xp x dxdpx
h
0 x 2
p2 k BT
xe te
u0 x t
k BT
dx u dt
xe
2 mk BT k BT
dp e dx k BT
x 0
x
0 0

k BT
2
p u0x
0 u0
e e
t
e
k BT
2 mk BT
dp e k BT
dx dx u dt
0 0 0
Q3. A cavity contains blackbody radiation in equilibrium at temperature T. The specific heat
per unit volume of the photon gas in the cavity is of the form CV T 3 , where is a
constant. The cavity is expanded to twice its original volume and then allowed to
equilibrate at the same temperature T. The new internal energy per unit volume is
T 4
(a) 4T 4 (b) 2T 4 (c) T 4 (d)
4
Ans: (d)
T 4
Solution: du Cv dT T dT u 3

fiziks
Q4. Consider a system of N non-interacting spins, each of which has classical magnetic

moment of magnitude . The Hamiltonian of this system in an external magnetic field H
N

is i .H , where i the magnetic moment of the ith spin. The magnetization per spin at
i 1
temperature T is
2H H k B T
(a) (b) coth
k BT k B T H
H H
(c) sinh (d) tanh
k BT k BT
Ans: (b)
2
H cos
cos exp kT
sin d d
Solution: For classical limit M 0 0
H cos
exp kBT sin d d
H k BT
M coth
k BT H
Q5. Consider an ideal Bose gas in three dimensions with the energy-momentum relation
p s with s 0 . The range of s for which this system may undergo a Bose-Einstein
condensation at a non-zero temperature is
(a) 1 s 3 (b) 0 s 2 (c) 0 s 3 (d) 0 s
Ans: (a)
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
bS 3
Q6. The internal energy E of a system is given by E , where b is a constant and other
VN
symbols have their usual meaning. The temperature of this system is equal to
2
bS 2 3bS 2 bS 3 S
(a) (b) (c) 2 (d)
VN VN V N N
Ans: (b)
E 3bS 2

Solution: TdS dE PdV dE TdS PdV T T
S V VN

fiziks
Q7. Consider a Maxwellian distribution of the velocity of the molecules of an ideal gas. Let
Vmp and Vrms denote the most probable velocity and the root mean square velocity,
respectively. The magnitude of the ratio Vm / Vrms is
(a) 1 (b) 2/3 (c) 2/3 (d) 3 / 2
Ans: (c)
2kT 3kT V 2
Solution: For Maxwellian distribution Vmp , Vrms mb
m m Vrms 3
Q8. If the number density of a free electron gas in three dimensions is increased eight times,
its Fermi temperature will
(a) increase by a factor of 4 (b) decrease by a factor of 4
(c) increase by a factor of 8 (d) decrease by a factor of 8
Ans: (a)
2
3N 3 2 N
Solution: Fermi energy E F where is number density and g is degeneracy
4Vg 2m V
2 2
n 3 TF n 3 n1
E F TF K TF TF n 3 1 1 4 since
2
8.
V TF2 n2 n2
1
Q9. A system of N non-interacting spin - particles is placed in an external magnetic field H.
2
The behavior of the entropy of the system as a function of energy is given by
(a) S (b) S
E
B H B H B H E B H
S
(c) S (d)
B H E B H B H E

fiziks
Ans: (a)
S N U N U N U N U
Solution: ln ln where H . S is symmetrical
Nk 2N 2 2N 2N
about E.
Q10. A gas of N non-interacting particles is in thermal equilibrium at temperature T. Each
particle can be in any of the possible non-degenerate states of energy 0, 2 and 4. The
average energy per particle of the gas, when 1 , is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 2 / 3 (d)
Ans: (a)
Solution: E1 0, E 2 2 , E3 4 , Z e 0 e 2 e 4
0 e o 2e 2 4 e 4
E
e 0 e 2 e 4
2e 2 4e 4 2 1 2.... 4 1 4 .... 2 4 6
E 2
1 e 2 e 4 1 1 2.... 1 4..... 111 3
where 1 .
Q11. A one-dimensional chain consists of a set of N rods each of length a. When stretched by a
load, each rod can align either parallel or perpendicular to the length of the chain. The
energy of a rod is when perpendicular to it. When the chain is in thermal equilibrium
at temperature T, its average length is
(a) Na / 2 (b) Na
(c) Na / 1 e 2 / k BT (d) Na 1 e 2 / k BT
Ans: (c)
Solution: Let n1 no. of rods are parallel and n 2 no. of rods are perpendicular.
Energy of rod when it is perpendicular
Energy of rod when it is parallel is .
e e e
P and P
e e e e e e

fiziks
n1 ae n2 ae Nae
Average n1 aP n2 aP
Na

e e e e 1 e 2
Since P P so n1 N , n2 0 .
Q12. The excitations of a three-dimensional solid are bosonic in nature with their frequency
and wave-number k are related by k 2 in the large wavelength limit. If the chemical
potential is zero, the behavior of the specific heat of the system at low temperature is
proportional to
(a) T1/2 (b) T (c) T3/2 (d) T3
Ans: (b)
Solution: If dispersion relation is k s ,
At low temperature specific heat T

3/ s
.
Q13. Gas molecules of mass m are confined in a cylinder of radius R and height L
(with R L ) kept vertically in the Earths gravitational field. The average energy of the
gas at low temperatures (such that mgL k BT ) is given by
(a) NkBT / 2 (b) 3NkBT / 2 (c) 2NkBT (d) 5NkBT / 2
Ans: (d)
1 H
h3
Solution: Z e dpx dp y dpz dxdydz
px2 p 2y p 2y L mgz

Z e dpx e e dp z dx dy e
2 mk BT 2 mk BT 2 mk BT k BT
dp y dz
0
3

3 mgL

2 L mgz
2 mk B T 1 e
k BT
mk T 2 2

2

Z R e k BT
dz Z R
0 mg
2

k BT
ZN ZN ,
ln z 5 Nk BT
E k BT 2 since mgL > > kT .
T 2

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q14. Consider a system of non-interacting particles in d dimensional obeying the dispersion

relation Ak s , where is the energy k is the wave vector; s is an integer and A
constant. The density of states, N(), is proportional to
s d d s
1 1 1 1
(a) d (b) s
(c) s
(d) d
Ans: (b)
Solution: We can solve this problem with intuition for example Ak 2
1 3
1
Density of state in 3dimensional N()
2 2
2
1
Density of state in 2dimensional N()
0 2
1 1
1
Density of state in one dimensional N()
2 2
d
1
Density of state in d dimenstional where Ak N
s s
Q15. The number of ways in which N identical bosons can be distributed in two energy levels,
is
N N 1 N N 1
(a) N 1 (b) (c) (d) N
2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Number of boson = N, Number of energy level = g
N g 1
So number of ways to distribute N boson into g level is, W cN N 1 since
g 2.
Q16. The free energy of gas of N particles in a volume V and at a temperature T is

F Nk BT ln a0V k BT
5/ 2

/ N , where a 0 is a constant and k B denotes the Boltzmann
constant. The internal energy of the gas is
3 5
(a) Nk B T (b) Nk B T
2 2

(c) Nk BT ln a0V k BT
5/ 2
/N 3
2
Nk BT (d) Nk BT ln a0V / k BT 5/ 2

fiziks
Ans: (b)

Solution: F Nk BT ln a0V k BT
5/ 2

/ N , F U TS , U F TS
F F F
dF SdT pdV S or S U F T
T V T V T V
F Nk B T ln C T 5/ 2
where C
a0Vk B5 / 2
N
F F
Nk B ln CT
5/ 2

Nk B T
C 5 3/ 2
T T Nk B T ln CT
5/ 2 5
Nk B T
T V T V
5/ 2
CT 2 2
F 5 F 5
T F Nk B T U F T Nk B T .
T V 2 T V 2
Q17. A system has two normal modes of vibration, with frequencies 1 and 2 21 . What is
the probability that at temperature T, the system has an energy less than 41 ?
[In the following x e 1 and Z is the partition function of the system.]

(a) x 3 / 2 x 2 x 2 / Z (b) x 3 / 2 1 x x 2 / Z
(c) x 3 / 2 1 2 x 2 / Z (d) x 3 / 2 1 x 2 x 2 / Z
Ans: (d)
Solution: There is two normal mode so there is two degree of freedom.
1 1
Energy of harmonic oscillator is E n1 1 n2 2 .
2 2
1 1
E n1 1 n2 21 where n1 0,1,2,3.... and n2 0,1,2,3....
2 2
31 51
Ground state energy E , first excited state energy E . Second excited state
2 2
71
energy E which is doubly degenerate state so g 2 , other state have more
2
energy than 41 .
3 1 5 1 7 1
PE 41
e

2
e

2
2e

2

x
3
2
1 x 2 x where x e
2
1
.
Z Z

fiziks
Q18. Bose condensation occurs in liquid He4 kept at ambient pressure at 2.17 K. At which
temperature will Bose condensation occur in He4 in gaseous state, the density of which is
1000 times smaller than that of liquid He4? (Assume that it is a perfect Bose gas.)
(a) 2.17 mK (b) 21.7 mK (c) 21.7 K (d) 2.17 K
Ans: (b)
2
N 3
Solution: For bosons T
V
Q19. Consider black body radiation contained in a cavity whose walls are at temperature T.
The radiation is in equilibrium with the walls of the cavity. If the temperature of the walls
is increased to 2T and the radiation is allowed to come to equilibrium at the new
temperature, the entropy of the radiation increases by a factor of
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 16
Ans: (c)
8 5k B4T 4 F 32 5 k B4 3
Solution: For Black Body Energy is given by F V , S VT .
45 2C 3 T V 45 C
3 3
S T 3 , If temperate increase from T to 2T then entropy will incase S to 8S.
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q20. The entropy of a system, S, is related to the accessible phase space volume by
S k B ln E , N ,V where E, N and V are the energy, number of particles and volume
respectively. From this one can conclude that
(a) does not change during evolution to equilibrium
(b) oscillates during evolution to equilibrium
(c) is a maximum at equilibrium
(d) is a minimum at equilibrium
Ans: (c)
Solution: Entropy is maximum at equilibrium.

fiziks
Q21. Let W be the work done in a quasistatic reversible thermodynamic process. Which of
the following statements about W is correct?
(a) W is a perfect differential if the process is isothermal
(b) W is a perfect differential if the process is adiabatic
(c) W is always a perfect differential
(d) W cannot be a perfect differential
Ans: (b)
Solution: Work done is perfect differential in adiabatic process.
Q22. The free energy difference between the superconducting and the normal states of a

material is given by F f S f N where is an order parameter and
2 4
2
and are constants s.t. > 0 in Normal and < 0 in the super conducting state, while
> 0 always, minimum value of F is
2 2 3 2 5 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2
Ans: (b)
F 4
Solution: F 2
2 4 3
2 2

2 2 0
3 2

2 2 2
Putting the value, F F
2 2 m in
2
Q23. A given quantity of gas is taken from the state A C reversibly, by two paths, A C
directly and A B C as shown in the figure.
P
During the process A C the work done by the gas is 100 J and the A
heat absorbed is 150 J. If during the process A B C the work

done by the gas is 30 J, the heat absorbed is
B C
(a) 20 J (b) 80 J
V
(c) 220 J (d) 280 J

fiziks
Ans: (b)
Solution: During path AC dU dQ dW 150 100 50 J
Hence internal energy is point function dU will same in all path
In path ABC dQ dU dW 50 30 80 J .
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q24. Ten grams of ice at 0C is added to a beaker containing 30 grams of water at 25C. What
is the final temperature of the system when it comes to thermal equilibrium? (The
specific heat of water is 1 cal/gm/C and latent heat of melting of ice is 80 cal/gm)
(a) 0C (b) 7.5C (c) 12.5C (d) -1.25C
Ans: (a)
Solution: The amount of heat required to melt the ice of mass 10gm at 00C is
Q m L 10 80 800Cal . Where L is the latent heat of melting of ice and m is the
mass of the ice. The amount of heat available in water of mass 30gm at 250C is
Q m Cv T 30 1 25 750Cal
Since the heat available is less than the heat required to melt the ice therefore ice will not
melt as a result the temperature of the system will be at 00C only.
Q25. A vessel has two compartments of volume V1 and V2 , containing an ideal gas at pressures
p1 and p 2 , and temperatures T1 and T 2 respectively. If the wall separating the
compartments is removed, the resulting equilibrium temperature will be
p1T1 p 2T2 V1T1 V2T2
(a) (b)
p1 p 2 V1 V2
p1V1 p 2V2
(d) T1T2
1/ 2
(c)
p1V1 / T1 p 2V2 / T2
Ans: (c)

fiziks
p1V1 p2V2
Solution: V V1 V2 , n n1 n2 , U1 U 2 U , n1CvT1 n2CvT2 nCvT ,
T1 T2
p1V1 p2V2
n1T1 n2T2 nT T
p1V1 p2V2

T1 T2
Q26. For temperature T1 T2 , the qualitative temperature dependence of the probability

distribution F v of the speed v of a molecule in three dimensions is correctly
represented by the following figure:
T2
T1
F(v)
F(v)
T1 T2
(a) (b)
v v
T1
F(v)
F(v)
T2 T1
T2
(c) (d)
v v
Ans: (a)
Solution: Area under the F v is conserve and the mean velocity shift towards right for higher
temperature.
Q27. A system of non-interacting spin- 1/ 2 charged particles are placed in an external magnetic
field. At low temperature T , the leading behavior of the excess energy above the ground
state energy, depends on T as: ( c is a constant)
(a) cT (b) cT 3 (c) e c / T (d) c (is independent of T )
Ans: (c)
kT
BH H
B
H e e kT
Solution: U B H tanh B B H B H B H
kT e kT e kT

fiziks
Excess energy from the ground level
kTB H H
B B H H
B H
B

B H B H ( H ) H 1 H
kT kT kT kT
e e e e 2e
B H B B B H B H B B H B H
e kT e kT e kT e kT e kT e kT

C
For lower value U e T where C B H .
Q28. Consider a system of two Ising spins S 1 and S 2 taking values 1 with interaction energy
given by JS1 S 2 , when it is in thermal equilibrium at temperature T . For large T , the
average energy of the system varies as C / k B T , with C given by
(a) 2J 2 (b) J 2 (c) J 2 (d) 4 J

Ans: (b)
Solution: The interaction energy is given by E J S1 S 2 where S 1 and S 2 taking values 1 .
Possible values of the Energy of the system are
E1 J 11 J , E2 J 1 1 J
E3 J 1 1 J , E4 J 1 1 J

Er
J J
Er gr e kT
2 Je
J
2 Je

J
kTJ

J
1 kT 1 kT

J J J
kT kT kT
e e
U r

E J J J J J
r
e kT e kT
g er
r
kT 2e kT
2e kT
1 1
kT

kT
J2 J
U C J 2 (For large T , 1 )
kT kT
Q29. Consider two different systems each with three identical non-interacting particles. Both
have single particle states with energies 0 ,3 0 and 5 0 , 0 0 . One system is populated
1
by spin fermions and the other by bosons. What is the value of E F E B where E F
2
and EB are the ground state energies of the fermionic and bosonic systems respectively?
(a) 6 0 (b) 2 0 (c) 4 0 (d) 0

Ans: (b)
Solution: Energy of Fermion = 2 1 0 3 0 5 0

fiziks
Energy of boson = 3 1 0 3 0
E F E B = 5 0 3 0 2 0
NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
1
Q30. Three identical spin- fermions are to be distributed in two non-degenerate distinct
2
energy levels. The number of ways this can be done is
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Total number of degeneracy
g (No. of energy state (n)) (No. of degeneracy due to spin ( 2s 1))
1 1
n 2, s , g 2 (2. 1) 4
2 2
No. of particle N 3 so no. of ways g
cN 4 c3 4
Q31. Consider the melting transition of ice into water at constant pressure. Which of the
following thermodynamic quantities does not exhibit a discontinuous change across the
phase transition?
(a) Internal energy (b) Helmholtz free energy (c) Gibbs free energy (d) entropy
Ans: (c)
Solution: Ice to water: 1st order place transition
So Gibbs free energy is continuous so it doesnt exhibit discontinuous change.
Q32. Two different thermodynamic systems are described by the following equations of state:
1 3RN 1 1 5 RN 2 1, 2
1 1 and 2 2 where T , N 1, 2 and U 1, 2 are respectively, the
T 2U T 2U
temperatures, the mole numbers and the internal energies of the two systems, and R is
the gas constant. Let U tot denote the total energy when these two systems are put in
U 1
contact and attain thermal equilibrium. The ratio is
U tot
5 N 2 3 N 1 N 1 N 2
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d) 1
3 N 1 5 N 2 3 N 1 5 N 2 N N 2 N N 2
fiziks
Ans: (b)
1 3RN 1 1 5 RN 2
Solution: and
T 1 2U 1 T 2 2U 2
3 5
Now utot U (1) U 2 RN 1T 1 RN 2T 2
2 2
1
3RN 1T 1
U 1 2 3N 1T 1

U tot 1 3N 1T 1 5RN 2T 2 3N 1T 1 5 N 2T 2
2
1 2 3 N 1
At thermal equilibrium T T , thus
3 N 1 5 N 2
Q33. The speed v of the molecules of mass m of an ideal gas obeys Maxwells velocity
distribution law at an equilibrium temperature T . Let v x , v y v z denote the components

2
of the velocity and k B the Boltzmann constant. The average value of vx v y , where
and are constants, is
(a) 2 2 k B T / m (b) 2 2 k B T / m
(c) k B T / m (d) k B T / m
2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: Ideal gas obeys Maxwell velocity distribution law at equilibrium temperature. Then

2
average value of vx v y
v
2
Now x v y 2 v x2 2 v y2 2 v x v y
k BT
v x 0, v y 0 and vx2 v y2 vz2
m
v
2
Then x v y 2 v x2 2 v y2 2 v x v y
v x v y
2
2
kBT
m
kT
2 B 2 2
m
kT
m


fiziks
Q34. The entropy S of a thermodynamic system as a function of energy E is given by the

following graph S
C
B
A
E
The temperatures of the phases A, B and C , denoted by TA , TB and TC , respectively,
satisfy the following inequalities:
(a) TC TB TA (b) TA TC TB (c) TB TC TA (d) TB TA TC
Ans: (c)
Solution: Now temperature of phase TA , TB , TC C
S
dS 1 B
Now
dE T A
dS
Now will be slope then it will be zero for B - phase
dE E
So TB and in C and A phases internal energy of C phase is more so TC T A
Now TB TC TA
Q35. A system of N classical non-interacting particles, each of mass m , is at a temperature T
and is confined by the external potential V r

1 2
Ar (where A is a constant) in three
2
dimensions. The internal energy of the system is
A k BT
(c) N 2mA
3
ln
3/ 2
(a) 3 Nk B T (b) Nk B T k BT (d) N
2 m m
Ans: (a)

fiziks
Solution: V r
1 2 1
2

Ar A x 2 y 2 z 2 it is harmonic oscillator so it partition function will
2
3N
1 kT
be z N
N
ln Z N
Internal energy U kT 2 then internal energy will be 3NkT
T
Q36. A Carnot cycle operates as a heat engine between two bodies of equal heat capacity until
their temperatures become equal. If the initial temperatures of the bodies are T1 and T2 ,
respectively and T1 T2 then their common final temperature is
(a) T12 / T2 (b) T22 / T1 (c) T1T2 (d)

1
T1 T2
2
Ans: (c)
Solution: For heat Carnot engine the change in entropy for source and sink
TF dT T TF dT T
dS1 log F and dS2 log F
T1 T T1
T1 T T2
TF T
S dS1 dS 2 log log F .
T1 T2
T
2
Hence carnot engine is reversible in nature log F 0 TF TT

1 2
T1T2

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q37. Which of the graphs below gives the correct qualitative behaviour of the energy density
E r of blackbody radiation of wavelength at two temperatures T1 and T2 T1 T2 ?
(a) (b)
T2
T2
Er
Er
T1

(c) (d)
T2
T2
Er Er
T1
T1
Ans: (c)
Q38. A system can have three energy levels: E 0, . The level E 0 is doubly
degenerate, while the others are non-degenerate. The average energy at inverse
temperature is
e e
(a) tanh
1 e
(b)
e

(c) zero (d) tanh
2
Ans: (d)
Solution: E 0, , E 0 doubly degenerate
z gi e Ei 2 e 0 e e

z 2 e e ln z ln 2 e e

fiziks

Now E

ln z

ln 2 e e
1

2 e e

e e

e e 2
2

e e
E E tanh
2
2
e 2 e 2 e e 2
2

Q39. The free energy F of a system depends on a thermodynamic variable as
F a 2 b 6
with a, b 0 . The value of , when the system is in thermodynamic equilibrium, is
(b) a / 6b (c) a / 3b (d) a / b

1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4
(a) zero
Ans: (c)
Solution: Frequency F a 2 b 6 a, b 0
2F
F is equilibrium i.e. 0
2
F
Now 2a 6b 5

F
1/ 4
a a
0 2a 6b 5 4
3b 3b
Q40. For a particular thermodynamic system the entropy S is related to the internal energy U
and volume V by
S cU 3 / 4V 1 / 4
where c is a constant. The Gibbs potential G U TS pV for this system is
3 pU cU US
(a) (b) (c) zero (d)
4T 3 4V
Ans: (c)

fiziks
Solution: S cU 3/4V 1/4 , dU TdS pdV
S 1 S 1 c 3 1/ 4 1/ 4 4 U 1/ 4
U V T
U V T U V T 4 3c V 1/ 4
1
U S V 5/ 4U 4 S V 5/ 4 1/ 4
P P U
V S c 3 c 3
4 U 1/4 S V 5/4 1/4 4 1

G U 1/4
cU 3/4 1/4
V U V G U U U 0
3c V c 3 3 3
Q41. The pressure of a nonrelativistic free Fermi gas in three-dimensions depends, at T 0 ,
on the density of fermions n as
(a) n 5 / 3 (b) n1 / 3 (c) n 2 / 3 (d) n 4 / 3
Ans: (a)
2
Pressure P nEF
3
EF n 2 / 3 at T 0
2 2
P n n 2 / 3 P n 5 / 3 P n5 / 3
3 3
Q42. The van der Waals equation of state for a gas is given by

V b RT
a
P 2
V
where P, V and T represent the pressure, volume and temperature respectively, and a
and b are constant parameters. At the critical point, where all the roots of the above
cubic equation are degenerate, the volume is given by
a a 8a
(a) (b) (c) (d) 3b
9b 27b 2 27bR
Ans: (d)
a
Solution: P 2 V b RT
V

fiziks
P 2 P
For critical volume 0, 2 0
V V
a ab
PV pb 2 RT
V V
P a 2ab 2 P 2a 6ab 2a 6ab
0 P 2 3 0, 0 3 4 0 3 4 Vc 3b
V V V V 2
V V V V
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q43. The pressure P of a fluid is related to its number density by the equation of state
P a b 2
where a and b are constants. If the initial volume of the fluid is V 0 , the work done on
the system when it is compressed so as to increase the number density from an initial
value of 0 to 2 0 is
(a) a 0V0 (b) a b 0 0V0
3a 7 b
(c) 0 0V0 (d) a ln 2 b 0 0V0
2 3
Ans: (d)
n n2 n
Solution: P a b 2 P a b 2
V V V
dV V2 dV n n
W P dV an bn 2
V2
where V1 ,V2
V1 V V1 V 2 0 2 0
W n a ln 2 b0 0V0 a ln 2 b0 n 0V0
Work done on the system W a ln 2 b0 0V0

fiziks
Q44. An ideal Bose gas is confined inside a container that is connected to a particle reservoir.
Each particle can occupy a discrete set of single-particle quantum states. If the probability
that a particular quantum state is unoccupied is 0.1 , then the average number of bosons
in that state is
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 11
Ans: (b)
Q45. In low density oxygen gas at low temperature, only the translational and rotational modes
of the molecules are excited. The specific heat per molecule of the gas is
1 3 5
(a) kB (b) k B (c) kB (d) kB
2 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: Total D.O.F. = 3 transition + 2 rotation i.e. f 5
k BT 5k BT U 5
U f CV kB
2 2 T 2
Q46. When a gas expands adiabatically from volume V1 to V2 by a quasi-static reversible
process, it cools from temperature T1 to T2 . If now the same process is carried out
adiabatically and irreversibly, and T2 is the temperature of the gas when it has
equilibrated, then
(a) T2 T2 (b) T2 T2
V V T2V1
(c) T2 T2 2 1 (d) T2
V2 V2
Ans: (b)
Q47. A random walker takes a step of unit length in the positive direction with probability 2 / 3
and a step of unit length in the negative direction with probability 1 / 3 . The mean
displacement of the walker after n steps is
(a) n / 3 (b) n / 8 (c) 2n / 3 (d) 0
Ans: (a)

fiziks
2 1
Solution: P 1 P 1
3 3
2 1 1 n
For one step 1 , for n step
3 3 3 3
Q48. A collection N of non-interacting spins S i , i 1, 2, ....., N , S i 1 is kept in an
external magnetic field B at a temperature T . The Hamiltonian of the system is
B
H B i S i . What should be the minimum value of for which the mean value
k BT
1
Si ?
3
1 1
(a) N ln 2 (b) 2 ln 2 (c) ln 2 (d) N ln 2
2 2
Ans: (c)
B B

Solution: P Si 1
kT
e e kT
B B
, P Si 1 B B

e kT
e kT e kT
e kT
B B

1e kT
e kT
B
Si Si tanh

B B
kT
e kT
e kT
B
For N particle Si N tanh
kT
According to question
Si 1 B 1 B 1
tanh ln 2
N 3 kT 3 kT 2

Avs fiziks
THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE 2010
Q1. A system of N non-interacting classical point particles is constrained to move on the
two-dimensional surface of a sphere. The internal energy of the system is
3 1 5
(A) Nk BT (B) Nk BT (C) Nk BT (D) Nk BT
2 2 2
Ans: (c)
There are 2 N degree of freedom.
Nk BT Nk BT
The internal energy of the system is Nk BT
2 2
Q2. Which of the following atoms cannot exhibit Bose-Einstein condensation, even in
principle?
(A) 1H1 (B) 4H2 (C) 23Na11 (D) 30K19
Ans: (d)
For Bose-Einstein condensation:
Number of electron + number of proton + number of neutron = Even
For 30 K19
Number of proton = 19, Number of electron = 19, Number of neutron = 11.
19 + 19 + 11 = 49 this is odd. So it will not exhibit Bose-Einstein condensation.
Q3. For a two-dimensional free electron gas, the electronic density n, and the Fermi
energy EF, are related by
2mEF 2
3
mE F
(A) n (B) n
3
2 3
2
mE F 23
2
mEF 3 2
(C) n (D) n
2 2
Ans: (c)

Avs fiziks
EF
2m f E 1 if E E F
n g(E)f (E)dE , g(E)dE
0 h2
dE , at T=0
0 if E E F
2mEF mEF
n
h 2
2 2
Q4. Which among the following sets of Maxwell relations is correct? (U-internal energy,
H-enthalpy, A-Helmholtz free energy and G-Gibbs free energy)
U U H H
(A) T and P (B) V and T
V S S V P S S P
G G A A
(C) P and V (D) P and S
V T P S S T P V
Ans: (b)
H H
dH TdS VdP T, V
S P P S
2V k 0T 3
Q5. Partition function for a gas of photons is given as ln Z . The specific
45 3 C 3
heat of the photon gas varies with temperature as
(A) (B)
CV CV
T T
(C) (D)
CV
CV
T
T
ln z U
Ans: (a) U K BT 2 , CV CV T .
3
T T v

Avs fiziks
Q6. From Q. no. 5, the pressure of the photon gas is
2 k B T 3 2 k B T 4 2 k B T 4 2 k B T 3 / 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15 3 C 3 8 3 C 3 45 3 C 3 45 3 C 3
Ans: (c)
2 k 0 T
4
ln z
P KT
V T 45 3C3

Avs fiziks
GATE 2011
Q7. A Carnot cycle operates on a working substance between two reservoir at

temperatures T1 and T2 with T1 > T2. During each cycle, an amount of heat Q1 is extracted
from the reservoir at T1 and an amount Q2 is delivered in the reservoir at T2. Which of the
following statements is INCORRECT?
(A) Work done in one cycle is Q1 Q2
Q1 Q2
(B)
T1 T2
(C) Entropy of the hotter reservoir decreases

(D) Entropy of the universe (consisting of the working substance and the two reservoirs)
increases
Ans: (A)
Entropy of hotter reservoirs decreases.
Q8. In a first order phase transition, at the transition temperature, specific heat of the
system
(A) diverges and its entropy remains the same
(B) diverges and its entropy has finite discontinuity
(C) remains unchanged and its entropy has finite discontinuity
(D) has finite discontinuity and its entropy diverges
Ans: (B)
Q9. A system of N non-interacting and distinguishable particle of spin 1 is in

thermodynamic equilibrium. The entropy of the system is
(A) 2kB ln N (B) 3kB ln N (C) NkB ln 2 (D) NkB ln 3
Ans: (d)
S k B ln , =3 is number of microstate. S 1; Sz 1, 0, 1
i
The entropy of the system is NkB ln 3.

Avs fiziks
Q10. A system has two energy levels with energies and 2. The lower level is 4-fold
degenerate while the upper level is doubly degenerate. If there are N non-interacting
classical particles in the system, which is in thermodynamic equilibrium at a temperature
T, the fraction of particles in the upper level is
1 1
(A) (B)
1 e / k BT 1 2e / k BT
1 1
(C) / k BT
(D)
2e 4e 2 / k BT 2e / k BT
4e 2 / k BT
Ans: (b)
Partition function Z 4e/ kT 2e/ kT
2e 2/ kT
P2
1
/ kT 2/ kT

4e 2e 1 2e/ kT

Avs fiziks
GATE 2012
Q11. The isothermal compressibility, of an ideal gas at temperature T0, and V0, is given
by
1 V 1 V P P
(a) (b) (c) V0 (d) V0
V0 P T0 V0 P T0 V T0 V T0
Ans: (c)
P
Isothermal compressibility V
V T
Q12. For an ideal Fermi gas in three dimensions, the electron velocity VF at the Fermi
surface is related to electron concentration n as,
(a) VF n 2 / 3 (b) VF n (c) VF n1 / 2 (d) VF n1 / 3
Ans: (d)
1
EF mVF2 E F n 2 / 3 VF2 n 2 / 3 VF n1 / 3 .
2
Q13. A classical gas of molecules, each of mass m, is in thermal equilibrium at the
absolute temperature T. The velocity components of the molecules along the Cartesian
axes are v x , v y and v z . The mean value of v x v y is

2
k BT 3 k BT 1 k BT 2k B T
(a) (b) (c) (d)
m 2 m 2 m m
Ans: (d)
Vx Vy 2 Vx2 V y2 2 Vx V y Vx2 Vy2 2 Vx Vy

2k BT
m
2k BT
Vx Vy 0 and Vx2 Vy2 .
m

Avs fiziks
Q14. The total energy, E of an ideal non-relativistic Fermi gas in three dimensions is
N 5/3
given by E where N is the number of particles and V is the volume of the gas.
V 2/3
Identify the CORRECT equation of state (P being the pressure),
1 2 5
(a) PV E (b) PV E (c) PV E (d) PV E
3 3 3
Ans: (b)
5 5
E 2 N 3 2N 3 2
P PV E.
V N 3 V 3 V23 3
Q15. Consider a system whose three energy levels are given by 0, and 2. The energy
level is two-fold degenerate and the other two are non-degenerate. The partition
1
function of the system with is given by
k BT
(a) 1 2e (b) 2e e 2 (c) (1 e ) 2 (d) 1 e e 2

Ans: (b)
E1 0, E2 , E3 2 ; g1 1, g 2 2, g 3 1 where g1 , g 2 and g 3 are degeneracy.

The partition function Z g1e E1 g 2 e E2 g 3 e E3 1 2e e 2 1 e
2

Avs fiziks
GATE 2013
Q16. If Plancks constant were zero, then the total energy contained in a box filled with
radiation of all frequencies at temperature T would be ( k is the Boltzmann constant and
T is nonzero)
3
(a) zero (b) Infinite (c) kT (d) kT
2
Ans: (d)
If Plancks constant were zero, then the system behaved as a classical system and the
energy is kT .
Q17. Across a first order phase transition, the free energy is

(a) proportional to the temperature
(b) a discontinuous function of the temperature
(c) a continuous function of the temperature but its first derivative is discontinuous
(d) such that the first derivative with respect to temperature is continuous
Ans: (c)
Q18. Two gases separated by an impermeable but movable partition are allowed to freely
exchange energy. At equilibrium, the two sides will have the same
(a) pressure and temperature (b) volume and temperature
(c) pressure and volume (d) volume and energy
Ans: (a)
Q19. The entropy function of a system is given by S E aE E0 E where a and E 0

are positive constants. The temperature of the system is
(a) negative for some energies (b) increases monotonically with energy
(c) decreases monotonically with energy (d) Zero
Ans: (a)

Avs fiziks
From first and second law of thermodynamics

1 S 1
TdS dU PdV dS dU PdV E U
T E V T
S
S E aE E0 E
1
E0 E E E0 2E T .
E V E0 2 E
Q20. Consider a linear collection of N independent spin particles, each at a fixed

location. The entropy of this system is ( k is the Boltzmann constant)
(d) Nk ln 2
1
(a) zero (b) Nk (c) Nk
2
Ans: (d)
There are two microstates possible for one so entropy is given by Nk ln 2
Q21. Consider a gas of atoms obeying Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics. The average value

of e a p over all the moments p of each of the particles (where a is a constant vector and
a is the magnitude, m is the mass of each atom, T is temperature and k is Boltzmanns
constant) is,
1 3
a 2 mkT a 2 mkT
2 2
(a) one (b) zero (c) e (d) e
Ans: (c)

e p .a f p , p , p e dpx dp y dpz where f px , p y , pz is Maxwell probability
p .a
x y z

distribution at temperature T.
px2 p 2y pz2

e Ae Ae Ae
px ax py ay
p .a
x
2 mkT
e dpx y
2 mkT
e dp y z
2 mkT
e pz az dpz

( ax2 a 2y az2 ) mkT ( px mkTax )2 ( p y mkTa y )2 ( pz mkTaz )2

e e Ae dx Ay e dy Ax e
p .a 2 2 mkT 2 mkT 2 mkT
x

( ax2 a 2y az2 ) mkT 1

a 2 mkT
e e
p .a 2
.1.1.1 = e 2

Avs fiziks
Common Data for Questions 22 and 23: There are four energy levels E , 2E , 3E and
4 E (where E 0 ). The canonical partition function of two particles is, if these particles
are
Q22. Two identical fermions
(a) e 2 E e 4 E e 6 E e 8E
(b) e 3E e 4 E e 5E e 6 E e 7 E
(c) e E e 2 E e 3E e 4 E
2
(d) e 2 E e 4 E e 6 E e 8E
Ans: (b)
The possible value of Energy for two Fermions
E1 3E, E2 4E, E3 5E, E4 6E, E5 7 E
The partition function is Z e 3E e 4 E 2e 5E e 6 E e 7 E
Q23. Two distinguishable particles

(a) e 2 E e 4 E e 6 E e 8E
(b) e 3E e 4 E e 5E e 6 E e 7 E
(c) e E e 2 E e 3E e 4 E
2
(d) e 2 E e 4 E e 6 E e 8E
Ans: (c)
When two particles are distinguishable then minimum value of Energy is 2 E and
maximum value is 8E .
So from checking all four options Z e E e 2 E e 3E e 4 E

2

fiziks
ELECTRONICS AND EXPERIMENTAL METHODS

NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. A signal of frequency 10 kHz is being digitized by an A/D converter. A possible

sampling time which can be used is
(a) 100 s (b) 40 s (c) 60 s (d) 200 s
Ans: (a)
1 1
Solution: TS 100 s .
f S 10 10 3
Q2. Consider the digital circuit shown below in which the input C is always high (1).
A
B Z
C
(high)
The truth table for the circuit can be written as
A B Z
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
The entries in the Z column (vertically) are

(a) 1010 (b) 0100 (c) 1111 (d) 1011
Ans: (d)
Solution: Z A.B B 1

fiziks
Q3. A time varying signal Vin is fed to an op-amp circuit with output signal V0 as shown in
the figure below.
10K
1K

Vo
Vin
1K 10K
10K 1 F
The circuit implements a

(a) high pass filter with cutoff frequency 16 Hz
(b) high pass filter with cutoff frequency 100 Hz
(c) low pass filter with cutoff frequency 16 Hz
(d) low pass filter with cutoff frequency 100 Hz
Ans: (c)
Solution: Since circuit has R and C combination, its a Low Pass filter and cutoff frequency
1
16Hz.
2RC
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q4. In the operational amplifier circuit below, the voltage at point A is
5V
1K A
1V
1V
1K
1K 5V
(a) 1.0 V (b) 0.5 V (c) 0 V (d) 5.0 V

fiziks
Ans: (b)
1
Solution: V A 1 0.5V .
11
Q5. A counter consists of four flip-flops connected as shown in the figure:
A0 A1 A2 A3
J Q J Q J Q J Q
CLK
K Q K Q K Q K Q
If the counter is initialized as A0 A1 A2 A3 = 0110, the state after the next clock pulse is
(a) 1000 (b) 0001 (c) 0011 (d) 1100
Ans: (b) A 0 0 A 1 1 A 2 1 A 3 0
0 J Q J Q 0 J Q J Q
CLK
1 K Q K Q 0 1 K Q K Q
1 0 1
Q6. The pins 0, 1, 2 and 3 of part A of a microcontroller are connected with resistors to drive
an LED at various intensities as shown in the figure. For VCC
VCC = 4.2 V and a voltage drop of 1.2 V across the LED,
the range (maximum current) and resolution (step size)
A3
of the drive current are, respectively, 0.75k
A2
(a) 4.0 mA and 1.0 mA C 1.5k
(b) 15.0 mA and 1.0 mA A1
3k
(c) 7.5 mA and 0.5 mA A0
6k
(d) 4.0 mA and 0.5 mA
Ans: (c)

fiziks
A3 , A1 , A2 , A0
For Maximum current .
0, 0, 0, 0
4.2 1.2 4.2 1.2 4.2 1.2 4.2 1.2
Thus I max 7.5mA
0.75k 1.5k 3k 6k
A3 , A1 , A2 , A0 4.2 1.2
For Step size . Thus I 0 0.5mA
0, 0, 0, 1 6k
Q7. The figure below shows a voltage regulator utilizing a Zener diode of breakdown voltage
5 V and a positive triangular wave input of amplitude 10 V.
500 12
Vi 10
i 8
i(mA)
6
1K 4
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t (s )
For Vi > 5V, the Zener regulates the output voltage by channeling the excess current
through itself. Which of the following waveforms shows the current i passing through the
Zener diode?
(a) 12 (b) 12
10
10
i(mA)
8
8
6
i(mA)
6
4
4
2
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t (s ) t (s )
(c) 12 (d) 12
10 10
8 8
i(mA)
i(mA)
6 6
4 4
2 2
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
t (s ) t (s )
fiziks
Ans: (a)
Solution: When zener is OFF zener current is zero when zener is ON zener current will flow.
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q8. In the op-amp circuit shown in the figure below, the input voltage is 1V. The value of the
1K
output V0 is
1K
1K Vo
Vi 1V

1K
(a) -0.33 V (b) -0.50 V (c) -1.00 V (d) -0.25 V

Ans: (b)
R F Vin 1 1 1 1
Solution: V0 V 0.05 where RF K and R1 1K .
R1 2 11 2
Q9. An LED operates at 1.5 V and 5 mA in forward bias. Assuming an 80% external
efficiency of the LED, how many photons are emitted per second?
(a) 5.0 x 1016 (b) 1.5 x 1016 (c) 0.8 x 1016 (d) 2.5 x 1016
Ans: (d)
i P i 5 10 3
Solution: Pin int hf , number of photon in int .8 19
2.5 10 16
e hf e 1.6 10
Q10. The transistor in the given circuit has hfe = 35 and hie = 1000. If the load resistance
RL = 1000, the voltage and current gain are, respectively.
(a) -35 and + 35 VO
RL
(b) 35 and - 35

(c) 35 and 0.97
VI
(d) 0.98 and - 35

fiziks
Ans: (a)
Q11. The output, O, of the given circuit in cases I and II, where
Case I: A, B = 1; C, D = 0; E, F = 1 and G = 0
Case II: A, B = 0; C, D = 0: E, F = 0 and G = 1
are respectively

(a) 1, 0
(b) 0, 1 C
D
(c) 0, 0
(d) 1, 1
Ans: (d) O

Solution: O AB CD E F G E F
G
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q12. A live music broadcast consists of a radio-wave of frequency 7 MHz, amplitude-
modulated by a microphone output consisting of signals with a maximum frequency of
10 kHz. The spectrum of modulated output will be zero outside the frequency band
(a) 7.00 MHz to 7.01 MHz (b) 6.99 MHz to 7.01 MHz
(c) 6.99 MHz to 7.00 MHz (d) 6.995 MHz to 7.005 MHz
Ans: (b)
Solution: Spectrum consists of f c f m and f c f m .
Q13. In the op-amp circuit shown in the figure, Vi is a sinusoidal input signal of frequency 10
Hz and V0 is the output signal. The magnitude of the gain and the phase shift,
0.01F
respectively, close to the values
(a) 5 2 and / 2
10K
(b) 5 2 and / 2 1K
Vi
(c) 10 and zero Vo

(d) 10 and
Ans: (d)

fiziks
v0 X C RF v
Solution: 0 10
vin R1 R1 R F vin
Q14. The logic circuit shown in the figure below Implements the Boolean expression
A
HIGH y
(a) y A B (b) y A B (c) y A B (d) y A B

Ans: (a)
Solution: Output of each Ex-OR gate is A and B . Thus y A B A B

Q15. A diode D as shown in the circuit has an i-v relation that can be approximated by
v 2 2v D , for v D 0
iD D
0, for v D 0 1
The value of v D in the circuit is iD

(a) 1 11 V (b) 8 V 10V
D vD
(c) 5 V (d) 2 V
Ans: (d)
Solution: 10 v D2 2v D 1 v D 0 v D 2V
Q16. Band-pass and band-reject filters can be implemented by combining a low pass and a
high pass filter in series and in parallel, respectively. If the cut-off frequencies of the low
pass and high pass filters are 0LP and 0HP , respectively, the condition required to
implement the band-pass and band-reject filters are, respectively,
(a) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP (b) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP
(c) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP (d) 0HP 0LP and 0HP 0LP
Ans: (c)

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q17. A silicon transistor with built-in voltage 0.7 V is used in the circuit shown, with
VBB 9.7V , RB 300 k, VCC 12V and RC 2k . Which of the following figures
correctly represents the load line and quiescent Q point?
RC
RB

VCC
VBB

iC iC
mA
32 35 6 35
(a) 32 (b) 32
Q
30 Q
30
0 9.7 VCE V 0 12 VCE V
iC iC
mA A
6 35 32 Q 35
(c) Q 32 (d) 32
30 30
0 12 VCE V 0 9.7 VCE V
Ans: (b)
VCC V BE 9.7 0.7 VCC 12
Solution: I B 30 A and I 6mA
300 10 2 10 3
3 C , sat
RB RC
Q18. If the analog input to an 8-bit successive approximation ADC is increased from 1.0 V to
2.0 V, then the conversion time will
(a) remain unchanged (b) double
(c) decrease to half its original value (d) increase four times
Ans: (a)

fiziks
Q19. The input to a lock-in amplifier has the form Vi t Vi sin t i where Vi , , i are the
amplitude, frequency and phase of the input signal respectively. This signal is multiplied
by a reference signal of the same frequency , amplitude V r and phase r . If the
multiplied signal is fed to a low pass filter of cut-off frequency , the final output signal
is
1
ViVr cos i r (b) ViVr cos i r cos t i r
1
(a)
2 2
1
(c) ViVr sin i r (d) ViVr cos i r cos t i r
2
Ans: (a)
Solution: V Vr sin t r Vi sin t i

Vi V r
cos i r cos2 t i r
2
Vi V r
Output of low pass filter= cos i r
2
Q20. Four digital outputs V , P, T and H monitor the speed v , tyre pressure p , temperature t
and relative humidity h of a car. These outputs switch from 0 to 1 when the values of the
parameters exceed 85 km/hr, 2 bar, 40 0 C and 50%, respectively. A logic circuit that is
used to switch ON a lamp at the output E is shown below.
Which of the following condition will switch the lamp ON?
(a) v 85 km / hr , p 2 bar, t 40 0 C , h 50 %
V
(b) v 85 km / hr , p 2 bar, t 40 C , h 50 %
0
P
(c) v 85 km / hr, p 2 bar, t 40 0 C , h 50 % E
(d) v 85 km / hr, p 2 bar, t 40 0 C , h 50 % T
Ans: (a)
H

fiziks
JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
Q21. Consider the op-amp circuit shown in the figure.
If the input is a sinusoidal wave Vi 5 sin 1000 t , then 1 F
the amplitude of the output V 0 is

1K
5 1K
(a) (b) 5 Vi Vo
2
5 2
(c) (d) 5 2
2
Ans: (c)
vo X RF X C 103 1
F , XF where RF 1 10 3 , X C
vin R1 RF X C 1 j j 10 10 6
3
vo 103 1 1 5 5 2
3 vo sin t sin t
vin 2 10 2 2 2
Q22. If one of the inputs of a J-K flip flop is high and the other is low, then the outputs Q and
Q
(a) oscillate between low and high in race around condition
(b) toggle and the circuit acts like a T flip flop
(c) are opposite to the inputs
(d) follow the inputs and the circuit acts like an R S flip flop
Ans: (d)
Q23. A sample of Si has electron and hole mobilities of 0.13 and 0.05 m 2 /V- s respectively at
300 K. It is doped with P and Al with doping densities of 1.5 10 21 / m 3 and
2.5 10 21 / m 3 respectively. The conductivity of the doped Si sample at 300 K is
(a) 8 1 m 1 (b) 32 1 m 1 (c) 20 .8 1 m 1 (d) 83 .2 1 m 1
Ans: (a)
Solution: Resulting doped crystal is p-type and p p 2.5 1.51021 / m3 11021 / m3
en p n p p p ep p p 1.6 1019 11021 0.05 8 1 m 1

fiziks
Q24. Two identical Zener diodes are placed back to back in series and are connected to a
variable DC power supply. The best representation of the I-V characteristics of the circuit
is
(a) I (b) I
V V
(c) I (d) I
V V
Ans: (d)
Q25. A 4-variable switching function is given by f 5, 7, 8, 10, 13, 15 d 0, 1, 2 , where
d is the do-not-care-condition. The minimized form of f in sum of products (SOP) form

is
(a) A C B D (b) AB CD (c) AD BC (d) B D BD
Ans: (d) CD CD CD CD
AB BD
AB 1 1 BD
AB 1 1
AB 1 1

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q26. The inner shield of a triaxial conductor is driven by an (ideal) op-amp follower circuit as
shown. The effective capacitance between the signal-carrying conductor and ground is
Signal
(a) unaffected (b) doubled (c) halved (d) made zero

Ans: (a)
Q27. An op-amp based voltage follower
(a) is useful for converting a low impedance source into a high impedance source.
(b) is useful for converting a high impedance source into a low impedance source.
(c) has infinitely high closed loop output impedance
(d) has infinitely high closed loop gain
Ans: (b)
Q28. An RC network produces a phase-shift of 30 o . How many such RC networks should be
cascaded together and connected to a Common Emitter amplifier so that the final circuit
behaves as an oscillator?
(a) 6 (b) 12 (c) 9 (d) 3
Ans: (a)
Solution: Total phase shift must be 0 or 3600. Common Emitter amplifier has phase change of
1800 so we need 6 RC network for next 1800 phase shift.

fiziks
Q29. For the logic circuit shown in the below
X
B
A simplified equivalent circuit is A

(a) A (b) B
B X X
C
C
A A
(c) (d)
B B
X X
C C
Ans: (d)
A A
A.B A B AC
B X
B
C
C
ABC
X A B AC ABC AC ABC ABC AC AB A B C

fiziks
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q30. Consider the amplifier circuit comprising of the two op-amps A1 and A2 as shown in the
figure. 1M
R
10 K

r
A1 V0
A2
If the input ac signal source has an impedance of 50 k , which of the following

statements is true?
(a) A1 is required in the circuit because the source impedance is much greater than r
(b) A1 is required in the circuit because the source impedance is much less than R
(c) A1 can be eliminated from the circuit without affecting the overall gain
(d) A1 is required in the circuit if the output has to follow the phase of the input signal
Ans: (a)
Solution: A1 is required in the circuit because the source impedance is much greater than r
Q31. The I V characteristics of the diode in the circuit below is given by
V 0.7 / 500 for V 0.7
I
0 for V 0.7
where V is measured in volts and I is measured in amperes.
1K I
10V
The current I in the circuit is

(a) 10.0 mA (b) 9.3 mA (c) 6.2 mA (d) 6.7 mA
Ans: (c)
Solution: Applying K.V.L. 10 1000 I V 0 10 1000 V 0.7 / 500 V 0

fiziks
10 2 V 0.7 V 0 3V 11.4 V 3.8 Volts
Thus I V 0.7 / 500 3.8 0.7 / 500 3.1/ 500 6.2 mA
Q32. In a measurement of the viscous drag force experienced by spherical particles in a liquid,
the force is found to be proportional to V 1 / 3 where V is the measured volume of each
particle. If V is measured to be 30 mm 3 , with an uncertainty of 2.7 mm 3 , the resulting
relative percentage uncertainty in the measured force is
(a) 2.08 (b) 0.09 (c) 6 (d) 3
Ans: (b)
F 2
2
Solution: The relative percentage uncertainty in the measure force is F2

V V
F
F V where V is the uncertainty in the measurement of volume.
V
F 1 2 / 3
F V 1/3 V
V 3
1 1 1 1
F 2 / 3 V 2.7 2.7 2.7 F 0.09
3 30 3 900 3 9.7
2/3 1/ 3
3V
Q33. Consider a Low Pass (LP) and a High Pass (HP) filter with cut-off frequencies f LP and
f HP , respectively, connected in series or in parallel configurations as shown in the
Figures A and B below.
fHP
(A) Input L Output (B) Input Output
fHP fLP
L
Which of the following statements is correct? fLP
(a) For f HP f LP , A acts as a Band Pass filter and B acts as a band Reject filter
(b) For f HP f LP , A stops the signal from passing through and B passes the signal
without filtering
(c) For f HP f LP , A acts as a Band Pass filter and B passes the signal without filtering
(d) For f HP f LP , A passes the signal without filtering and B acts as a Band Reject filter
Ans: (c)

fiziks
Q34. The power density of sunlight incident on a solar cell is 100 mW / cm 2 . Its short circuit
current density is 30 mA / cm 2 and the open circuit voltage is 0.7 V . If the fill factor of
the solar cell decreases from 0.8 to 0.5 then the percentage efficiency will decrease from
(a) 42.0 to 26.2 (b) 24.0 to 16.8 (c) 21.0 to 10.5 (d) 16.8 to 10.5
Ans: (d)
Solution: The efficiency of a solar cell is determined as the fraction of incident power which is
converted to electricity and is defined as
Voc I sc FF
and Pmax Vo c I sc FF
Pin
where Voc is the open circuit voltage, I sc is the short circuit current density , FF is the
Fill factor, Pin is the input power and is the efficiency of the solar cell.
Given Pin 100 mW / cm 2 , I sc 30 mA / cm 2 , Voc 0.7 V
Let 1 is the efficiency of solar cell when FF 0.8
0.7V 30 103 A / cm2 0.8 16.8

1 3
1 0.168
100 10 W / cm 2
100
Let 2 is the efficiency of solar cell when FF 0.5
0.7V 30 103 A / cm2 0.5 10.5

2 3
2 0.105
100 10 W / cm 2
100
Thus efficiency decreases from 1 16.8% to 2 10.5%

AVS fiziks
ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. To detect trace amounts of gaseous species in a mixture of gases, the preferred
probing tool is
(A) Ionization spectroscopy with X-rays (B) NMR spectroscopy
(C) ESR spectroscopy (D) Laser spectroscopy
Ans: (a)
Q2. A collection of N atoms is exposed to a strong resonant electromagnetic radiation

with Ng atoms in the ground state and Ne atoms in the excited state, such that
Ng+Ne=N. This collection of two-level atoms will have the following population
distribution:
(A) Ng << Ne (B) Ng >> Ne (C) Ng Ne N/2 (D) Ng Ne N/2
Ans: (c)
In two level lair population inversion is possible to achieve at any power level. The
N
maximum possible situation can be N g N e
2
Q3. Two states of an atom have definite parities. An electric dipole transition between
these states is
(A) Allowed if both the sates have even parity
(B) Allowed if both the states have odd parity
(C) Allowed if the two states have opposite parities
(D) Not allowed unless a static electric field is applied
Ans: (c)

AVS fiziks
Q4. The spectrum of radiation emitted by a black body at a temperature 1000 K peaks in
the
(A) Visible range of frequencies (B) Infrared range of frequencies
(C) Ultraviolet range of frequencies (D) Microwave range of frequencies
Ans: (a)
Q5. The three principal moments of inertia of a methanol (CH3OH) molecule have the
property Ix = Iy = I and Iz I. The rotation energy eigenvalues are
2 2 m12 1 1 2
(A) l l 1 (B) l l 1
2I 2 I I z I 2I
2 m12 1 1 2 2 m12 1 1
(C) (D) l l 1
2 I I z I 2I 2 I z I
Ans: (a)
CH 3 OH is example of symmetric rotar where I x I y I z
( I x I y I and I z I )
The classical expression for energy is E

1 2
2I

J x J y2 1 2
2I z
Jz
This can be expressed in term of J 2 J x2 J y2 J z2 by adding and subtracting J z2
1 2 1 1
E J J z2 .
2I 2I z 2I
2 2 m J2 1 1
Quantum mechanically E J J 1
2I 2 Iz I

AVS fiziks
Q6. Match the typical spectra of stable molecules with the corresponding wave-number
range
1. Electronic spectra (i) 106 cm-1 and above
2. Rotational spectra (ii) 105 106 cm-1
3. Molecule dissociation (iii) 108 102 cm-1
(A) 1 ii, 2 i, 3 iii (B) 1 ii, 2 iii, 3 i
(B) 1 iii, 2 ii, 3 i (D) 1 i, 2 ii, 3 iii
Ans: (b)
Q7. Consider the operations P : r r (parity) and T: t - t (time reversal). For the
electric and magnetic fields E and B , which of the following set of transformations is
correct?
(A) P : E E, B B; (B) P : E E, B B;
T : E E, B B T : E E, B B
(C) P : E E, B B; (D) P : E E, B B;
T : E E, B B T : E E, B B
Ans: (b)

AVS fiziks
Common Data Questions

Common Data Questions 8 and 9:
In the presence of a weak magnetic field, atomic hydrogen undergoes the transition:
2
P1 / 2 1S1 / 2 , by emission of radiation
Q8. The number of distinct spectral lines that are observed in the resultant Zeeman
spectrum is
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
Ans: (c)
2
p1 / 2 2 S1 / 2 is sodium D1 lines and it has total 4 zeeman components.
Q9. The spectral line corresponding to the transition

1 1
2
P1 m j 1S1 / 2 m j
2 2 2
is observed along the direction of the applied magnetic field. The emitted electromagnetic
field is
(A) Circularly polarized (B) Linearly polarized
(C) Unpolarized (D) Not emitted along the magnetic field direction
Ans: (a)
1 1
For 2
P1 m j 1S1 / 2 m j
2 2 2
Here m j 1 gives component. In longitudinal observation is circularly
polarized.

AVS fiziks
GATE-2011
Q10. The population inversion in a two layer material CANNOT be achieved by optical
pumping because
(A) the rate of upward transitions is equal to the rate of downward transitions
(B) the upward transitions are forbidden but downward transitions are allowed
(C) the upward transitions are allowed but downward transitions are forbidden
(D) the spontaneous decay rate of the higher level is very low
Ans: (a)
Q11. A heavy symmetrical top is rotating about its own axis of symmetry (the z-axis). If
I1, I2 and I3 are the principal moments of inertia along x, y and z axes respectively, then
(A) I2 = I3; I1 I2 (B) I1 = I3; I1 I2 (C) I1 = I2; I1 I3 (D) I1 I2 I3
Ans: (c)
Q12. A neutron passing through a detector is detected because of

(A) the ionization it produces (B) the scintillation light it produces
(C) the electron-hole pairs it produces
(D) the secondary particles produced in a nuclear reaction in the detector medium
Ans: (b)
Q13. An atom with one outer electron having orbital angular momentum l is placed in a
weak magnetic field. The number of energy levels into which the higher total angular
momentum state splits, is
(A) 2l + 2 (B) 2l + 1 (C) 2l (D) 2l 1
Ans: (b)

AVS fiziks
Q14. For a multi-electron atom l, L and S specify the one-electron orbital angular
momentum, total orbital angular momentum and total spin angular momentum,
respectively. The selection rules for electric dipole transition between the two electronic
energy levels, specified by l, L and S are
(A) L = 0, 1; S = 0; l = 0, 1 (B) L = 0, 1; S = 0; l = 1
(C) L = 0, 1; S = 1; l = 0, 1 (D) L = 0, 1; S = 1; l = 1
Ans: (b)
Q15. The lifetime of an atomic state is 1 nanosecond. The natural line width of the
spectral line in the emission spectrum of this state is of the order of
(A) 10-10 eV (B) 10-9 eV (C) 10-6 eV (D) 10-4 eV
Ans: (c)
h 6.625 10 34 J S 6.625 10 25
E h 9
19
eV 4.14 10 6 eV
t 10 1.6 10
Q16. The degeneracy of an excited state of nitrogen atom having electronic configuration
1s22s22p23d1 is
(A) 6 (B) 10 (C) 15 (D) 150
Ans: (b)
Degeneracy = 2 (2l + 1)
Q17. The far infrared rotational absorption spectrum of a diatomic molecule shows
equilibrium lines with spacing 20 cm-1. The position of the first Stokes line in the
rotational Raman spectrum of this molecule is
(A) 20 cm-1 (B) 40 cm-1 (C) 60 cm-1 (D) 120 cm-1
Ans: (c)
Given 2B = 20 cm-1 B = 10 cm-1
The position of the first stokes line in the rotational Raman spectrum = 6B
6B 6 10 60 cm 1 .

AVS fiziks
GATE-2012
Q18. The ground state of sodium atom ( 11Na ) is a 2 S1 / 2 state. The difference in energy
levels arising in the presence of a weak external magnetic field B, given in terms of Bohr
magnet on, B , is
(a) B B (b) 2 B B (c) 4 B B (d) 6 B B
Ans: (b)
The energy separation in the Zeeman level is E gM J B B
For 2 S1 / 2 state; g 2 and M J . Therefore E1 B B and E2 B B .

1
2
Thus E 2 B B
Q19. The first Stokes line of a rotational Raman spectrum is observed at 12.96 cm-1.
Considering the rigid rotor approximation, the rotational constant is given by
(a) 6.48 cm-1 (b) 3.24 cm-1 (c) 2.16 cm-1 (d) 1.62 cm-1
Ans: (c)
The first Stoke line of the Rotational Raman spectrum lies at = 6B
Thus 6B 12.96 cm 1 B 1.16 cm 1 .
Q20. Match the typical spectroscopic regions specified in Group I with the
corresponding type of transitions in Group II.
Group I Group II
(P) Infra-red region (i) electronic transitions involving valence electrons
(Q) Ultraviolet-visible region (ii) nuclear transitions
(R) X-ray region (iii) vibrational transitions of molecules
(S) -ray region (iv) transitions involving inner shell electrons
(a) (P, i); (Q, iii); (R, ii); (S, iv) (b) (P, ii); (Q, iv); (R, i); (S, iii)
(c) (P, iii); (Q, i); (R, iv); (S, ii) (d) (P, iv); (Q, i); (R, ii); (S, iii)
Ans: (c)

AVS fiziks
Q21. The term j1 , j 2 J arising from 2s1 3d 1 electronic in j-j coupling scheme are
1 3 1 5 1 1 1 3
(a) , and , (b) , and ,
2 2 2,1 2 2 3, 2 2 2 1,0 2 2 2,1
1 1 1 5 3 1 1 5
(c) , and , (d) , and ,
2 2 1,0 2 2 3, 2 2 2 2,1 2 2 3, 2
Ans: (c)
Q22. The equilibrium vibration frequency for an oscillator is observed at 2990 cm-1. The
ratio of the frequencies corresponding to the first and the fundamental spectral lines is
1.96. Considering the oscillator to be anharmonic, the anharmonicity constant is
(a) 0.005 (b) 0.02 (c) 0.05 (d) 0.1
Ans: (b)
2e 1 3xe 1 3xe
e 1 2 xe 2990cm 1 and 1.96cm 1 0.98cm 1
e 1 2 xe 1 2 xe
xe 0.02 .

AVS fiziks
GATE-2013
Q23. The number of spectral lines allowed in the spectrum for the 32 D 32 P transition
in sodium is _____________.
Ans: 28
The numbers of Zeeman components for 2D5/2 2P3/2 transition = 12
Q24. In a normal Zeeman Effect experiment, spectral splitting of the line at the
wavelength 643.8 nm corresponding to the transition 5 1 D2 5 1 P1 of cadmium atoms is
to be observed. The spectrometer has a resolution of 0.01 nm. Minimum magnetic field
needed to observe this is me 9.1 10 31 kg, e 1.6 19 C, c 3 108 m / s
(a) 0.26T (b) 0.52T (c) 2.6T (d) 5.2T

Ans: (b)
Separation of Zeeman Components
eB 2 2 eB

4m c c 4m
4mc 4 3.14 9.1 10 31 3 108 0.01 10 9
B 0.514T
e 2 1.6 10 19
643.8 10 9
2
Q25. The spacing between vibrational energy levels in CO molecule is found to

be 8.44 10 2 eV . Given that the reduced mass of CO is 1.14 10 26 kg, Plancks constant
is 6.626 10 34 Js and 1eV 1.6 10 19 J . The force constant of the bond in CO

molecule is
(a) 1.87 N/m (b) 18.7 N/m (c) 187 N/m (d) 1870 N/m
Ans: (c)

AVS fiziks
The energy of the quantum harmonic oscillator is

1
E h n , n 0,1,2,........
2
1 k
The frequency of oscillation is .
2
Where k = Spring constant and = reduced mass
h k
The energy levels are equally spaced with energy separation of E h
2
2 2 3.14
2 2

k E 34
8.44 10 2 1.6 10 19 1.14 10 26 186.7 N / m
h 6.626 10

AVS fiziks
SOLID STATE PHYSICS SOLUTIONS

GATE-2010
Q1. The valence electrons do not directly determine the following property of a metal
(A) Electrical conductivity (B) Thermal conductivity
(C) Shear modulus (D) Metallic luster
Ans: (c)
Q2. Consider X-ray diffraction from a crystal with a face-centered-cubic (fcc) lattice. The
lattice plane for which there is NO diffraction peak is
(A) (2, 1, 2) (B) (1, 1, 1) (C) (2, 0, 0) (D) (3, 1, 1)
Ans: (a)
Q3. The Hall coefficient, RH, of sodium depends on
(A) The effective charge carrier mass and carrier density
(B) The charge carrier density and relaxation time
(C) The charge carrier density only
(D) The effective charge carrier mass
Ans: (c)
Q4. The Bloch theorem states that within a crystal, the wavefunction, ( r ), of an
electron has the form

(A) r u r e i k .r where u( r ) is an arbitrary function and k is an arbitrary vector
(B) r u r e
i G r
where u( r ) is an arbitrary function and G is a reciprocal lattice vector
(C) r u r e i G r

where u r u r , is a lattice vector and G is a reciprocal
lattice vector

(D) r u r e i k .r where u r u r , is a lattice vector and k is an arbitrary
vector
Ans: (d)

AVS fiziks
Q5. In an experiment involving a ferromagnetic medium, the following observations

were made. Which one of the plots does NOT correctly represent the property of the
medium? (TC is the Curie temperature)
(A) (B)
1 / TC 1/ T
(C) (D)
TC T TC T
Ans: (c)
Q6. The thermal conductivity of a given material reduces when it undergoes a transition
from its normal state to the superconducting state. The reason is:
(A) The Cooper pairs cannot transfer energy to the lattice
(B) Upon the formation of Cooper pairs, the lattice becomes less efficient in heat transfer
(C) The electrons in the normal state lose their ability to transfer heat because of their
coupling to the Cooper pairs
(D) The heat capacity increases on transition to the superconducting state leading to a
reduction in thermal conductivity
Ans: (d)

AVS fiziks
Q7. For a two-dimensional free electron gas, the electronic density n, and the Fermi
energy EF, are related by
2mEF 2 mEF 13
3 1
3
mE F mE F 2
(A) n (B) n (C) n (D) n
3 2 3 2 2 2
Ans: (b)
For two dimensional gas, the number of possible k-states between k and k+dk is
2 2
L L
g k dk 2 k dk 2 2 k dk it is multiplied by 2 for electron gas
2 2
2mE 2m 2m
Since k 2 2
2k dk 2 dE 2 k dk 2 dE

L 2m
2
g E dE 2 2 dE
2
The total number of electrons at T 0 0 K is
EF EF 2 EF
2m 1 2m L2
N g E dE F E
0
g E dE 2
0

2 2 dE 2
0

2 4 2
EF
m 2 N 2 mEF
N L2
E E 2 n n
2
F F
2
m L m
Q8. Far away from any of the resonance frequencies of a medium, the real part of the
dielectric permittivity is
(A) Always independent of frequency (B) Monotonically decreasing with frequency
(C) Monotonically increasing with frequency (D) A non-monotonic function of frequency
Ans: (a)
dipolar
1 ionic
2
electronics
frequency

AVS fiziks
GATE-2011
Q9. The temperature (T) dependence of magnetic susceptibility () of a ferromagnetic

substance with a Curie temperature (Tc) is given by
C C
(A) , for T Tc (B) , for T Tc
T Tc T Tc
C C
(C) , for T Tc (D) , for all temperatures
T Tc T Tc
where C is constant .
Ans: (b)
Q10. The order of magnitude of the energy gap of a typical superconductor is

(A) 1 MeV (B) 1 KeV (C) 1 eV (D) 1 meV
Ans: (d)
Q11. For a three-dimensional crystal having N primitive unit cells with a basis of p
atoms, the number of optical branches is
(A) 3 (B) 3p (C) 3p 3 (D) 3N 3p
Ans: (c)
Q12. For an intrinsic semiconductor, me* and mh* are respectively the effective masses of
electrons and holes near the corresponding band edges. At a finite temperature the
position of the Fermi level
(A) depends on me* but not on mh* (B) depends on mh* but not on me*
(C) depends on both me* and mh* (D) depends neither on me* nor on mh*
Ans: (c)
Ec Ev 3 m*
The Fermi level for intrinsic semicondutor is E F k BT ln h*
2 4 me

AVS fiziks
Q13. A metal with body centered cubic (bcc) structure show the first (i.e. smallest angle)
diffraction peak at a Bragg angle of = 30o. The wavelength of X-ray used is 2.1 . The
volume of the PRIMITIVE unit cell of the metal is
(A) 26.2 ()3 (B) 13.1()3 (C) 9.3 ()3 (D) 4.6 ()3
Ans: (b)
a
According to Braggs law 2d sin where d
h k2 l2
2
For BCC structure the first diffraction peak appear for (110) plane.
a 2a
d sin 30 0 2a sin 30 0 2.1A0
2 2
1
2 a 2.1A 0 a 2 2.1A 0 a 2.97 A0 .
2
The volume primitive unit cell of BCC is volume

a 3 26.2 0
2

2
A 3

13.1 A 0
3
Common Data for Questions 14 and 15:

The tight binding energy dispersion (E-k) relation for electrons in a one-dimensional
array of atoms having lattice constant a and total length L is
E = E0 2 cos (ka),
where E0, and are constants and k is the wave vector.
Q32. The density of states of electrons (including spin degeneracy) in the band is given
by
L L L L
(A) (B) (C) (D)
a sin ka 2 a sin ka 2 a coska a coska
Ans: (b)
L L
DE 2
1 1 L
2
2 dE / dk 2 2a sin ka 2a sin ka

AVS fiziks
Q15. The effective mass of electrons in the band is given by

2 2 2 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
a 2 coska 2 a 2 coska a 2 sin ka 2 a 2 sin ka
Ans: (b)
2 2 2
Effective mass m *
d 2E 2a 2 coska 2a 2 coska
2
dk

AVS fiziks
GATE-2012
Q16. For an ideal Fermi gas in three dimensions, the electron velocity VF at the Fermi
surface is related to electron concentration n as,
(a) VF n 2 / 3 (b) VF n (c) VF n1 / 2 (d) VF n1 / 3
Ans: (d)
VF 3 2 n
1/ 3
Q17. The total energy, E of an ideal non-relativistic Fermi gas in three dimensions is
N 5/3
given by E where N is the number of particles and V is the volume of the
V 2/3
gas.Identify the CORRECT equation of state (P being the pressure),
1 2 5
(a) PV E (b) PV E (c) PV E (d) PV E
3 3 3
Ans: (b)
Q18. Which one of the following CANNOT be explained by considering a harmonic

approximation for the lattice vibrations in solids?
(a) Debys T3 law (b) Dulong Petits law
(c) Optical branches in lattices (d) Thermal expansion
Ans: (d)
Thermal expansion in solid can only be explained if solid behave as a anharmonic
oscillator.

AVS fiziks
Q19. A simple cubic crystal with lattice parameter a c undergoes transition into a
tetragonal structure with lattice parameters at bt 2ac and ct 2ac , below a certain
temperature. The ratio of the interplanar spacing of (1 0 1) planes for the cubic and the
tetragonal structure is
1 1 3 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 6 8 8
Ans: (c)
a ac
For Cubic Lattice d c
h2 k 2 l 2 2
a 2a c
For Tetragonal lattice d t
h k
2
l 2 2
3
2
2
a c
dc 3
Therefore the ratio is
dt 8
Q20. Inverse susceptibility (1/) as a function of temperature, T for a material
undergoing paramagnetic to ferromagnetic transition is given in the figure, where O is the
origin. The values of the Curie constant, C, and the Weiss molecular field constant, , in
CGS units, are
1
600 K

(a) C 5 10 5 , 3 10 2
(b) C 3 102 , 5 105 O T
(c) C 3 102 , 2 104

2 10 4
(d) C 2 10 , 3 10
4 2
(CGS unit)
Ans: (c)
1 T TC 1
and TC C . Here TC 600K and 2 10 4
C
Thus C 3 10 and 2 10 .
2 4

AVS fiziks
Common Data for Questions 2122

The dispersion relation for a one dimensional monatomic crystal with lattice spacing a,
which interacts nearest neighbour harmonic potential is given by
Ka
A sin
2
where A is a constant of appropriate unit.
Q21. The group velocity at the boundary of the first Brillouin zone is
Aa 2 1 Aa 2
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) (d)
2 2 2
Ans: (a)
At the first Brillouin zone the frequency is maximum and the group velocity which is the
derivative of the angular frequency is zero.
Q22. The force constant between the nearest neighbour of the lattice is (M is the mass of
the atom)
MA 2 MA 2
(a) (b) (c) MA2 (d) 2MA2
4 2
Ans: (a)
4K MA 2
A K
M 4

AVS fiziks
GATE-2013
Q23. A phosphorous doped silicon semiconductor (doping density: 1017/cm3) is heated

from 100C to 200C. Which one of the following statements is CORRECT?
(a) Position of Fermi level moves towards conduction band
(b) Position of dopant level moves towards conduction band
(c) Position of Fermi level moves towards middle of energy gap
(d) Position of dopant level moves towards middle of energy gap
Ans: (c)
Phosphorous doped silicon semiconductors behave as a n-type semiconductor. In n-type
semiconductor Fermi level lies near conduction band and moves toward middle of the
band gap upon heating. At a very high temperature the Fermi level is near the middle of
the band gap and semiconductor behaves as intrinsic semiconductor.
Q24. Considering the BCS theory of superconductors, which one of the following
statements is NOT CORRECT?
( h is the Planks constant and e is the electronic charge)
(a) Presence of energy gap at temperature below the critical temperature
(b) Different critical temperature for isotopes
h
(c) Quantization of magnetic flux in superconduction ring in the unit of
e
(d) Presence of Meissner effect
Ans: (c)
h
Quantization of magnetic flux in superconduction ring in the unit of
2e

AVS fiziks
Q25. Group I contains elementary excitations in solids. Group II gives the associated
field with these exciations. MATCH the excitations with their associated field and select
your answer as per codes given below.
Group I Group II
(P) phonon (i) photon + lattice vibration
(Q) plasmon (ii) electron +elastic deformation
(R) polaron (iii) collective electron oscillations
(S) polariton (iv) elastic wave
Codes
(a) P iv , Q iii , R i , S ii
(b) P iv , Q iii , R ii , S i
(c) P i , Q iii , R ii , S iv
(d) P iii , Q iv , R ii , S i
Ans: (b)
Phonon: Quantum of energy of the elastic wave in solid, produced due to the vibration of
atoms in solid.
Plasmon: Quantum of energy of the wave produced due to the oscillation of plasma,
which contains charged particles (positive ions and negative electrons or ions).
Polaron: A charge placed in a polarizable medium will be screened. The induced
polarization will follow the charge carrier when it is moving through the medium. The
carrier together with the induced polarization is considered as one entity, which is called
a polaron.
Polariton: A polariton is a quasiparticle resulting from the mixing of a photon with
phonon.

AVS fiziks

Q26. A lattice has the following primitive vector in : a 2 j k , b 2 k i ,

c 2 i j . The reciprocal lattice corresponding to the above lattice is

(a) BCC lattice with cube edge of -1
2
(b) BCC lattice with cube edge of 2 -1

(c) FCC lattice with cube edge of -1
2
(d) FCC lattice with cube edge of 2 -1
Ans: (a)
The reciprocal lattice vectors are

b c
a 2 - i j k -1
a b c 2

ca
b 2 i j k -1
a b c 2

a b
c 2 i j k -1
a b c 2
e2 B
Q27. The total energy of an ionic solid is given by an expression E 9
4 0 r r
where is Madelung constant, r is the distance between the nearest neighbours in the
crystal and B is a constant. If r0 is the equilibrium separation between the nearest
neighbours then the value of B is
e 2 r08 e 2 r08 2 e 2 r010 e 2 r010
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36 0 4 0 9 0 36 0
Ans: (a)
dE e2 9B e 2 r08
At r r0 , 0 10 B
dr r r0 4 0 r0 r0
2
36 0

fiziks
CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS

NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. A narrow beam of X-rays with wavelength 1.5 is reflected from an ionic crystal with an
fcc lattice structure with a density of 3.32 gcm-3. The molecular weight is 108 AMU
(1AMU = 1.66 10-24 g)
A. The lattice constant is
(a) 6.00 (b) 4.56 (c) 4.00 (d) 2.56
Ans: (b)
Solution: Given ne f f 4 , M = 108 kg, 3.32 gm cm -3 = 3320 kgm-3,
N A 6.0231026 atoms kmd
ne f f M 4 108
a3 6.00 10 30 m 3 6.00 10 10 6.00 A0
NA 6.023 10 26 3320
B. The sine of the angle corresponding to (111) reflection is
3 3 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 8 4 8
Ans: (b)
Solution: According to Braggs law
a a
2d sin , sin where d for (111) plane
2d h2 k 2 l 2 3
3 3 1.5 A 0 33 3
sin .
2a 2 6A 0
2 62 8

fiziks
Q2. A flux quantum (fluxoid) is approximately equal to 210-7 gauss-cm2. A type II

superconductor is placed in a small magnetic field, which is then slowly increased till the
field starts penetrating the superconductor. The strength of the field at this point is
2
105 gausss.

A. The penetrating depth of this superconductor is
(a) 100 (b) 10 (c) 1000 (d) 314
Ans: (a)
Solution: Given Fluxoid 0 2 10 7 gauss cm2
First Critical field H c1

2
10 5 gauss

The relation between first critical field and penetration depth is
0 0 2.10 7
H c1 2
10 12 cm 2 10 6 cm 100 A0
2 H c1 2 10 5

B. The applied field is further increased till superconductivity is completely destroyed.
8
The strength of the field is now 105 gauss. The correlation length of the

superconductor is
(a) 20 (b) 200 (c) 628 (d) 2000
Ans:
Solution: Given second critical field H c 2

8
105 gauss. The relation between second critical

0
field and correlation length is H c 2 .
2
0 2 10 7 1
2
10 12 cm 2
H c 2 8
10 5 4

1 1 100
10 6 cm 10 6 cm 10 10 m 50A 0
2 2 2

fiziks
Q3. The two dimensional lattice of graphene is an arrangement of Carbon atoms forming a
honeycomb lattice of lattice spacing a, as shown below. The Carbon atoms occupy the
vertices.
1
1
d2 c1
(A). The Wigner-Seitz cell has an area of
1
c2
1
3 2
1 1
a1 d1
(a) 2a 2 (b) a b1
2
1
a2 b2
a
2 3 3 2
(c) 6 3a (d) a
2
Ans:
Area of normal cell
Solution: Area of Wigner-Seitz cell
Ne f f
1
Where Neff = effective number of lattice paints 6 2
3
3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2
Area of normal cell a Area of wigner-Seitz cell a /2 a
2 2 4
(B). The Bravais lattice for this array is a

(a) rectangular lattice with basis vectors d 1 and d 2

(b) rectangular lattice with basis vectors c1 and c 2

(c) hexagonal lattice with basis vectors a1 and a 2

(d) hexagonal lattice with basis vectors b1 and b2
Ans: (c)

Solution: The Bravaiss lattice for this array is the Hexagonal lattice with basis vectors a1 and a 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q4. The potential of a diatomic molecule as a function of the distance r between the atoms is
given by V r
a b
6
12 . The value of the potential at equilibrium separation between
r r
the atoms is:
(a) 4a 2 / b (b) 2a 2 / b (c) a 2 / 2b (d) a 2 / 4b

fiziks
Ans: (d)
dV r
Solution: Given V r
a b
6
12 . At equilibrium radius, 0
r r dr r r0
dV r 6a 12 b r 13 12b 2b 2b
7 13 0 07 r06
dr r0 r0 r0 6a a a
a2 a2 a 2
The value of potential at equilibrium is V r0
a b
.
r06 r012 2b 4b 4b
Q5. If the number density of a free electron gas in three dimensions is increased eight times,
its Fermi temperature will
(a) increase by a factor of 4 (b) decrease by a factor of 4
(c) increase by a factor of 8 (d) decrease by a factor of 8
Ans: (a)
Solution: The relation between Fermi energy and electron density is E F

2
2m
3 2 n .
2/3
E '
F
2
2m

3 2 8n
2/3
4E F .
Q6. The excitations of a three-dimensional solid are bosonic in nature with their frequency
and wave-number k are related by k2 in the large wavelength limit. If the chemical
potential is zero, the behaviour of the specific heat of the system at low temperature is
proportional to
(a) T1/2 (b) T (c) T3/2 (d) T3
Ans: (c)
Solution: If the dispersion relation is k s in large wavelength. Than the specific heat is
C v T 3 / s . Given k 2 C v T 3 / 2

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q7. Consider a system of non-interacting particles in d dimensional obeying the dispersion

relation Ak s , where is the energy k is the wavevector, s is an integer and A
constant. The density of states, N(), is proportional to
s d d s
1 1 1 1
(a) d (b) s
(c) s
(d) d
Ans: (b)
Q8. The experimentally measured transmission spectra of metal, insulator and semiconductor
thin films are shown in the figure. It can be inferred that I, II and III correspond,
respectively, to
Transmission (%)
(a) insulator, semiconductor and metal
(b) semiconductor, metal and insulator
(c) metal, semiconductor and insulator
(d) insulator, metal and semiconductor
Ans: (a) 300 1000

Wavelength (nm)
Q9. The energy required to create a lattice vacancy in a crystal is equal to 1 eV. The ratio of the
number densities of vacancies n(1200 K)/n(300 K) when the crystal is at equilibrium at
1200 K and 300 K, respectively, is approximately
(a) exp 30 (b) exp 15 (c) exp 15 (d) exp 30
Ans: (d)
Solution: The equation for number density of vacancies n Ne E / 2 k BT where E: Energy required
to form vacancies, N: density of lattice sites
E 1 1
n1200K
E 1 1 E 1
n1 e E / 2 k BT1
E / 2 k BT2 e B 2 1 e 2 k B 300 1200 e 2 k B 400 e 30
2k T T
n2 e n300K

fiziks
Q10. The dispersion relation of phonons in a solid is given by

2 k 02 3 cosk x a cosk y a cosk z a
The velocity of the phonons at large wavelength is
(a) 0 a / 3 (b) 0 a (c) 30 a (d) 0 a / 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: For large , k x a, k y a, k z a are small.
k 2 a 2 k y2 a 2 k 2 a 2 2 a 2 2
k 3 1 x 1
2 2
0
1 z 0
k x k y2 k z2
2 2 2 2
02 a 2 0 a d 0 a
2 k k2 k vg .
2 2 dk 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
Q11. The free energy difference between the superconducting and the normal states of a

material is given by F FS FN , where is an order parameter and
2 4
2
and are constants such that 0 in the normal and 0 in the superconducting state,
while 0 always. The minimum value of F is
(a) 2 / (b) 2 / 2
(c) 3 2 / 2 (d) 5 2 / 2
Ans: (b)

Solution: F x 2 x 4 where x .
2 4
2 2

F 2x 2x 3 0 2x 2x 3 0 x 2 since x 0 is trivial.
x
2
Thus F min x 2 x 4 .
2 x 2 2


fiziks
Q12. Consider a one-dimensional Ising model with N spins, at very low temperatures when
almost all spins are aligned parallel to each other. There will be a few spin flips with each
flip costing an energy 2J. In a configuration with r spin flips, the energy of the system is
N
E = - NJ + 2rJ and the number of configuration is C r ; r varies from 0 to N. The
partition function is
N
J
(a) (b) e NJ / k BT
k BT
N N
J J
(c) sinh (d) cosh
k B T k BT
Ans: (d)
Solution: Let us consider only three energy levels, Er 2 J 2rJ i.e. E0 2 J , E1 0 and
E2 2 J .
Q2
Ce
2
0
E0
2C1e E1 2C 2 e E2 e 2J
2e 0 e 2 J

e J e J 2
2 4 4
Cr
r 0
2
e J e J
Q2 cosh J 2 cosh J 2 QN coshJ N .
2
Q13. A magnetic field sensor based on the Hall Effect is to be fabricated by implanting As into
a Si film of thickness 1 m. The specifications require a magnetic field sensitivity of
500 mV/Tesla at an excitation current of 1 mA. The implantation dose is to be adjusted
such that the average carrier density, after activation, is
(a) 1.25 1026 m-3 (b) 1.25 1022 m-3
(c) 4.1 1021 m-3 (d) 4.1 1020 m-3
Ans: (b)
IB 103 1 V
Solution: n 6 19
3
1.25 10 22 m 3 where H 500 10 3 V / T .
teVH 10 1.6 10 500 10 B

fiziks
Q14. In a band structure calculation, the dispersion relation for electrons is found to be
k cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a ,
where is a constant and a is the lattice constant. The effective mass at the boundary of
the first Brillouin zone is
2 2 4 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 a 2 5 a 2 2a 2 3 a 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: k cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a , Effective mass m

2
d 2 k
2
d k

Brilliouin zone boundary is at k x ,ky , kz .
a a a
d 2 k 2
Hence 2 3a 2 m .
d k , , 3a 2
a a a
Q15. The radius of the Fermi sphere of free electrons in a monovalent metal with an fcc
structure, in which the volume of the unit cell is a3, is
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3
12 2 3 2 2 1
(a) 3 (b) 3 (c) 3 (d)
a a a a
Ans: (a)
1/ 3
3 2 N
Solution: Radius of Fermi sphere is k F .
V
1/ 3
N 4 12 2
For fcc solid 3 k F 3 .
V a a

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q16. Using the frequency-dependent Drude formula, what is the effective kinetic inductance of
a metallic wire that is to be used as a transmission line? [In the following, the electron
mass is m , density of electrons is n , and the length and cross-sectional area of the wire
and A respectively.]
(a) mA / ne 2 (b) zero
(c) m / ne 2 A (d) m A / ne 2 2
Ans: (c)
Q17. The phonon dispersion for the following one-dimensional diatomic lattice with masses
M 1 and M 2 (as shown in the figure)
K
M1 M2 M1 M2
is given by
1 1 4M 1 M 2 2 qa

2 q K 1 1 sin
M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2 2
where a is the lattice parameter and K is the spring constant. The velocity of sound is
K M 1 M 2 K
(a) a (b) a
2M 1 M 2 2M 1 M 2
K M 1 M 2 KM 1 M 2
(c) a (d) a
2M 1 M 2
3
M 1M 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: For small value of q (i.e. long wavelength approximation limit), we have
qa qa
sin
2 2

fiziks
1 1 4M 1 M 2 2 qa

2 q 1 1 sin
M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2 2
1 1 4M 1 M 2 qa
2
q
2
1 1
M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2 2
1 1 1 4 M 1 M 2 q 2 a 2
q
2

1 1 2 M M 2 4

1
M M 2 1 2
1 1 M 1M 2 q 2 a 2
2 q 1 1

M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2
2
1 1 M 1M 2 q 2 a 2
For Acoustical branch: 2 q 1 1

M 1 M 2 M 1 M 2 2
2
M M2 M 1 M 2 q 2 a 2 a 2
2 q 1
M M 2 2 2M M q
2
M 1M 2 1 2 1 2

q aq
2M 1 M 2

Velocity of sound is v g a
q 2M 1 M 2
Q18. The electron dispersion relation for a one-dimensional metal is given by

ka 1 2
k 2 0 sin 2 sin ka
2 6
where k is the momentum, a is the lattice constant, 0 is a constant having dimensions of
energy and ka . If the average number of electrons per atom in the conduction band
is 1/3, then the Fermi energy is

(a) 0 / 4 (b) 0 (c) 2 0 / 3 (d) 5 0 / 3
Ans: (a)

fiziks
Q19. If the energy dispersion of a two-dimensional electron system is E uk where u is the

velocity and k is the momentum, then the density of states D E depends on the energy
as
(a) 1 / E (b) E (c) E (d) constant
Ans: (c)
Solution: In two dimensional system, the number of allowed k-states in range k and k dk is
2
L
g k dk 2kdk .
2
E dE
Given dispersion relation is E uk k dk
u u
L 2
2 2
L
g E dE
E dE
2 EdE
2 2 u
2
u u
g E dE 1 L2
E E.
dE u 2 2
NET/JRF (DEC-2013)
Q20. The physical phenomenon that cannot be used for memory storage applications is
(a) large variation in magnetoresistance as a function of applied magnetic field
(b) variation in magnetization of a ferromagnet as a function of applied magnetic field
(c) variation in polarization of a ferroelectric as a function of applied electric field
(d) variation in resistance of a metal as a function of applied electric field
Ans: (d)
Q21. The energy of an electron in a band as a function of its wave vector k is given
by E k E 0 Bcos k x a cos k y a cos k z a , where E 0 B and a are constants. The
effective mass of the electron near the bottom of the band is

2 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3Ba 2 3Ba 2 2Ba 2 Ba 2

fiziks
Ans: (d)
Solution: Near the bottom of the band the k 0
cos k x a 1
1
k x a 2 , cos k y a 1
1
k y a 2 , 1
k z a 2
cos k z a 1
2 2 2
1 2
E k E0 B cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a E0 B 1 k x a 1 k y a 1 k z a
2 1 2 1
2 2 2
1 2 1
E0 B 3 a 2 k x k x k x E0 3B Ba 2k 2
2 2
2 2
Effective mass of the electron is m *
d 2 E / dk 2 Ba 2
Q22. A DC voltage V is applied across a Josephson junction between two superconductors

with a phase difference 0 . If l 0 and k are constants that depend on the properties of the
junction, the current flowing through it has the form
2eVt 2eVt
(a) I 0 sin 0 (b) kV sin 0

(c) kV sin 0 (d) I 0 sin 0 kV
Ans: (a)
Q23. A uniform linear monoatomic chain is modeled by a spring-mass system of masses m
separated by nearest neighbour distance a and spring constant m 02 . The dispersion
relation for this system is
ka ka
(a) k 20 1 cos (b) k 2 0 sin 2
2 2
ka ka
(c) k 2 0 sin (d) k 2 0 tan
2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: The dispersion relation for uniform linear mono-atomic chain of atoms is
ka
k 2 0 sin
2

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q24. The pressure of a nonrelativistic free Fermi gas in three-dimensions depends, at T 0 ,
on the density of fermions n as
(a) n 5 / 3 (b) n1 / 3 (c) n 2 / 3 (d) n 4 / 3
Ans: (a)
Solution: The Fermi energy in three dimension is defined as
2/3
2 3 2 N
EF
2m V

2
2m

3 2 n 2/3
Where, n is the electron concentration or density of free Fermi gas.

The total energy of free Fermi gas in 3D is
2/3
3 3 2 3 2 N
E NE F N
5 5 2m V
The pressure of a nonrelativistic free Fermi gas is defined as
E
p F

3
N
2
3 2 N
2/3 2
V 5 / 3
V N 5 2m 3
2 2
nEF n
5 5
2
2m
3 2 n
2/3

2 2
5 2m
3 2 2/3
n5 / 3
Q25. Consider an electron in b.c.c. lattice with lattice constant a . A single particle

wavefunction that satisfies the Bloch theorem will have the form f r exp ik .r , with

f r being
2 2 2
(a) 1 cos x y z cos x y z cos x y z
a a a
2 2 2
(b) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x
a a a

(c) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x
a a a

(d) 1 cos x y z cos x y z cos x y z
a a a

fiziks
Ans: (b)
Solution: The primitive translational vector for BCC is
a

a
a

a ' i j k , b ' i j k , b ' i j k
2 2 2

Bloch function defined as

k r uk r eik .r f r e ik .r

Here f r is atomic wavefunction, which has the periodicity of the lattice i.e.

u k r a u k r
Given Bloch function
2 2 2
f (r ) 1 cos x y cos y z cos x z
a a a
2 a a 2 a a 2 a a
f (r a ' ) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x
a 2 2 a 2 2 a 2 2
2 2 2
f (r a ' ) 1 cos x y cos y z 2 cos z x
a a a
2 2 2
f (r a ' ) 1 cos x y cos y z cos z x f (r )
a a a

f (r a ' ) f (r )
Similarly

f (r b ' ) f (r ) and f (r c ' ) f (r )
Other functions do not satisfy the periodicity

fiziks
Q26. The dispersion relation for electrons in an f.c.c. crystal is given, in the tight binding
approximation, by
kxa kya kya k a k a k a
k 4 0 cos cos cos cos z cos z cos x
2 2 2 2 2 2
where a is the lattice constant and 0 is a constant with the dimension of energy. The x -

component of the velocity of the electron at , 0, 0 is
a
(a) 2 0 a / (b) 2 0 a / (c) 4 0 a / (d) 4 0 a /
Ans: (d)
Solution: Group velocity of electron in dispersive medium is expressed as
1 d 1 d d d
v i j k v x i v y j v z k
dk dk x dk y dk z
k x a kya k a k a k a kya kya k a

sin cos cos z sin x i cos x sin sin cos z j
2 a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
v
kza kya k a k a

sin cos cos x sin z k
2 2 2 2

At , 0, 0
a
2a
v sin cos0 cos0 sin i cos sin 0 sin 0 cos0 j cos0 sin 0 sin 0 cos k
2 2 2 2
4a
v

i 0 j 0k 0i 0 j 0k v x i v y j v z k
4a
vx , v y 0, vz 0

4a
The x - component of velocity is v x


fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q27. When laser light of wavelength falls on a metal scale with 1 mm engravings at a
grazing angle of incidence, it is diffracted to form a vertical chain of diffraction spots on
a screen kept perpendicular to the scale. If the wavelength of the laser is increased by 200
nm, the angle of the first-order diffraction spot changes from 5 0 to
(a) 6.60 0 (b) 5.14 0 (c) 5.0180 (d) 5.210
Ans: (c)
Solution: The condition of maxima peak in grating is
b sin m; m 0,1, 2,3,....
where b is the width of slit or width of engraving, whereas m is the order of
diffraction and is the angle of diffraction
For 1st order diffraction: b sin (i)
When wavelength of incident light increased to 200 nm , lets assume the 1st order
peak appears at b sin 200 (ii)

Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii), we get
b sin b sin 200
200 200 10 9
sin sin sin sin
b 103
sin 2 104 sin 2 104 sin 50 2 104 0.087196 0.08736
sin 1 0.08736 5.010
Q28. Consider the crystal structure of sodium chloride which is modeled as a set of touching
spheres. Each sodium atom has a radius r1 and each chlorine atom has a radius r2 . The
centres of the spheres from a simple cubic lattice. The packing fraction of this system is
r 3 r 3 2 r13 r23
(a) 1 2 (b)
r1 r2 r1 r2 3 r1 r2 3
r13 r23 r13 r23

(c) (d)
r1 r2 3 2r1 r2
3

fiziks
Ans: (b)
Solution: This question can only be solved by solving each option by assuming r1 r2 and

comparing result with the packing fraction of simple cubic which is .
6
r r
3 3
1 1
3 3
Option (a): 1 2
r1 r2 r1 r2 2 2 4
2 r13 r23 2 2r 3 2 1
Option (b):
3 r1 r2 3 3 8r 3 3 4 6
r13 r23 2r 3 1
Option (c):
r1 r2
3
8r 3 4
r13 r23 2r 3
Option (d):
2 r1 r2 3 2 8r 3
8
Thus, correct option is (b)

Q29. Consider two crystalline solids, one of which has a simple cubic structure, and the other
has a tetragonal structure. The effective spring constant between atoms in the c -direction
is half the effective spring constant between atoms in the a and b directions. At low
temperatures, the behaviour of the lattice contribution to the specific heat will depend as
a function of temperature T as
(a) T 2 for the tetragonal solid, but as T 3 for the simple cubic solid
(b) T for the tetragonal solid, and as T 3 for the simple cubic solid
(c) T for both solids
(d) T 3 for both solids
Ans: (d)
Solution: The specific heat of solid in three dimensions is proportional to T 3 and it is
independent of crystal structure.
In 3D : CV T 3
In 2D : CV T 2
In 1D : CV T

fiziks

Q30. A superconducting ring carries a steady current in the presence of a magnetic field B
normal to the plane of the ring. Identify the incorrect statement.
(a) The flux passing through the superconductor is quantized in units of hc / e
(b) The current and the magnetic field in the superconductor are time independent.

(c) The current density j and B are related by the equation j 2 B 0 , where
is a constant
(d) The superconductor shows an energy gap which is proportional to the transition
temperature of the superconductor
Ans: (a)
Solution: The flux quantization in superconducting ring is no
hc h
where o in CGS units and o in MKS units.
2e 2e

AVS fiziks
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. The basic process underlying the neutron -decay is
(A) d u e e (B) d u e
(C) s u e e (D) u d e e
Ans: (a)
Q2. In the nuclear shell model the spin parity of 15N is given by
1 1 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2
Ans: (A)
Z 7 ; s1 / 2 p3 / 2 4 p1/ 2 1 and N 8
2

1
parity 1 1,
1
l 1, J spin - parity
1
2 2
Q3. Match the reactions on the left with the associated interactions on the right.
(1) + + + (i) Strong
(2) 0 + (ii) Electromagnetic

(3) 0 + n - + p (iii) Weak
(A) (1, iii), (2, ii), (3, i) (B) (1, i), (2, ii), (3, iii)
(C) (1, ii), (2, i), (3, iii) (D) (1, iii), (2, i), (3, ii)
Ans: (a)
Q4. The ground state wavefunction of deuteron is in a superposition of s and d states.
Which of the following is NOT true as a consequence?
(A) It has a non-zero quadruple moment
(B) The neutron-proton potential is non-central
(C) The orbital wavefunction is not spherically symmetric
(D) The Hamiltonian does not conserve the total angular momentum
Ans: (d)

AVS fiziks
228
Q5. The first three energy levels of Th90 are shown below
4 187keV
2 57.5keV
0 0keV
The expected spin-parity and energy of the next level are given by
(A) (6+; 400 keV) (B) (6+; 300 keV) (C) (2+; 400 keV) (D) (4+; 300 keV)
Ans: (A)
E2 J 2 J 2 1 E 66 1
6 E6 393keV
E1 J 1 J 1 1 E4 44 1

AVS fiziks
GATE-2011
Q6. The semi-empirical mass formula for the binding energy of nucleus contains a
surface correction term. This term depends on the mass number A of the nucleus as
(A) A-1/3 (B) A1/3 (C) A2/3 (D) A
Ans: (c)
Q7. According to the single particles nuclear shell model, the spin-parity of the ground
state of 178O is

1 3 3 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2
Ans: (d)
Z 8 and N 9; s1 / 2 p3 / 2 4 p1/ 2 2 d 5 / 2 1
2

5
parity 1 1, spin - parity
5
l 2, J
2
2 2
Q8. In the -decay of neutron n p + e- + e , the anti-neutrino e , escapes detection. Its

existence is inferred from the measurement of
(A) energy distribution of electrons (B) angular distribution of electrons
(C) helicity distribution of electrons (D) forward-backward asymmetry of electrons
Ans: (a)
Q9. The isospin and the strangeness of baryon are

(A) 1, -3 (B) 0, -3 (C) 1, 3 (D) 0, 3
Ans: (b)

AVS fiziks
GATE-2012
Q10. Deuteron has only one bound state with spin parity 1+, isospin 0 and electric
quadrupole moment 0.286 efm2. These data suggest that the nuclear forces are having
(a) only spin and isospin dependence
(b) no spin dependence and no tensor components
(c) spin dependence but no tensor components
(d) spin dependence along with tensor components
Ans: (d)
Q11. The quark content of , K , and p is indicated:
uus ; K su ; u d ; p uud .
In the process, p K , considering strong interactions only, which of the

following statements is true?
(A) The process, is allowed because S = 0
(B) The process is allowed because I3 =0
(C) The process is not allowed because S 0 and I3 0
(D) The process is not allowed because the baryon number is violated
Ans: (c)
p k
S: 0 0 1 1 (not conserved)
1 1
I3 : 1 1 (not conserved)
2 2
For strong interaction S and I3 must conserve. Therefore this process is not allowed under
strong interaction

AVS fiziks
Q12. Which one of the following sets corresponds to fundamental particles?

(a) proton, electron and neutron
(b) proton, electron and photon
(c) electron, photon and neutrino
(d) quark, electron and meson
Ans: (a)
Q13. In case of a Geiger-Muller (GM) counter, which one of the following statement is
CORRECT?
(a) Multiplication factor of the detector is of the order of 1010
(b) Type of the particles detected can be identified
(c) Energy of the particles detected can be distinguished
(d) Operating voltage of the detector is few tens of Volts
Ans: (c)
Q14. Choose the CORRECT statement from the following

(a) Neutron interacts through electromagnetic interaction
(b) Electron does not interact through weak interaction
(c) Neutrino interacts through weak and electromagnetic interaction
(d) Quark interacts through strong interaction but not through weak interaction
Ans: (d)

AVS fiziks
GATE-2013
Q15. The decay process n p e ve violates

(a) Baryon number (b) lepton number (c) isospin (d) strangeness
Ans: (c)
Q16. The isospin I and baryon number B of the up quark is

(a) I 1, B 1 (b) I 1, B 1 / 3
(c) I 1 / 2, B 1 (d) I 1 / 2, B 1 / 3
Ans: (d)
Q17. In the decay process, the transition 2 3 , is

(a) allowed both by Fermi and Gamow-Teller selection rule
(b) allowed by Fermi and but not by Gamow-Teller selection rule
(c) not allowed by Fermi but allowed by Gamow-Teller selection rule
(d) not allowed both by Fermi and Gamow-Teller selection rule
Ans: (c)
According to Fermi Selection Rule: I 0, Parity No Change
According to Gammow-Teller Selection Rule: I 0,1, Parity No Change
In the decay process, the transition 2 3 ,

I 1, Parity No Change .

fiziks
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS

NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. The radius of a 64
29 Cu nucleus is measured to be 4.8 10-13 cm.
27
(A). The radius of a 12 Mg nucleus can be estimated to be
(a) 2.86 10-13 cm (b) 5.2 10-13 cm (c) 3.6 10-13 cm (d) 8.6 10-13 cm
Ans: (c)
1/ 3
AMg
1/ 3
RMg 27
Solution: Since R R0 A
1/ 3
RCu ACu 64
RMg 3 3
RMg 4.8 10 13 3.6 10 13 cm.

RCu 4 4
(B). The root-mean-square (r.m.s) energy of a nucleon in a nucleus of atomic number A
in its ground state varies as:
(a) A4 / 3 (b) A1/ 3 (c) A1/ 3 (d) A2 / 3
Ans: (c)
Q2. A beam of pions (+) is incident on a proton target, giving rise to the process
+p n + + + +
(A). Assuming that the decay proceeds through strong interactions, the total isospin I and
its third component I3 for the decay products, are
3 3 5 5
(a) I , I 3 (b) I , I 3
2 2 2 2
5 3 1 1
(c) I , I 3 (d) I , I 3
2 2 2 2
Ans: (c)
1 5 1 3
Solution: p n ; I : 1 1 , I3 : 11
2 2 2 2
(B). Using isospin symmetry, the cross-section for the above process can be related to
that of the process
(a) n p (b) p n

(c) n p (d) p n

Ans: (c)
fiziks
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
125 89
Q3. According to the shell model the spin and parity of the two nuclei 51 Sb and 38 Sr are,
respectively,

5 5 5 7
(a) and (b) and
2 2 2 2

7 5 7 7
(c) and (d) and
2 2 2 2
Ans: (d)
49 49
Q4. The difference in the Coulomb energy between the mirror nuclei 24 Cr and 25 Mn is
6.0 MeV . Assuming that the nuclei have a spherically symmetric charge distribution and
that e2 is approximately 1.0 MeV-fm, the radius of the 49

25 Mn nucleus is
(a) 4.9 10-13 m (b) 4.9 10-15 m

(c) 5.1 10-13 m (d) 5.1 10-15 m
3 1 10 15
Ans: (b) R
3e 2
5 W

Z 12 Z 22
5 6

25 2 24 2 4.9 10 15 m .
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
1
Q5. The ground state of 207
12 Pb nucleus has spin-parity J p
, while the first excited state
2
5
has J p
.The electromagnetic radiation emitted when the nucleus makes a transition
2
from the first excited state to ground state are
(a) E2 and E3 (b) M2 or E3 (c) E2 or M3 (d) M2 or M3
Ans: (c)
Solution: No parity change; J 2,3
For E l type, 1 , (for no parity change l 2 )

l
For M l type, 1 , (for no parity change l 3 )

l 1
J 2 , No parity change E2 ; J 3 , No parity change M 3

fiziks
Q6. The dominant interactions underlying the following processes

A. K p , B. K K , C. p 0 are
(a) A: strong, B: electromagnetic and; C: weak

(b) A: strong, B: weak and; C: weak
(c) A: weak, B: electromagnetic and; C: strong
(d) A: weak, B: electromagnetic and; C: weak
Ans: (a)
(A) K p (Strong interaction)
1 1
I 3 : 1 1 (Conserved)
2 2
(B) K K (Electromagnetic interaction)
(C) p 0 (Weak interaction)

1
I3 :1 0 (Not conserved)
2
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)
Q7. The binding energy of a light nucleus Z, A in MeV is given by the approximate formula
B A, Z 16 A 20 A 2 / 3
3 2 1 / 3
Z A 30
N Z 2
4 A
where N A Z is the neutron number. The value of Z of the most stable isobar for a
given A is
1
A A2 / 3 A
(a) 1 (b)
2 160 2
1 1
A A2 / 3 A A4 / 3
(c) 1 (d) 1
2 120 2 64
Ans: (a)
1
B A A2 / 3
Solution: 0 Z 1
Z Z Z 2 160

fiziks
Q8. A spin-1/2 particle A undergoes the delay

A BC D
where it is known that B and C are also spin-1/2 particles. The complete set of allowed
values of the spin of the particle D is
1 3 5
(a) ,1, , 2, , 3, ... (b) 0, 1
2 2 2
1 1 3 5 7
(c) only (d) , , , ,....
2 2 2 2 2
Ans: (c)
Solution: Spin of the left side and combined spin of the products must be same to conserve the
spin angular momentum conservation law.
Q9. Muons are produced through the annihilation of particle a and its antiplarticle, namely
the process
a a
A muon has a rest mass of 105 MeV/c2 and its proper life time is 2 s . If the center of
mass energy of the collision is 2.1 GeV in the laboratory frame that coincides with the
center-of-mass frame, then the fraction of muons that will decay before they reach a
detector placed 6 km away from the interaction point is
(a) e 1 (b) 1 e 1
(c) 1 e 2 (d) e 10
Ans: (b)
t
N
Solution: N N 0 e t
e t e
N0
2.1 6 10 3
where 2 106 s , 103 20 and t 2 10 5 sec .
105 3 10 8
1
t
1 N
Thus e 2 1 e 1 .
2 N0

fiziks
JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
A
Q10. The intrinsic electric dipole moment of a nucleus Z X
(a) increases with Z , but independent of A
(b) decreases with Z , but independent of A
(c) is always zero
(d) increases with Z and A
Ans: (d)
Q11. According to the shell model, the total angular momentum (in units of ) and the parity
of the ground state of the 37 Li nucleus is
3 3
(a) with negative parity (b) with positive parity
2 2
1 7
(c) with positive parity (d) with negative parity
2 2
Ans: (a)
Solution: Z 3, N 4
For odd Z 3; s12/ 2 p31 / 2 j 3 / 2, l 1 and parity 11 1 .
NET/JRF (JUNE-2014)
Q12. The recently-discovered Higgs boson at the LHC experiment has a decay mode into a
2
photon and a Z boson. If the rest masses of the Higgs and Z boson are 125 GeV/c and
2
90 GeV/c respectively, and the decaying Higgs particle is at rest, the energy of the
photon will approximately be
(a) 35 3 GeV (b) 35 GeV (c) 30 GeV (d) 15 GeV
Ans: (c)
Solution: Assume H is symbol of Higgs boson, H Z
E H2 E Z2 1252 902
E 30GeV
2E H 2 125

fiziks
Q13. In a classical model, a scalar (spin-0) meson consists of a quark and an antiquark bound
by a potential
V r ar
b
r
where a 200 MeV fm -1 and b 100 MeV fm . If the masses of the quark and antiquark
are negligible, the mass of the meson can be estimated as approximately
(a) 141 MeV/c 2 (b) 283 MeV/c 2 (c) 353 MeV/c 2 (d) 425 MeV/c 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: At equilibrium separation the potential is minimum, thus the equilibrium separation
can be determined as
DV r b
a 2 0
dr r r0 r0
b 100MeVfm1 1
r0 1
fm
a 200MeVfm 2
The equilibrium separation between particles is also estimated by uncertainty principle

r0 ct r0 c ( where, Et )
E
Where, c is the velocity of the virtual meson
200 MeV . fm
r0 c
E E MeV
200 MeV . fm 1
Using above two relation fm
E MeV 2
E 200 2 283 MeV E m c 2

E
the mass of the meson m 2
283MeV / c 2
c

fiziks
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)
Q14. Consider the four processes
(i) p n e ve (ii) 0 p e ve
(iii) e ve (iv) 0
which of the above is/are forbidden for free particles?
(a) only (ii) (b) (ii) and (iv) (c) (i) and (iv) (d) (i) and (ii)
Ans: (d)
Solution: (i) p n e e [Not allowed]
It violate energy conservation. The mass of proton is less than mass of neutron. Free
proton is stable and can not decay to neutron. Proton can decay to neutron only inside the
nucleus, where energy violation is taken care by Heisenberg uncertainty principle.
(ii) 0 p e e [Not allowed]. In this decay charge is not conserved
(iii) e e [allowed through Weak interaction]
(iv) 0 [allowed through Electromagnetic interaction]

Q15. In deep inelastic scattering electrons are scattered off protons to determine if a proton has
any internal structure. The energy of the electron for this must be at least
(a) 1.25 109 eV (b) 1.25 1012 eV (c) 1.25 106 eV (d) 1.25 108 eV
Ans: (b)
Solution: The internal structure of proton can only be determined if the wavelength of the
incoming electron is nearly equal to the size of the proton
i.e. R 1.2 A1/ 3 fm 1.2 fm 1.2 10 15 m
h h
According to de-Broglie relation,
p 2mE
0 150
This can be also written as
E eV

fiziks
150 150
E eV 1.04 1012 E 1.04 1012 eV
1.2 10
2 5 2
0

The bet suitable answer is option (b).
Q16. If the binding energy B of a nucleus (mass number A and charge Z ) is given by
B aV A a S A 2/3
a sym
2Z A2 aC Z 2
1/ 3
A A
where aV 16 MeV , a S 16 MeV , a sym 24 MeV and aC 0.75 MeV , then for the most
stable isobar for a nucleus with A 216 is

(a) 68 (b) 72 (c) 84 (d) 92
Ans: (c)
dB 2 2 Z A 2 2aC Z
Solution: For the most stable isobar for a nucleus 0 asym 1/ 3 0
dZ A A
2 2Z 216 2 2Z 4 2Z 216 3 2Z
24 0.75 0 0
216
1/ 3
216 9 4 6
4 2Z 216 Z
0 16 2Z 216 9Z 0 41Z 216 16 Z 82.3
9 4

AVS fiziks
ELECTRONICS SOLUTIONS
GATE-2010
Q1. The voltage resolution of a 12-bit digital to analog converter (DAC), whose output
varies from 10 V to 10 V is, approximately
(A) 1 mV (B) 5 mV (C) 20 mV (D) 100 mV
Ans: (B)
20V
Voltage resolution= 4.8 mV
212 1
Q2. The figure shows a constant current source charging a capacitor that is initially
uncharged. Vout
If the switch is closed at t = 0, which of the following plots depicts correctly the output
voltage of the circuit as a function of time?
(A) (B)
Vout Vout
t t
(C) (D)
Vout Vout
t t
CdV0 I
Ans: (d) I0 V0 0 t
dt C

AVS fiziks
Q3. In one of the following circuits, negative feedback does not operate for a negative
input. Which one is it? The opamps are running from 15 V supplies.
(A) (B)

(C) (D)

Ans: (c)
Q4. For any set of inputs, A and B, the following circuits give the same output, Q, except
one. Which one is it?
(A) (B)
Q
Q
(C) (D)
Q
Q
Ans: (d)

AVS fiziks
GATE-2011
Q5. Which of the following statements is CORRECT for a common emitter amplifier
circuit?
(A) The output is taken from the emitter
(B) There is 180o phase shift between input and output voltages
(C) There is no phase shift between input and output voltages
(D) Both p-n junctions are forward biased
Ans: (b)
Q6. For an intrinsic semiconductor, me* and mh* are respectively the effective masses of
electrons and holes near the corresponding band edges. At a finite temperature the
position of the Fermi level
(A) depends on me* but not on mh* (B) depends on mh* but not on me*
(C) depends on both me* and mh* (D) depends neither on me* nor on mh*
Ans: (c)
Q7. In the following circuit, the voltage across and the current through the 2 k
resistance are
500 1k
20V 10V
2k
30V
(A) 20 V, 10 mA (B) 20 V, 5 mA (C) 10 V, 10 mA (D) 10 V, 5 mA

Ans: (D)

AVS fiziks
Q8. In the following circuit, Tr1 and Tr2 are identical transistors having VBE = 0.7 V. The
current passing through the transistor Tr2 is
100
5V Tr2
Tr1
(A) 57 mA (B) 50 mA (C) 48 mA (D) 43 mA

Ans: (d)
5 0.7
Current through 100 , I 43 mA
100
I I C 2I B I C 43 mA .
Q9. The following Boolean expression

Y A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D
can be simplified to
(A) A B C A D (B) A B C A D
(C) A B C A D (D) A B C A D
Ans: (c)
CD CD CD CD
AD
AB 1 1
AB 1 1
AB
AB 1 1
AB C

AVS fiziks
Q10. Consider the following circuit 1k 4k

10V

Vout
Vin
10V
Which of the following correctly represents the output Vout corresponding to the input
Vin?
(A) 5V (B)
5V
2V 2V
Vin Vin
2V time
2V time
5V 5V
10V
10V
Vout
Vout
time
time - 10V
- 10V
(C) 5V (D)
5V
2V
Vin 2V
2V time Vin
5V 2V time
5V
10V
10V
Vout
Vout
time
time - 10V
- 10V
1 1
Ans: (a) Vut 10 2V , Vlt 10 2V .
1 4 1 4

AVS fiziks
GATE-2012
Q11. If the peak output voltage of a full wave rectifier is 10 V, its d.c. voltage is
(a) 10.0 V (b) 7.07 V (c) 6.36 V (d) 3.18 V
Ans: (c)
2Vm 2 10 14 10 70
Vdc 6.36V
22 / 7 22 11
Q12. A Ge semiconductor is doped with acceptor impurity concentration of 1015
atoms/cm3. For the given hole mobility of 1800 cm2/V-s, the resistivity of the material is
(a) 0.288 cm (b) 0.694 cm (c) 3.472 cm (d) 6.944 cm
1 1 1
Ans: (c) 15 3.47 cm
N A e u h 10 1.6 10 19 1800
Q13. Identify the CORRECT energy band diagram for silcon doped with Arsenic. Here
CB, VB, ED and EF are conduction band, valence band, impurity level and Fermi level,
respectively.
(a) (b)
CB CB
ED
ED
EF
EF
VB VB
(c) (d)
CB CB
EF EF
ED ED
VB VB
Ans: (b)
N-type material ( Si doped with AS ).

AVS fiziks
10V
Q14. Consider the following OP-AMP circuit
Which one of the following correctly represents the Vin
output Vout corresponding to the input Vin? 5V Vout

4k
- 10V
1k
(a) (b)
5V 5V
Vin Vin
1V 1V
0V t 0V t
10V 10V
Vout Vout
t t
10V 10V
(c) (d)
5V 5V
Vin Vin
0V t 0V t
10V 10V
Vout Vout
t t
10V 10V
1
Ans: (a) Voltage at inverting input V2 5 1V .
1 4
When vin 1V , v0 VCC and when vin 1V , v0 VCC

AVS fiziks
Q15. In the following circuit, for the output voltage to be V0 V1 V2 / 2 the ratio
R1/R2 is R
VCC
R
(a) 1/2 V1
(b) 1
Vo
V2
R1
(c) 2 - VCC
R2
(d) 3
Ans: (d)
R R2
When V2 0, v01 V1 when V1 0, v02 1 V2
R R1 R2
V2 R2 1 R
Since V0 V1 2 1 3
2 R1 R2 2 R2
Q16. In the following circuit, the voltage drop across the ideal diode in forward bias
condition is 0.7V. The current passing through
the diode is
(a) 0.5 mA 12k
(b) 1.0 mA 24 Volt

(c) 1.5 mA
6k 3.3 k
(d) 2.0 mA
Ans: (b)
Let current through 12k is I and through diode is I D
Then 0.7 I D 3.3 I I D 6 (1)
and 24 I 12 I I D 6 0 (2)
From (1) and (2) I D 1mA.

AVS fiziks
Q17. Consider the following circuit in which the current gain dc of the transistor is 100.
15 V
100 k 900
100
Which one of the following correctly represents the load line (collector current IC with
respect to collector-emitter voltage VCE) and Q-point of this circuit?
(a) (b)
15 mA Q - point 13 mA Q - point
(2 V, 13 mA) (2 V, 10 mA)
IC
IC
VCE 15 V VCE 15 V
(c) (d)
15 mA 13 mA
Q - point Q - point
IC
IC
(7.5 V, 7.5 mA) (7.5 V, 6.5 mA)
VCE 15 V VCE 15 V
VCC VBE 15 0.7 14.3

Ans: (a) I B mA.
RB RE 100 10 100 100
3
I C I B 14.3mA 13mA , VCE VCC I C RC RE 15 900 100 13 10 3 2V .
VCC 15
I C , Sat 15 mA.
R C RE 1000

AVS fiziks
GATE-2013
Q18. What should be the clock frequency of a 6 bit A / D converter so that its
maximum conserved time is 32s ?
(a) 1MHz (b) 2 MHz (c) 0.5 MHz (d) 4 MHz
Ans: (c)
Q19. A phosphorous doped silicon semiconductor (doping density: 1017/cm3) is heated

from 100C to 200C. Which one of the following statements is CORRECT?
(a) Position of Fermi level moves towards conduction band
(b) Position of dopant level moves towards conduction band
(c) Position of Fermi level moves towards middle of energy gap
(d) Position of dopant level moves towards middle of energy gap
Ans: (c)
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 20 and 21: Consider the following circuit
Q21. For this circuit the frequency above which the gain will decrease by 20 dB per
decade is 10 k
Vin
(a) 15.9 kHz (b) 1.2kHz
Vout
(c) 5.6 kHz (d) 22.5 kHz 1000pF
Ans: (a) 1k
1
fH 16kHz
2RC 2 k
Q22. At 1.2 kHz the closed loop gain is

(a) 1 (b) 1.5 (c) 3 (d) 0.5
1 R F
R1
v0
Ans: (b) 1.5
v in 2
1 f

fH

1
GS-2015-X (PHYSICS)_TIFR
SECTION A
1. Which of the following vectors is parallel to the surface x 2 y 2 xz 4 at the point (2, 2, 3) ?
(a) 6i 2 j 5k (b) 6i 2 j 5k (c) 6i 2 j 5k (d) 6i 2 j 5k
2. A random number generator outputs +1 or 1 with equal probability every time it is run. After it is run 6
times, what is the probability that the sum of the answers generated is zero ? Assume that the individual
runs are independent of each other.
1 5 5 15
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 6 16 32
3. It is required to construct the quantum theory of a particle of mass m moving in one dimension x under the
influence of a constant force F. The characteristic length-scale in this problem is
1/3 1/3
2 mF
(a) (b) (c) 2 (d)
mF mF m F 2
4. A particle slides on the inside surface of a frictionless cone. The cone is fixed with its tip on the ground
and its axis vertical, as shown in the figure on the right. The semi-vertex angle of the cone is . If the
particle moves in a circle of radius r0, without slipping downwards, the angular frequency of this
motion will be
r0
g g g g
(a) r0 cos (b) r0 sin (c) r0 cot (d) r0 tan
5. A car starts from rest and accelerates under a force F increasing linearly in time as F = at where a is a constant.
At time t1 > 0, the force F is suddenly switched off. At a later time t2 > t1, brakes are applied resulting in a force
F whose magnitude increases linearly with time, F a ( t t2 ) where a is the same constant as before.
Which of the following graphs would best represent the change in the position of the car x(t) with time ?
H.O.: 28-A/11, Jia Sarai, Near-IIT, New Delhi-16, Ph : 011-26851008, 26861009 www.careerendeavour.com
B.O.: 35, First Floor, Mall Road, G.T.B. Nagar (Opp. Metro Gate No. 3), Delhi-09, Ph: 011-65462244, 9540292991
2
x(t) x(t)
(a) (b)
0 t 0 t
t1 t2 t2 + t1 t1 t2 t2 + t 1
x(t) x(t)
(c) (d)
0 t 0 t
t1 t2 t2 + t1 t1 t2 t2 + t1
6. In the Earths atmosphere, a localised low-pressure region (shaded in diagrams) develops somewhere in
the southern hemisphere. Which one of the following diagrams represents the correct air flow pattern as
observed from a satellite ?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
7. The focal length in air of a thin lens made of glass of refractive index 1.5 is . When immersed in water
(refractive index = 4/3), its focal length becomes
3 4
(a) 4 (b) (c) (d)
4 4 3
8. A light beam of intensity I0 passes at normal incidence through a flat plate of plastic kept in air. If
reflection at the interface reduces the intensity by 20% and absorption on passing through the plate
reduces the intensity by 2%, the intensity of the emergent beam will be about
(a) 0.60 I0 (b) 0.63 I0 (c) 0.65 I0 (d) 0.78 I0
9. A light beam is propagating through a medium with index of refraction 1.5. If the medium is moving at
constant velocity 0.7c in the same direction as the beam, what is the velocity of light in the medium as
measured by an observer in the laboratory ? (c = velocity of light in vacuum)
(a) 0.93c (b) 0.98c (c) 0.96c (d) 0.9c
3
10. Two blackbodies radiate energy at temperature T1 and T2 T1 T2 . The energy emitted per unit time per unit
solid angle per unit surface area of a blackbody in the frequency range v to v + dv is given by B(v)dv. Which
one of the following graphs has the correct form ?
B(v) T2 B(v)
T2
(a) T1 (b)
T1
0 v 0 v
B(v) T1 B(v) T1
(c) T2 (d) T2
0 v 0 v
11. In a cold country, in winter, a lake was freezing slowly. It was observed that it took 2 hours to form a
layer of ice 2 cm thick on the water surface. Assuming a constant thermal conductivity throughout the
layer, the thickness of ice would get doubled after
(a) 2 more hours (b) 4 more hours (c) 6 more hours (d) 8 more hours
12. Which of the following graphs qualitatively describes the pressure P of a gas of non-interacting fermions
in thermal equilibrium at a constant volume as a function of temperature ?
P P
(a) (b)
T T
P P
(c) (d)
T T
4
13. The electrostatic potential r of a distribution of point charges has the form ( r ) r 3 at a distance r from
the origin (0,0,0), where r a . Which of the following distributions can give rise to this potential ?
q q q q
(0,0,0) (0,0,0)
(a) (b)
q a q q a q
q q q q
(0,0,0) (0,0,0)
(c) (d)
q a q q a q
14. Two semi-infinite solenoids placed next to each other are separated by a small gap of width W as shown
in the figure.
W
... ...
I0 I0
The current I0 in the solenoids flows in the direction as shown. If the solenoids have a circular cross-
section of radius R and are filled with a magnetic material of permeability ( > 0), then the magnetic
energy densities ui inside the solenoid and ug in the gap are best related by
(a) ug ui (b) ug ui (c) ug c ui (d) ug c ui
15. A light source has a small filament at the centre of a sphereical glass bulb of radius 5 cm and negligible
thickness. If this source emits 100 Watts of power in the form of spherical electromagnetic waves, the
r.m.s. electric field E at the surface of the bulb (in units of Volt/m) will be approximately
(a) 1547 (b) 1094 (c) 109.4 (d) 15.47
16. A particle is moving in one dimension under a potential V(x) such that, for large positive values of
x , V ( x ) kx , where k 0 and 1 . If the wavefunction in this region has the form ( x ) ~ exp( x ) ,
which of the following is true ?
2
(a) 1 (b) (c) 2 2 (d)
2 2
17. The ground state energy of a particle of mass m in a three dimensional cubical box of side is not zero
3h 2
but . This is because
8m 2
(a) The ground state has no nodes in the interior of the box.
(b) This is the most convenient choice of the zero level of potential energy.
(c) Position and momentum cannot be exactly determined simultaneously.
(d) The potential at the boundaries is not really infinite, but just very large.
5
18. A one-dimensional box contains a particle whose ground state energy is . It is observed that a small distur-
bance causes the particle to emit a photon of energy hv 8 , after which it is stable. Just before emission, a
possible state of the particle in terms of the energy eigenstates 1 , 2 ,.... would be
1 2 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 2 1 3 2 5 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 5 41 6
19. A sample of ordinary hydrogen H gas in a discharge tube was seen to emit the usual Balmer spec-
1
1
trum. On careful examination, however, it was found that the H line in the spectrum was split into two
fine lines, one an intense line at 656.28 nm, and the other a faint line at 656.04 nm. From this, one can
conclude that the gas sample had a small impurity of
(a) 12 H (b) 13 H (c) 42 He (d) H 2O
20. An electron makes a transition from the valence band to the conduction band in an indirect band gap
semiconductor. Which of the following is NOT true ?
(a) The energy of the electron increases (b) A phonon is involved in the process
(c) A photon is absorbed in the process (d) There is no momentum change in the electron
21. Which of the following radioactive decay chains is it possible to observe ?
206 202 202 210 210 206
(a) 82 Pb 80 Hg 79 Au (b) 83 Bi 84 Po 82 Pb
214 210 207 206 202 202
(c) 88 Ra 86 Rn 82 Pb (d) 82 Pb 80 Hg 79 Au
22. Which of the following is the best technique for measuring the effective mass of an electron in a semicon-
ductor ?
(a) Resistivity measurements (b) X-rays diffraction experiment
(b) Cyclotron resonance (d) Millikans oil drop experiment
23. Two LCR circuits (A) and (B) are shown below where Cc C . At time t = 0, a charge Q is put on the
capacitor C.
R C L C L
R
(A) (B)
Which of the following statements is correct ?

(a) The charge Q will decay faster in (A)
(b) The charge Q will decay faster in (B)
(c) The charge Q will decay at the same rate in (A) and (B)
(d) The relative decay rates cannot be predicted without knowing the exact values of L, C, R and Cc
6
24. In the circuit shown below, the op-amp is powered by a bipolar supply of 10 V.
+ Vout

V = 5sin(2t) ~
5k
Which one of the following graphs represents Vout correctly ?

10 10
5 5
Vout 0 Vout 0
(a) 5 (b) 5
10 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
t t
10 10
5 5
Vout 0 Vout 0
(c) 5 (d) 5
10 10
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
t t
25. All resistors in the circuit on the right have a tolerance of 5%.
+ 10V
150 k
330 k
100 k
51 k
Assuming a diode drop of 0.7 V, which of the following is the lowest possible value of the collector
voltage ?
(a) 3.1 V (b) 4.1 V (c) 4.7 V (d) 5.2 V
7
SECTION B
26. Consider the differential equation
d2y dy
2
4 y
dx dx
with the boundary condition that y(x) = 0 at x = 1/5. When plotted as a function of x, for x 0, we can
say with certainty that the value of y
(a) oscillates from positive to negative with amplitude decreasing to zero
(b) has an extremum in the range 0 < x < 1
(c) first increases, then decreases to zero
(d) first decreases, then increases to zero
27. In a transmission diffraction grating, there are 104 lines/mm. Which of the following ranges of wave-
length (in nm) will produce at least one principal maximum ?
(a) 1 200 (b) 201 500 (c) 501 1000 (d) 1001 5000
28. Two cylinders A and B of the same length L and outer radius R were placed at the same height h on an
inclined plane at an angle with the horizontal (see figure). Starting from rest, each cylinder was
allowed to roll down the plane without slipping. It was found that A reached the end of the inclined plane
earlier than B. Which of the following possibilities could be true ?
(a) A is hollow and made of copper; B is hollow and made of copper; B is heavier than A.
(b) A is solid and made of copper; B is solid and made of aluminium.
(c) A is hollow and made of aluminium; B is solid and made of aluminium.
(d) A is solid and made of copper; B is hollow and made of copper.
29. A thin uniform rod of length 2l and mass M is pivoted at one end P on a horizontal plane (see figure). A
ball of mass m M and speed v0 strikes the free end of the rod perpendicularly and bounces back with
velocity vf along the original line of motion as shown in the figure. If the collision is perfectly elastic the
magnitude of vf is
vf
v0
M 2l
8
M 4m M 4m M 3m M 3m
(a) v0 (b) v0 (c) v0 (d) v0
M 4m M 4m M 3m M 3m
30. A collimated beam of pions originate from an accelerator and propagates in vacuum along a long straight beam
pipe. The intensity of this beam was measured in the laboratory after a distance of 75 m and found to have
dropped to one-fourth of its intensity at the point of origin. If the proper half-life of a pion is 1.77 10 8s , the
speed of the pions in the beam, as measured in the laboratory, must be
(a) 0.99c (b) 0.98c (c) 0.97c (d) 0.96c
31. The equation of state of a gas is given by
RT b
V
P T
where R is the gas constant and b is another constant parameter. The specific heat at constant pressure CP
and the specific heat at constant volume CV for this gas is related by CP CV =
2 2 2
RT 2 bP bP
(a) R (b) R 1 (c) R 1 (d) R 1
bP

RT 2

RT 2
32. An ideal diatomic gas is initially at a temperature T = 0C. Then it expands reversibly and adiabatically
to 5 times its volume. Its final temperature will be approximately
(a) 180C (b) 150C (c) 130C (d) 0C
33. Consider an infinitely long cylinder of radius R, placed along the z-axis, which carries a static charge
density (r) = kr, where r is the perpendicular distance from the axis of the cylinder and k is a constant.
The electrostatic potential (r) inside the cylinder is proportional to
2 r3 r 2 r3 R
(a) 3 1 (b) 2 n (c) 3 1 (d) 2 n
3 R R 3 R r
34. A solid spherical conductor encloses 3 cavities, a cross-section of which are as shown in the figure. A
net charge +q resides on the outer surface of the conductor. Cavities A and C contain point charges +q
and q, respectively.
B
C
A q

+q
The net charges on the surfaces of these cavities are

(a) A q, B q, C 0 (b) A q, B 0, C q
(c) A q, B 0, C q (d) A q, B 0, C q
35. 1000 neutral spinless particles are confined in a one-dimensional box of length 100 nm. At a given
instant of time, if 100 of these particle have energy 40 and the remaining 900 have energy 2250, then
the number of particles in the left half of the box will be approximately
(a) 625 (b) 500 (c) 441 (d) 100
9
36. A one-dimensional quantum harmonic oscillator is in its ground state
1/4
m m x2 /2
0 ( x) e

Two experiments, [A] and [B], are performed on the system. In [A], the frequency of the oscillator is
suddenly doubled, while in [B] the frequency is suddenly halved. If pA and pB denote the probability in
each case that the system is found in its new ground state immediately after the frequency change, which
of the following is true ?
(a) p A 2 pB (b) p A 2 pB (c) 2 p A pB (d) p A pB
37. In the basic band structure theory of crystalline solids, which of the following leads to energy gaps in the
allowed electronic energy values ?
(a) Electron spin (b) Bragg reflection
(c) Electron-electron interacion (d) Electron-phonon interaction
38. The material inside a box is either a metal or a semiconductor. If R (= 1 ) is the resistance of the
material, which of the following experiments CANNOT distinguish whether it is a metal or a semicon-
ductor ?
(a) Measurement of R using power supplies of different frequencies.
(b) Measurement of absorption spectrum in the energy range 0.1 2 eV.
(c) Measurement of R at different temperatures.
(d) Measurement of R in the presence of different magnetic fields.
39. To measure the voltage in the range 0 5 V with a precision of 5 mV, the minimum number of bits
required in a digital voltmeter is
(a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 11 (d) 12
40. A building has three overhead water tanks, each fitted with a sensor (S1, S2, S3) which goes to 0 when the
water level in the tank falls below a set value and remains 1 otherwise. A common pump is used to raise
water from an underground storage tank to these overhead tanks. Of the following circuits, which one
will turn on (P = 1) the pump only when at least two of the tanks have water level below the set value ?
S1 S1
S2 S2
(a) P (b) P
S3 S3
S1
S2 S1
S3 S2
P P
(c) S1 (d) S3
S2
S3
10
SECTION C
41. The integral
2 d
0 1 2a cos a 2
where 0 < a < 1, evaluate to
2 2 4
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d)
1 a2 1 a2 1 a2
42. The generating function for a set of polynomials in x is given by
f ( x, t ) (1 2 xt t 2 ) 1
The third polynomial (order x2) in this set is
(a) 2x2 + 1 (b) 2x2 x (c) 4x2 + 1 (d) 4x2 1
43. A particle moves under the influence of a central potential in an orbit r k 4 , where k is a constant and
r is the distance from the origin. It follows that the angle varies with time t as
(a) t1/9 (b) t1/8 (c) t1/7 (d) t1/6
44. In a system with two degrees of freedom, if (p, q) are the canonical coordinates, then which of the
following transformations to (P, Q) is canonical ?
1 2 2q 1 2 p
(a) P
2
p q 2 , Q tan 1
p
(b) P
2
p q 2 , Q cot 1
q
1 2
(c) P
1 2
2
p q 2 , Q sin 1
q
2p
(d) P
2
p q2 , Q cos1 qp
45. In a monatomic gas, the first excited state is only 1.5 eV above the ground state, while the other excited
states are much higher up. The ground state is doubly-degenerate, while the first excited state has a four-
fold degeneracy. If now, the gas is heated to a temperature of 7000 K, the fraction of atoms in the excited
state will be approximately
(a) 0.14 (b) 0.07 (c) 0.42 (d) 0.3
46. Measurement of the magnitudes of the electric field (E) and the magnetic field (B) in a plane polarized
electromagnetic wave in vaccum leads to the following results
E B B 1 E
2
y t y c t

at all points where the measurement is made. In this case the electric vector E , the magnetic vector B

and the wave vector k (with magnetic k) can be written in terms of the unit vectors ( x, y , z) along the
Cartesian axes as

(a) E Ex , B By , k kz (b) E Ex, B Bz, k ky

(c) E Ex, B Bz, k ky (d) E Ey , B Bz, k kx
47. A two state quantum system has two observables A and B. It is known that the observable A has eigenstates
1 and 2 with eigenvalues a1 and a2 respectively, while B has eigenstates 1 and 2 with eigen-
values b1 and b2 respectively, and that these eigenstates are related by
3 4 4 3
1 1 2 2 1 2
5 5 5 5
11
Suppose a measurement is made of the observable A and a value a1 is obtained. If the observable B is now
measured, the probability of obtaining the value b1 will be
(a) 0.80 (b) 0.64 (c) 0.60 (d) 0.36
48. An rigid rotator has the wave function
( , ) N 2i Y1, 0 ( , ) (2 i ) Y2, 1 ( , ) 3i Y1,1 ( , )

where Yl , m ( , ) are the sphereical harmonics, and N is a normalization constant. If L is the orbital
angular momentum operator, and L Lx iLy the expectation value of L L is
21 2 23 2 25 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 0
9 9 9
49. In the ground state electronic configuration of nitrogen 14

7 N the L, S and J quantum numbers are
1 1 1 3
(a) L 1, S , J (b) L 1, S , J
2 2 2 2
1 1 3 3
(c) L 0, S , J (d) L 0, S , J
2 2 2 2
50. Solar radiation tends to push any particle inside solar system away from the Sun. Consider a spherical
dust particle of specific gravity 6.0 and no angular momentum about the Sun. What should be its minimum
radius so that it does not escape from the solar system ? Take the solar luminosity to be 3.8 1026 W.
(a) 10 6 m (b) 0.01 m (c) 0.1 m (d) 10 m
51. Bosonic excitations of ferromagnets have a dispersion relation k 2 , where is the energy and k is
the wavevector of the excitation. Assuming a system of such non-interacting bosonic excitation, at low
temperature T, the specific heat CV of a three dimensional ferromagnet will be proportional to
(a) T (b) T 3/2 (c) T 5/2 (d) T 3
52. In the semi-empirical mass formula, the volume (V), surface (S), coulomb (C), and pairing (P) contribu-
tions to the building energy of a nucleus ZA X vary with mass number A as
(a) V A, S A2/3 , C A1/3 , P A 3/4
(b) V A, S A1/3 , C A1/3 , P A 3/4
(c) V A, S A 2/3 , C A1/3 , P A 3/4
(d) V A2 , S A2/3 , C A1/3 , P A 3/4
197 198
53. In an experiment, 79 Au nuclie were bombared with neutrons leading to formation of 79 Au , which is
unstable. The half-life of 198

79 Au was measured to be 2.25 days and it was found later that this measured
half-life was an underestimate by 10%. The corresponding percentage error in the estimated population
of 198
79 Au after 9 days is
(a) 10% (b) 25% (c) 2.5% (d) 15%
12
54. You are given the following circuit and two instruments : a voltmeter and an ammeter both with 0.001%
accuracy in their readings.
A 100.001 B 1001 C
5V
Which of the following methods will result in the most accurate reading for the current without interrupt-
ing the current in the circuit ?
(a) Use voltmeter to measure voltage across points B and C
(b) Use the ammeter to measure current at point B
(c) Use voltmeter to measure voltage across points A and B
(d) Use voltmeter to measure voltage across points A and C
55. Consider the following reaction involving elementary particles:
(A) p K
(B) K p K
Which of the following statements is true for strong interactions ?
(a) (A) and (B) are both forbidden (b) (B) is allowed but (A) is forbidden
(c) (A) is allowed but (B) is forbidden (d) (A) and (B) are both allowed
13
ANSWER KEY
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c)
6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b)
16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b)
26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (b)
36. (d) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (a)
46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (c)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (a)
1
Joint Entrance Screening Test (JEST-2015)-X
1. A bike stuntman rides inside a well of frictionless surface given by z a ( x 2 y 2 ) , under the action of

gravity acting in the negative z-direction. g gz . What speed should he maintain to be able to ride at
a constant height z0 without failing down ?
(a) g z0
(b) 3g z0
(c) 2g z0
(d) The biker will not be able to maintain a constant height, irrespective of speed.
2. A chain of mass M and length L is suspended vertically with its lower end touching a weighing scale. The
chain is released and falls freely onto the scale. Neglecting the size of the individual links, what is the
reading of the scale when a length x of the chain has fallen ?
Mgx 2Mgx 3Mgx 4Mgx
(a) (b) (c) (d)
L L L L
3. The distance of a star from the Earth is 4.25 light years, as measured from the Earth. A space ship travels
from Earth to the star at a constant velocity in 4.25 years, according to the clock on the ship. The speed of
the space ship in units of the speed of light is,
1 1 2 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 3 3
1
4. Consider a spin- particle characterized by the Hamiltonian H S z . Under a perturbation H gS x ,
2
the second order correction to the ground state energy is given by,
g2 g2 g2 g2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 4 2 2
xe x s xn
5. The Bernoulli polynomial Bn ( s ) are defined by,
ex 1
n n ! . Which one of the following rela-
B ( s )
tions is true ?
xe x (1 s ) xn xe x (1 s ) xn
(a) x
Bn ( s ) (b) x
Bn ( s ) ( 1) n
e 1 ( n 1)! e 1 ( n 1)!
xe x (1 s ) n x
n
xe x (1 s ) xn
(c) Bn ( s ) ( 1) (d) x
Bn ( s ) ( 1) n
ex 1 n! e 1 n!
x 4 x2

4 2
6. What is the maximum number of extrema of the function f ( x ) Pk ( x ) e , where x ( , ) and
Pk ( x ) is an arbitrary polynomial of degree k ?
(a) k + 2 (b) k + 6 (c) k + 3 (d) k
2
7. Given an analytic function f ( z ) ( x, y ) i ( x, y ), where ( x, y ) x 2 4 x y 2 2 y . If C is constant,

which of the following relations is true ?
(a) ( x, y ) x 2 y 4 y C (b) ( x, y ) 2 xy 2 x C
(c) ( x, y ) 2 xy 4 y 2 x C (d) ( x, y ) x 2 y 2 x C
8. A particle of mass m is confined in a potential well given by V ( x ) 0 for L /2 < x L /2 and V (x ) =
elsewhere. A perturbing potential H ( x ) x has been applied to the system. Let the first and second
order corrections to the ground state be E0(1) and E0( 2) , respectively. Which one of the following state-
ments is correct ?
(a) E0(1) 0 and E0( 2) 0 (b) E0(1) 0 and E0( 2) 0
(c) E0(1) 0 and E0(2) 0 (d) E0(1) 0 and E0( 2) 0
2

9. Consider a harmonic oscillator in the state e 2
e a 0 , where 0 is the ground state, a is the raising
operator and is a complex number. What is the probability that the harmonic oscillator is in the n-th eigenstate
n ?
2 2 2n
2n n n
2
2
(a) e (b) e 2
(c) e (d) e 2
n! n! n! n!
10. A particle of mass m moves in 1-dimensional potential V(x), which vanishes at infinity. The exact ground
state eigenfunction is ( x ) A sech ( x ) where A and are constant. The ground state energy eigen-
value of this system is,
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(a) E (b) E (c) E (d) E
m m 2m 2m
11. Given that 1 and 2 are eigenstates of a Hamiltonian with eigenvalues E1 and E2 respectively, what is
the energy uncertainty in the state ( 1 2 ) ?
1 1 1
(a) E1E 2 E1 E2
(b) (c) E1 E2 (d) E2 E1
2 2 2
12. Consider two points charges q and q located at the points, x = a and x a , respectively. Assuming
that the sum of the two charges is constant, what is the value of for which the magnitude of the
electrostatic force is maximum ?
1
(a) (b) 1 (c) (d) 1

13. If two ideal dice are rolled once, what is the probability of getting at least one 6 ?
11 1 10 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36 36 36 36
14. An ideal gas is compressed adiabatically from an initial volume V to a final volume V and a work W is
C
done on the system in doing so. The final pressure of the gas will be P ,
CV
W 1 W 1 W 1 W 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
V V V V
3
15. For a system in thermal equilibrium with a heat bath at temperature T, which one of the following equalities is
correct ?
1

k BT
2 2
(a) E E E2 (b) E E2 E

(c)

E E2 E
2
(d)

E E2 E
2

16. A spherical shell of inner and outer radii a and b, respectively, is made of a dielectric material with
k
frozen polarization P( r ) r , where k is a constant and r is the distance from the its centre. The
r
electric field in the region a r b is ,
k k k
(a) E r (b) E r (c) E 0 (d) E r
0r 0r 0r 2
e r
17. The electrostatic potential due to a change distribution is given by V ( r ) A , where A and are
r
constants. The total charge enclosed within a sphere of radius 1/, with its origin at r = 0 is given by,
8 0 A 4 0 A 0 A
(a) (b) (c) (d) 0
e e e
18. A circular loop of radius R, carries a uniform line charge density . The electric field, calculated at a
distance z directly above the center of the loop, is maximum if z is equal to,
R R R
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2R
3 2 2
19. For non-interacting Fermions in d-dimensions, the density of states D(E) varies as E ( d /2 1) . The Fermi
energy E F of an N particle system in 3-, 2- and 1-dimensions will scale respectively as,
(a) N 2 , N 2/3 , N (b) N , N 2/3 , N 2 (c) N , N 2 , N 2/3 (d) N 2/3 , N , N 2
20. A classical particle with total energy E moves under the influence of a potential V ( x, y ) 3x 3 2 x 2 y
2xy 2 y 3 . The average potential energy, calculated over a long time is equal to,
2E E E 2E
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 5 5
21. A particle in thermal equilibrium has only 3 possible states with energies , 0, . If the system is

maintained at a temperature T , then the average energy of the particle can be approximated to,
kB
2 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 0
3k BT 3k BT k BT
22. The energy difference between the 3p and 3s levels in Na is 2.1 eV. Spin-orbit coupling splits the 3p
level, resulting in two emission lines differing by 6 A . The splitting of the 3p level is approximately,,
(a) 2 eV (b) 0.2 eV (c) 0.02 eV (d) 2 meV
23. What is the voltage at the output of the following operational amplifier circuit [see figure 1] ?
4
10 M
1 nA
+
+

RL Vout
99 k
1 k
Figure 1
(a) 1 V (b) 1 mV (c) 1 V (d) 1 nV

24. What is the area of the irreducible Brillouin zone of the crystal structure as given in the figure ? [see
figure 2]
A
60
B
|A| = |B| = A
Figure 2
2 2 3 2 2 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3A2 2A2 A2 3A2
25. For a 2-dimensional honeycomb lattice as shown in the figure 3, the first Bragg spot occurrs for the
grazing angle 1, while sweeping the angle from 0. The next Bragg spot is obtained at 2 given by,
A
a
120 120
B 120
Figure 3
3 3
(a) sin 1 3 sin 1 (b) sin 1 sin 1
2
(c) sin 1 sin 1 (d) sin 1 3 sin 1
2
5
PART-B : 1 MARK QUESTIONS
26. How is your weight affected if the Earth suddenly doubles in radius, mass remaining the same ?
(a) Increases by a factor of 4 (b) Increases by a factor of 2
(c) Decreases by a factor of 4 (d) Decreases by a factor of 2
27. A spring of force constant k is stretched by x. It takes twice as much work to stretch a second spring by
x
. The force constant of the second spring is,
2
(a) k (b) 2k (c) 4k (d) 8k
28. The Lagrangian of a particle is given by L q 2 qq . Which of the following statements is true ?
(a) This is a free particle
(b) The particle is experiencing velocity dependent damping
(c) The particle is executing simple harmonic motion
(d) The particle is under constant acceleration
29. A charged particle is released at time t = 0, from the origin in the presence of uniform static electric and
magnetic fields given by E E0 y and B B0 z , respectively. Which of the following statements is true
for t > 0 ?
(a) The particle moves along the x-axis (b) The particle moves in a circular orbit
(c) The particle moves in the (x, y) plane (d) The particle moves in the (y, z) plane
99
1
30. The sum
M 1 m 1 m is equal to
1
(a) 9 (b) 99 1 (c) (d) 11
99 1
31. Which of the following expressions represents an electric field due to a time varying magnetic field ?
(a) K ( xx yy zz) (b) K ( xx yy zz)
(c) K ( xx yy ) (d) K ( yy xy 2 zz)
32. The skin depth of a metal is dependent on the conductivity () of the metal and the angular frequency of
the incident field. For a metal of high conductivity, which of the following relations is correct ? (Assume
that 1 where is the electrical permittivity of the medium).
(a) d / (b) d 1 / (c) d (d) d /
33. Consider the differential equation G( x ) kG( x ) ( x) ; where k is a constant. Which of the following
statements is true ?
(a) Both G ( x ) and G( x) are continuous at x = 0
(b) G(x) is continuous at x = 0 but G( x ) is not
(c) G(x) is discontinuous at x = 0
(d) The continuity properties of G(x) and G( x ) at x = 0 depends on the value of k
34. A particle moving under the influence of a potential V ( r ) kr 2 /2 has a wavefunction ( r, t ) . If the
wavefunction changes to ( r , t ) , the ratio of the average final kinetic energy to the initial kinetic energy will
be,
1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
2
6
35. If a Hamiltonian H is given as H 0 0 1 1 i 0 1 1 0 , where 0 and 1 are orthonormal

states, the eigenvalues of H are
(a) 1 (b) i (c) 2 (d) i 2
36. Electrons of mass m in a thin, long wire at a temperature T follow a one-dimensional Maxwellian
velocity distribution. The most probable speed of these electrons is,
kT 2kT 8kT
(a) (b) (c) 0 (d)
2 m m m
37. The blackbody at a temperature of 6000 K emits a radiation whose intensity spectrum peaks at 600 nm. If
the temperature is reduced to 300 K, the spectrum will peak at,
(a) 120 m (b) 12 m (c) 12 mm (d) 120 mm
38. Let be the wavelength of incident light. The diffraction pattern of a circular aperture of dimension r0
will transform from Fresnel to Fraunhofer regime if the screen distance z is,
(a) z r02 / (b) z 2 /r0 (c) z 2 /r0 (d) z r02 /
39. The approximate force exerted on a perfectly reflecting mirror by an incident laser beam of power 10
mW at normal incidence is
(a) 1013 N (b) 1011 N (c) 109 N (d) 1015 N
40. The wavelength of red helium-neon laser in air is 6328 A . What happens to its frequency in glass that
has a refractive index of 1.50 ?
(a) Increases by a factor of 3 (b) Decreases by a factor of 1.5
(c) Remains the same (d) Decreases by a factor of 0.5
41. The reaction e e is forbidden because,
(a) lepton number is not conserved (b) linear momentum is not conserved
(c) angular momentum is not conserved (d) charge is not conserved
42. In Millikans oil drop experiment the electronic charge e could be written as 1.5 , where is a function
of all experimental parameters with negligible error. If the viscosity of air is taken to be 0.4% lower
than the actual value, what would be the error in the calculated in the calculated value of e ?
(a) 1.5% (b) 0.7% (c) 0.6% (d) 0.4%
1
43. The stable nucleus that has the radius of 189Os nucleus is,
3
(a) 7Li (b) 16O (c) 4He (d) 14N
44. Which of the following excited states of a hydrogen atom has the highest lifetime ?
(a) 2p (b) 2s (c) 3s (d) 3p
45. Which of the following statements is true for the energies of the terms of the carbon atom in the ground
state electronic configuration 1s 2 2 s 2 2 p 2 ?
(a) 3 P 1 D 1S (b) 3 P 1S 1D (c) 3 P 1 F 1S (d) 3 P 1F 1D
7
46. For the logic circuit shown in figure 4, the required input condition (A, B, C) to make the output (X) = 1 is,
A
U1
B
XOR
U3 X
AND
U2
C
XNOR
Figure 4
(a) 1, 0, 1 (b) 0, 0, 1 (c) 1, 1, 1 (d) 0, 1, 1

47. The reference voltage of an analog to digital converter is 1 V. The smallest voltage step that the converter
can record using a 12-bit converter is,
(a) 0.24 V (b) 0.24 mV (c) 0.24 V (d) 0.24 nV
48. The total number of Na+ and Cl ions per unit cell of NaCl is,
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
49. The entropy temperature diagram of two Carnot engines, A and B, are shown in the figure 5. The efficien-
cies of the engines are A and B , respectively. Which one of the following equalities is correct ?
A B
T
Figure 5
(a) A B /2 (b) A B (c) A 3B (d) A 2B
ka
50. Given that tight binding dispersion relation E (k ) E0 A sin 2 , where E0 and A are constants and
2
a is the lattice parameter. What is the group velocity of an electron at the second Brillouin zone bound-
ary?
a 2a a
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
h h 2h
fiziks
Institute for CSIR-UGC JRF/NET, GATE, IIT-JAM, GRE in PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Answer of Full Length Test-01
PART A
Q: 1 Ans: (d) Q: 2 Ans: (c) Q: 3 Ans: (d)

Q: 4. Ans : (a) Q: 5 Ans: (b) Q:6 Ans: (c)
Q:7 Ans: (a) Q: 8 Ans: (c) Q: 9 Ans: (b)
Q: 10 Ans: (a) Q:11 Ans: (d) Q:12 Ans: (b)
Q: 13 Ans: (c) Q: 14 Ans: (d) Q: 15 Ans: (c)
Q16: Ans: (a) Q17: Ans: (c) Q18. Ans: (b)
Q19: Ans: (b) Q20: Ans: (d)
PART B
Q21. Solution : (c)

dz
I z 6
where c is along unit half circle
c
1
z6 1 0
z ei / 6 , e3i/6 and e5 i/6 are within the contour.
1 1 1
Residue at e i/6 z e i/6 6
5 e5i/6 z ei/6
z 1 6z 6
1 5 i/ 2
Similar residue at z e3i/6 e
6
1 25 i/6
Residue at z e 5i/6 e
0
dz 1 1 1 2
So z 6
2i e 5 i /6 e5i/6 e25i/6
1 6 6 6 3
Head office: Branch office:

Website: http://www.physicsbyfiziks.com
fiziks
1
Q22. Ans : (a) f (z) 0 < |z| < 2
z(z 2)
n
1 1 1 11 z

2 z 1 z

2 z n 0 2
2
Q23. Ans: (d)
Q24. Ans : (a)
Q25. Solution : (c)
m (F / m)t
P Ft , u
u2 1 Ft / mc
2
1
c2
1/ 2
F t t mc 2 Ft
x(t) dt x(t) 1 1
m 0 1 (Ft / mc 2 ) 2 F mc2
Q26. Ans. (b)
Solution :
L
ml 21
1
L
mgl1 kl 2 (1 2 )
1
d L L
ml 2 mgl1 kl 2 (1 2 )
dt 1
L
ml 22
2
L
mgl 2 kl 2 (1 2 )
2
d L L
0
dt 2 2
ml 22 mgl 2 kl 2 (1 2 )

fiziks
Q27. Solution: (c)

E before decay = mc2
Pbefore = 0
E after decay = E + E =
Pafter = P + P
E + E = mc2 E = |P|c
E E 2 m2 c 4 mc 2 | P | E2 m2 c 4
(m 2 m2 )c2
E
2m
Q28. Ans: (c)
Q29. Ans: (c)
2 2
Solution: J 2 1 22 2 1 2
4
2J 2 1 2 2
1 2 1 2
2 2
2J 2 1 2J 2
2 x2 y2 z2 3 I 3 I 3 I 3I
2 2 2
Q30. Ans : (d)

1 1
z exp n
n 0 2 kT
2sin
2kT

E kT 2 ln z cot h
T 2 2kT
Q31. Ans : (c)
1 0 1 0 0 i
Sz , 1/ 2 , 1/ 2 and Sy
2 0 1 0 1 2 i 0
For eigen vector corresponds to
1 1 1 1 1 0 1/ 2 i 1/ 2
i = i =
2 2 2 0 2 1 2

fiziks
Q32. Ans: (a)

1
Solution: F
e 1
1
F D
e D 1
Q33. Solution: (a)
From classius clapeyron equation
dP q

dT T(Vv VL )
PVv kT Vv >> VL
1 dP q
2
P dT kT
q

kT
Pe
Q: 34. Ans (c)
1 1 1 3 1 1 ' 2
V r
4 0 r r

r ' d ' 2 r ' cos ' r ' d ' 2 2 '
r
' '
2 cos 2 r d ...
r

1
The first term (n = 0) is the monopole contribution (it goes like ). The second
r
1
term (n = 1) is the dipole term (it goes like ). The third term is quadrupole;
r2
the fourth octopole and so on.
Q: 35. Ans: (a)
Q: 36. Ans: (b)
Q
Electric field due to charge at A, E A along AD
4 0 L2
Q
Electric field due to charge at C, EC along CD
4 0 L2
Q
Electric field due to charge at B, E B along BD
4 0 2 L2

fiziks
Thus resultant field E E A2 EC2 E B 2 2 1 8Q L 2

0
Q Q Q 2 2 1 Q
Potential V V A V B VC
4 0 L 4 2 0 L 4 0 L 2 4 0 L
Q: 37. Ans:(c)

surface current K v K a . ,thus A A

Magnetic field inside is B.dl 0 I enc Bl 0 kl B u0 k B 0 a z
Thus
1 A 1 1
B A rA r rA 0 aw A 0 a r .
r r r r 2
Q: 38. Ans: (a)
Q:39. Ans: (d)
d d
1 Q2 1 Q2
Solution: W F .dl 4z2 dz

4 0
4 0 2 d
Q:40. Ans: (c) Q JK JK K

Q:41 Ans: (d)
Q:42 Ans: (a)
4 2 x 1 2 2x 4 1
Solution: sin sin 1 2
5 a a 5 a a 5 5
2 2
4
E
5ma 2
Q43: Ans: (a)
Solution: using the conservation of momentum and energy respectively
3mc 5mc2
p1 p 2 , p1c p 2 c
4 4
Q44: Ans: (b)
Q45: Ans:(c)
1 5 25
E 2 E1 3i 5 j . Since f 0 E 2 E1 5k k
2 4 4

fiziks
PART C
Q: 46 Ans: (c).
Solution:
First, let t0 = 0, y0 = 1, and h = 1. Thus, we have
K0 = f(0, 1) = 1
K1 = f(0.5, 1.5) = 0.25
K2 = f(0.5, 1.125) = 0.4375
K3 = f(1, 1.4375) = -0.4375
(K0 + 2K1 + 2K2 + K3)/6 = 0.3229
Therefore, approximation is y1 = y0 + h 0.3229 = 1.322.
Q: 47 Ans: (b)
Solution: We know that
Torque T = x J
1
2

J 2 ma 0
0

J x 6ma 2 0 2ma 2 0

J y 0 8ma 2 0 0

2
J z 2ma 0 2ma 2
J J
i j k
2ma 2 j
0 0
2ma 2 0 2
2ma

V
Q: 48 Ans: (b) : A 0 0
t

fiziks
Q: 49. Ans: (b)

Hence two walls are rigid.
L
Then P(x)dx 2
0
L/2 L

0
2m(E n V0 )dx 2mE n
L/2
dx L 2m
E n V0 E n 2n
2n
E n V0 E n
2mL
Q: 50. Ans: (b)
Solution: The interaction energy of a dipole moment s in a magnetic
field is
int s sz
eh
where sz is z-component of s sz
4m
eh
int
4m
the difference in energy of the electrons having spins parallel and antiparallel to
the field is ms 1/ 2
E1
1 2 E
eh eh eh E2

4m 4m 2m
ms 1/ 2

1.6 10 6.63 10 1 1.856 10
19 34
23
J
2 3.14 9.110 31
1.16 10 4 eV

fiziks
Q: 51 Ans: (b)
Solution: The relation between e and force constant k is
osc 1 k
e
c 2c
or k 4 2 e2 c 2
1 516 Nm 1
Thus e 2988cm 1
2 3 1010 1.627 10 27 kg
The wave number of hot band line (v = 1 v = 2) is
e 1 4 xe 29881 4 0.0174 thus 2780 cm -1

Q: 52. Ans: (b)
Q: 53 Ans: (b)
Q: 54 Ans: (a)
Q: 55 Ans: (b)
Q:56 Ans: (b)

c 3 10 8
Solution: f c 2.14 GHz ,
2a 2 7 10 2
0
g 10.8 11.0 cm
1 fc / f
2

fiziks
Q: 57. Ans: (b)

Let the mass of new particle be M and that of the incident particle be m. The incident
particle has total energy E = m + T = 3m. At threshold, M is produced at rest and the
invariant mass squared is
2
S E m p 2 M 2
With E 2 p 2 m 2 , this gives
M 2 2 Em 2m 2 8m 2
i.e. M 2 2m
Q: 58 Ans: (b)
The second order perturbation energy is
2
m0 V ( x) n0
E 2
E 0
n E m0
2
1 1 i(k )x
Where n0 e ikx and m0 e L
;
L L
and corresponding energy eigen value is
2
2
2
k
2k 2 L
E n0 and 0
Em ;
2m 2m
Therefore
2 2 2 2
L L
1 i ( k
L
)x 2 1 ikx 1 i ( k
L
)x 2 1 ikx
L
e V0 cos x
L L
e dx L
e V0 cos x
L L
e dx
2 0 0
E 2
2

2 2 2 k 2 2 2 2 k 2
k L k L
2m 2m 2m 2m


fiziks
2 2
L 2 2
i x i x
2
i x L 2
i x i 2 x 2
i x

e ikx e L e L e L e ikx dx ikx L e L e L e ikx dx
2 e e
V0 0 0
E 2 2

2L 2 2

2m

k k g
2 2
2m

k k g
2

2 2
L 2
2i x L 2i 2 x

0 1 e dx 0 e 1dx
L L
2
V
E 2 0 2 2
2 L k 2 k 2 g 2 2kg

k 2 k 2 g 2 2 kg

2m 2m

2 2
iL iL
2 L 1 1 1 1 L
V0 4

4

E 2 2
2

2 L g 2 2kg

g 2 2kg
2m 2m
mV02 1 1
E 2 2
2
2

2 g 2kg
g 2kg
Q: 59 Ans: (a)
Solution: If the electron gas confined in one dimension rod of length L, then
number of possible states in between k and k + dk
L
g k dk dk

Since, electrons have spin 1/2. So multiply above equation with 2.
2L
g k dk dk g E


fiziks
Q: 60 Ans: (b)
For a crystal having N number of atoms in the primitive basis, the number of
modes in various classes will be as follows
Longitudinal acoustical modes = 1
Transverse acoustical modes = 2
Longitudinal optical modes = N-1
Transverse optical modes = 2(N-1)
Q: 61 Ans: (c)
Q: 62 Ans: (b)
Q: 63. (A) Ans: (c)
For the fcc structure and one valence electron per atom we have 4 electrons per cubic unit
cell so that
n = N/V = 4/a3 = 5.9 1028m-3
The Fermi energy is
(B) Ans: (a)

The heat capacity per atom at room temperature T is
r
Where T F = EF/kB = 6.37 10 4K

Note that since T r << T F we can use the low temperature limit. We have therefore
Q: 64 Ans: (a)
30 L 2 2 10 2 10
Q: 65 Ans: (b) t | H | t x (L 2Lx x )dx 2
2 Exact.
L5 0 2mL
Q: 66 Ans: (a)
Q: 67 Ans: (b)

fiziks
Q: 68 Ans: b
1 B1 I 2 2
1.1
2 B 2 I 1 1
Q: 69 Ans: (c)
Binding energy of product nucleus= 90 6 90 6 1080
Binding energy of original nucleus= 180 4 720
Energy released in this process = 1080 720 360 MeV

Q: 70 Ans: (c)
Q71. Ans: (b)
Q72. Ans: (b)

Q73. Ans: (a)
Q74. (A) Ans (a)
To find the value of Z for which binding energy is maximum (corresponding to
dEb
maximum stability), we must have 0.
dZ
(B) Ans: (a)
10
B has 5 protons and 5 neutrons. Both have negative parity, so total parity is
positive. Further, both have spin=3/2. So total spin can be any of j p jn to
j p jn (with the gap of 1), ie. any of 0, 1, 2 and 3.
Q75. Ans: (d)
EB
Solution: S
0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fiziks
Answer of Full Length Test-02

PART A
Q1: Ans: (d) Q2: Ans: (d) Q3: Ans: (c)

Q4: Ans: (c) Q5: Ans: (c) Q6: Ans: (c)
Q7: Ans: (b) Q8: Ans: (a) Q9: Ans: (a)
Q10: Ans: (b) Q11: Ans: (d) Q12: Ans: (a)
Q13: Ans: (d) Q14: Ans: (b) Q15: Ans: (c)
Q16: Ans: (c) Q17: Ans: (b) Q18: Ans: (b)
Q19: Ans: (c) Q20: Ans: (c)
PART B
Q21. Ans: (a)

Q22. Ans: (b)
Q23. Ans: (d)
2i 2j k
Q24. Ans: (a) n
3
Q25. Solution: (d)
Q26. Ans (c):

1 1 1 1
T m(x 12 x 22 ) and V k1x12 k 2 (x 2 x1 ) 2 kx 22
2 2 2 2
1 1 1
k1x12 k 2 (x 22 x12 2x1x 2 ) k1x 22
2 2 2
1 1 1
x (k1 k 2 )x12 (k1 k 2 )x 22 k 2x1x 2
2 2 2
m 0 k k2 k 2
T and V 1
0 m k 2 k1 k 2

fiziks
For Normal frequencies.

(V 2 T) 0
k1 k 2 2 m k 2
2 0
k 2 k1 k 2 m
(k1 k 2 2 m) 2 k 22 0
(k1 k 2 2 m k 2 )(k1 k 2 2 m k 2 ) 0
(k1 2k 2 2 m)(k1 2 m) 0
k1 k1 2k 2
1 and 2
m m
Q27. Solution: (c)
dF F
[H, F] P P
dt t 0
m m
dF
0 F = constant of motion.
dt
Q28. Solution: (c)
Q29. Solution: (b)

1 2 9 1 2 E 9 E
H E1 E 2 E 3 E 0 0 0
14 7 14 14 7 4 14 9
1 1 1 3E 0
E0
14 14 14 14
Q30. Solution: (b)
[L z cos ]
L z cos cos L z Lz cos cos Lz cos Lz

Lz cos i cos

i sin i sin

fiziks
Q31. Ans: (c)

Solution: The possible energy for given system in 1 , 3 , 4 . (For FD statistics).
Q32. Ans: (a)

E = P E = PE cos
2kT PE
z e PE cos /kT sin d z sin h
0 PE kT
Q33. Solution: (b)
G 5 ap
S R R ln 5/2
T p 2 (RT)
S 5
Cp T R
T 2
Q34. Ans: (a)
Q35. Ans: (c)
Q 3Q Q 3Q 19Q 2
F 2 2

4 0 1 1 2
2 16 0
Q36. Ans: (d)
Q: 37. Ans: (c)
108 c
Solution: 1015 , k 2 10 7 v n 3 2 4.2
k 2 v
Q38. Ans: (d) Q39. Ans: (c) Q40. Ans: (b)
Q41: Ans: (d) Q42: Ans: (c)
Q43: Ans: (d)

1 1
L mx 2 y 2 z 2 mgZ Z a x 2 y 2
2 2
1
Which has cylindrical symmetries x r cos , y r sin , z=z Z a r2
2
1
x r cos r sin y r sin r cos Z a rr so L m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2 gar 2
2

fiziks
Q44: Ans: (a)

Solution:
2 T 2
T E F 1
12 TF
Q45: Ans : (c)
PART C
Q46. Ans: (c)
Solution: Separation of variables with u(x,t) (x)G(t) gives
dG d 2
( k 1)G and .
dt dx 2
The boundary conditions gives
G(t) (0) 0
d d
G(t) (L) G(t) (L) G(t) (L) (L) 0
dx dx
So for non- trivial solutions
d
(0) and (L) (L) 0 .
dx
Q47. Ans: (a)
Q48. Ans: (d) Degeneracy is 2S+1 =3
Q49. Ans: (a)
m | w | n qE
| n | m n | n 1 n 1 | n 1
m n
0
En Em 0
2m

Where W = qEx qE (a 1 a)
2m

m | X | n n m,m 1 n 1m,m 1
2m
Q50. Ans: (b)

fiziks
Q51. Ans: (a)

Let the frequency of the photon be v and the momentum of the atom in the excited
state be p.
The conservation laws of the energy and momentum give

Mc 2 h M p 2 c 2
2

1/ 2
Conservation of Energy
h
p Conservation of Momentum
c
And hence,
c 2
1
h 2M
Q52. Ans: (c)
, here n is the dimensionality
Q53. Ans: (b)
Q54. Ans: (d)
Hints: E1 =3.27MeV, E2 =4.03Mev, E3 =17.59MeV
Q55. Ans: (c)
Q56. Ans: (d)

Hints:
(a) ut ( pux ) x
puxx 0uxt px ux ut 0
Since 0 2 p0 0, the equation is parabolic.
(b) utt c 2 uxx u
utt 0utx c 2 uxx u 0
Since 0 2 (1)(c 2 ) 0, the equation is hyperbolic.
(c) (qux ) x (qut ) t 0
quxx 0uxt qutt qx ux qt ut 0
Since 02 qq 0, the equation is elliptic.
uttx u xx 0 is wave equation which is hyperbolic.

fiziks
Q57. Ans: (c)

P2 J
H P
2mR 2 2
J J 2 E J
H E
42 2mR 2 8m2 R 2 4mR 2
Q58. Ans: (c)
Q59. Ans: (c)
Solution: (a) Forbidden as it violates J = 0, 1 0
0
(b) Forbidden as it violates J = 0, 1 (Here J = 2)
(c) Forbidden as it violates L = 0, 1 (Here L = 2)
Q60. Ans: (b)
Q61. Ans: c
Q62. Ans: (b)
Q63. Ans: (d)

Q64. Ans: (c)
Q65. Ans -: (b)
Solution: If the electron gas confined in one dimension rod of length L, then number of
possible states in between k and k + dk
L 2k 2 2mE
g k dk dk Since, E k
2m 2
1/ 2
2m 1
dk 2 E 1 / 2 dE
2
1/ 2
L 2m 1 1 / 2
g ( E ) dE E dE
2 2
Since, electrons have spin 1/2. So multiply above equation with 2.
1/ 2
L 2m
g ( E )dE 2 E 1 / 2 dE

At T = 00 K. The total number of electron between E = 0 and EF is

fiziks
EF 1 / 2 EF
L 2m
N F E g E dE N 2 E
1 / 2
dE (Since F(E) = 1 at T=0K)
0
0
1/ 2 1/ 2
L 2m E 1F/ 2 2 L 2m
2 E 1F/ 2
1/ 2 2
2 2
2 2 N 2 N
EF
2m 2 L 2m 2 L
Q: 66. Ans: (b)
Q: 67. (A) Ans: (a) Qenc 0 E.d a 4 0
S
(B) Ans: (a)
Q68. (A) Ans: (c)
Hints: (i) Forbidden; muon and electron lepton numbers are not conserved.
(ii) Forbidden; baryon number not conserved.
(iii) Allowed; by weak interaction as S 1 , but not by strong because

strangeness is not conserved.
(B) Ans: (c)
Hints:
p x1 K 0
B : 0 1 x1 0
S : 0 0 x1 (1)
p p x2 K p
B : 1 1 x1 0 1
S : 0 0 x1 (1) 0
K n x3 0 0
B : 0 1 x1 0 0
S : 1 0 x1 0 0

fiziks
Q69. Ans: (d)

1 ZZ e2
Hints: Vc , where Z and Z are the atomic numbers of the two
4 0 R R
nuclei and R and R are their effective radii. Classically, the distance of closest
approach is R R .
Q70. (A) Ans: (c)

(B) Ans: (b)
There are 12 members in the lepton family: e , e, , , , , and their
antiparticles. Out of these only 10 are discovered so far. , and its antiparticle are
theoritically predicted but not discovered yet.
Q71: Ans: (d)

Q72: Ans: (c)
Q73: Ans: (b)
Q74: Ans: (a)
2 2
c m n 2
f mn , mn
2 a b 2
m n
2

a b
So, 10 14.4 cm, 01 6.8 cm, 11 6.15 cm, 20 7.21 cm
10 . Hence TE10 mod e can be used .
Q75: Ans: (a)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fiziks
Answer of Full length test- 03

PART A
ANSWER ANY 15 QUESTONS
Q1. Ans: b Q2. Ans: c Q3. Ans: b

Q4. Ans: a Q5. Ans: d Q6. Ans: c
Q7. Ans: d Q8. Ans: d Q9. Ans: b
Q10. Ans: d Q11. Ans: d Q12. Ans: d
Q13. Ans: c Q14. Ans: d Q15. Ans: b
Q16. Ans: c Q17. Ans: b Q18. Ans: b
Q19. Ans: c Q20. Ans: a
PART B
Q21: Ans: (a)
Pole at order two z = i and i.
Q22: Solution:(d)
Q23: Ans: (d)
Q24: Solution: (a)

= np = 2
2 = np(1 p) = 8/5 2(1 p) = 8/5 (1 p) = 8/10
8 1
p 1 i.e p np = 2 and n = 10
10 5
Q25. Ans: (b)
1
The Lagrangian of the particle is L ,
2

ma 2 2 sin 2 2 mga cos
1 2 p2
So Hamiltonian is given by H p mga cos
2ma 2 sin 2


fiziks
Q26. Ans (a)

Q27. Ans: ( b )
Q28. Ans (b)

L2z m2 2
E m ... 3, 2, 1, 0,1, 2,3...
2 mR 2 2mR 2
Here m l
Q29. Ans (d)

Q30. Ans (b)
Q31. Ans: (b)
j ( j 1) 2 j ( j 1) 2
2 k
Z (2 j 1)e 2 IkT
(2 j 1)e 2 IkT
dj =
0
2
Q32. Ans (c)

Q33. Ans (d)
Q34. Ans: (b)
r
2
Qenc 0 E da 0 1 e
r / R
r 2
2

r sin ddr 0 1 e r / R sin dd
0 0
1
at r R , Qenc 4 0 1 .
e
Q35. Ans: (a)
Inside the square, there is only one point where field vanishes.
Q36. Ans: (a)

1
r

B A F r 10 3 . Since F is a constant vector, let
4 r

x y z

F F0 x y z , F r F0 F0 F0 x z y F0 y z x F0 z y x F0
x y z

fiziks
x z y

F r x z y
xF0 F0 y F0 F0 zF0 F0 2 F0 x y z
z y F0 x z F0
y x F0

1 1 F r F
2

F r F0 x y z , 3 0 . Thus B .
4 2 r 2
Q: 37. Ans: (c)
Q38. Ans: (a)

1 1
TS 100 s .
2 f S 10 10 3
Q39. Ans: (c)
Q40. Ans: (b)
Z A.B B 0
Q41. Ans: (d)
i P i 5 10 3
Pin int hf , number of photon in int .8 19
2.5 1016
e hf e 1.6 10
Q42. Ans: (d)
The Power is P = VI = 20 x 0.5 = 10 Watts
P P
I; V
V I
2
P 2 P 2
2 2 2 2 2
Thus P I V V I I V
V I
P2 V2 I2

P2 V 2 I 2
Thus P P
V2 I2
10
0.52 0.12 = 2.0
V2 I2 202 0.52

fiziks
Q43. Ans: (c)

n 2 h 2 0
Solution: The orbital radius in Bohr atom is rn 2
n 2 a0 n 1,2,3........
me
Where ao = 0.529 x 10-10 m is Bohr radius.
rn 1.00 0 5
Now n 435
a0 5.29 10 11
while the electron energy En is given in terms of the quantum number (n) as
me 4 1 E1
En n 1,2,3.........
8 02 h 2 n 2 n 2
where E1 = 13.6 eV
13.6
En 7.19 10 5 eV
435 2
Q44. Ans d
Q45. Ans ( a)
1/ 2(2 S1 S1 )(2T1 T1 ) 1/ 2(3S1 2 S1 )(2T1 T1 ) 1
=
1/ 2(2 S1 S1 )(2T1 T1 ) 1/ 2(3S1 2S1 )(2T1 T1 ) (3S1 S1 )T1 3
PART C
Q46. Ans: (a)
Q47. Ans (c)
Q48. Ans (d)

N N
w entropy K ln w = K ln
N N N N
2 2 2 2

using sterling approximation one will get Nk B ln 2

fiziks
Q49. Ans: (c)
2 2 n 2 0 2 nx
Solution: Unperturbed: En 0 2
, n x sin
2ma a a
a
2 nx
En1 n 0 W n 0 sin 2 w x a / 2
a0 w
First order correction:
2 n odd

0 n even
Q50. Ans: (d)

E x, y , z , t E 0 x 2 Az exp ik 0 ct x 3 z .

Comparing with term e i k r t k k 0 x 3 z and k 0 c .
k0c c
Since v Refractive index n 2 .
k k 02 3k 02 2
1

Since k n 0 k 0 x 3z x 2 Az 0 k 0 1 A 6 0 A
6
Q51. Ans: (a)
Q52. Ans: (a)
2
Magnitude of angular momentum of spinning sphere of radius r is given by I Mr 2
5
Quantum mechanically the magnitude of spinning electron is
s s 1 where s 1
2
2 2 5
According to problem 2 mr ,
5 2mr 2
Q53. Ans: (b)
Q54. Ans: (d)

Q55. Ans: (d)
Q56. Ans: (d)

fiziks
Q57. Ans (d)
2V
2
V al 2 x xo 1 a
0 x0 0, x0 , =f
x 2b m m
Q58. Ans ( d)
Q59. Ans: (b)
Q60. Ans: (d)
Q61. Ans: (b)
Solution: For anharmonic oscillator
2
1 1
v e v e xe v
2 2
zero point energy corresponds to v = 0.
1 1
0 e e xe
2 4
1 1
For H2: 0 4395 118 2168cm 1
2 4
1 1
For D2: 0 3118 64 1543cm 1
2 4
Q62. Ans: (b)
Q63. Ans: (b)
Solution: The rotational energy is
h2 2 h2 h2
EJ J J 1 , E = E J=1 E J=0 =
8 2 I 8 2 I 8 2 r 2
1 1
M r 2 1.7 10 27 0.85 10 27 kg
2 2
I r 2 0.85 10 27 (0.75 10 10 ) 2 0.478 10 47 kgm 2
h2 2 (1.054 10 34 ) 2
and E 2
2 47
1.45 10 2 eV
8 I I 0.478 10

fiziks
Q64. Ans: (c)

Volume of the aluminium foil (V1) = 0.126 x 10-6m3
Volume of the unit cell (V2) = a3 = 0.0664 x 10-27m3.
Number of unit cell = V1/V2 = 1.9 x 1021
Q65. Ans: (b)
The dispersion relation for the vibration of one dimensional diatomic lattice
containing atoms of same mass M and connected with springs of force constant 1 and 2
is
We observe that there are two values of for a given K, upper branch is called Optical
branch with following dispersion relation
The lower branch is called Acoustical branch whose dispersion relation is
At K = /2a, we get the maximum frequency of acoustical branch as
At K = /2a, we get the minimum frequency of optical branch as
At K = 0, we get the maximum frequency of optical branch as

fiziks
Q66. Ans: (b) B y

t
Solution: The Hall voltage is w
x
BI BI
VH RH
neW W z
0.8 20 10 3 B B
VH 3
3.84 10 4 = 6.14 x 10-2 V
0.1 10
Q: 67. Ans: (d)
Since B z B0 cos0.3x cos0.4y
m n
0.3 where m 1 and 0.4 where n 1
a b
a 3.33cm, b 2.50cm
2 2
c m n c 1 1
f m, n f1,1 2
2 7.5 GH z .
2 a b 2 a b
For propagation, frequency of incident wave must be greater than cutoff frequency.
Q68. Ans: (a)
VCC VBE 9.7 0.7
IB 3
30 A I C I B 100 30 10 6 3mA
RB 300 10
and VCE VCC I C RC 12 3 2 6V
Q69. Ans: (b)

1/ 3 1/ 3
R A 27
Since R R0 A
1/ 3
Y Y
R X AX 64
RY 3 3
RY 4.8 10 13 3.6 10 13 cm 4 10 13 cm
RX 4 4
Q70. Ans ( c )

fiziks
Q71. Ans: (a)

r2
A A A rr / r r C
2
V V / t V r r / t
Q72. Ans: (b)
v0 X C RF v
0 10
vin R1 R1 RF vin
Q73. Ans ( a)
Possible values of Energy is
E1 J 1 1 J
E 2 J 1 1 J
E3 J 1 1 J
E 4 J 1 1 J
degeneracy at E1 J g1 2
E2 J g2 2
J J

J 2e kT 2 Je kT
U J J

2e kT 2e kT
kTJ
J
kT

e e
U J J
J
e kT e kT

J
U J tanh
kT
J J 2
1 kT 1 kT 0 J

J J .J = J2
J J
1 1 o( J 2 )
kT kT

fiziks
Q74. Ans c
3 5
For type A energy E1 2 1
2 2 2
3 8
For type B energy E2 2 2
2 2 2
13
Total energy E E1 E2
2
Q75. Ans: (c)

Solution:
At (k x = ky = kz = 0),
The effective mass of the electron is
At the bottom of the conduction band (kx = ky = k z = 0), the effective mass is equal to the free electron
mass (m0 = 9.1x10-31kg).
this gives A = 0.407eV
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fiziks
ALL INDIA TEST SERIES

FOR
CSIR NET/JRF (PHYSICS) December- 2013
Full Length Test01
PHYSICAL SCIENCES
TIME: 3 HOURS MAXIMUM MARKS: 200
Part 'A' This part shall carry 20 questions pertaining to General Aptitude with emphasis,
On logical reasoning, graphical, analysis, analytical and numerical ability, quantitative
comparison, series formation, puzzles etc. The candidates shall be required to answer any 15
questions. Each question shall be of two marks. The total marks allocated to this section
shall be 30 out of 200.
Part 'B' This part shall contain 25 Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) generally
covering the topics given in the Part A (CORE) of syllabus. All questions are
compulsory. Each question shall be of 3.5 Marks. The total marks allocated to this
section shall be 70 out of 200.
Part 'C' This part shall contain 30 questions from Part B(Advanced) that are designed
to test a candidate's knowledge of scientific concepts and/or application of the scientific
concepts. The questions shall be of analytical nature where a candidate is expected to
apply the scientific knowledge to arrive at the solution to the given scientific problem. A
candidate shall be required to answer any 20. Each question shall be of 5 Marks. The total
marks allocated to this section shall be 100 out of 200.
There will be negative marking @25% for each wrong answer.

fiziks
PART-A
Q1. A bag contains 20 balls. 8 balls are green, 7 are white and 5 are red. What is the
minimum number of balls that must be picked up from the bag blind folded
(without replacing any of it) to be assured of picking at least one ball of each
colour?
(a) 4 (b) 7 (c) 11 (d)16
Q2. A club has 108 members. Two-thirds of them are men and the rest are women. All
members are married except for 9 women members. How many married women
are there in the club?
(a) 20 (b) 24 (c) 27 (d)30
Q3. A complete cycle of a traffic light takes 60 seconds. During each cycle the light is
green for 25 seconds, yellow for 5 seconds, and red for 30 seconds. At a randomly
chosen time, the probability that the light will not be green is
(a) 1/3 (b) 1/4 (c) 5/12 (d) 7/12
Q4. A city has a population of 300000 out of which 180000 are males. 50% of the
population is literate. If 70% of the males are literate, the number of literate
females is
(a) 24,000 (b) 30,000 (c) 54,000 (d) 60,000
Q5. Two cars X and Y start from two places A B respectively which are 700 km apart
at 9 a.m. Both the cars run at an average speed of 60 km/hr. Car X stops at 10 a.m.
and again starts at 11 a.m. while the other car Y continues to run without
stopping. When do the two cars cross each other?
(a) 2:40 p.m. (b) 3:20 p.m.
(c) 4:10 p.m. (d) 4:20 p.m.

fiziks
Q6. A big rectangular plot of area 4320 m2 is divided into 3 square shaped smaller
plots by fencing parallel to the smaller side of the plot. However some area of lan
was still left as a square could not be formed. So, 3 more square-shaped plots
were formed by fencing parallel to the longer side of the original plot such that no
area of the plot was left surplus. What are the dimensions of the original plot?
(a) 160 m 27 m (b) 240 m 18 m
(c) 120 m 36 m (d) 135 m 32 m
Q7. A square pond has 2m sides and is 1m deep. If it is to be enlarged, the depth
remaining the same, into a circular pond with the diagonal of the
square as diameter as shown in the figure, then what would be the
volume of earth to be removed?
(a) (2 4)m3 (b) (4 4)m3

(c) (4 2)m3 (d) (2 2)m3
Q8. In the above figure, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral, AB =

BC and BAC = 70, then ADC is
(a) 40 (b) 80
(c) 110 (d) 140
Q9. A solid cube just gets completely immersed in water when a 0.2 kg mass is placed
on it. If the mass is removed, the cube is 2 cm above the water level. What is the
length of each side if the cube?
(a) 12 cm (b) 10 cm
(c) 8 cm (d) 6 cm

fiziks
Q10. In a dinner party both fish and meat were served. Some took only fish and some
only meat. There were some vegetarians who did not accept either. The rest
accepted both first and meat.
Which one of the following diagrams correctly reflects the above situations?
Q11. An accurate clock shows 8 O clock in the morning. Through how many degrees
will the hour hand rotate when the clock shows 2 Oclock in the afternoon?
(a) 150 (b) 144
(c) 168 (d) 180
Q12. A person has to completely put each of three liquids: 403 litres of petrol, 465
litres of diesel and 496 litres of Mobil Oil in bottles of equal size without mixing
any of the above three types of liquids such that each bottle is completely filled.
What is the least possible number of bottles required?
(a) 34 (b) 44
(c) 46 (d) None of the above
Q13. If all the numbers from 501 to 700 are written, what is the total number of times
does the digit 6 appear?
(a) 138 (b) 139
(c) 140 (d) 141

fiziks
Q14. A two member committee comprising of one male and one female member is to
be constituted out of five males and thee females. Amongst the females, Ms a
refuses to be a member of the committee in which Mr B is taken as the member.
In how many different ways can the committee be constituted?
(a) 11 (b) 12
(c) 13 (d) 14
Q15. Five balls of different colours are to be placed in three different boxes such that
any box contains at least one ball. What is the maximum number of different
ways in which this can be done?
(a) 90 (b) 120
(c) 150 (d) 180
Q16. In a question of a test paper, there are five items each under List A and List B.
The examinees are required to match each item under List A with its
corresponding correct item under List B. Further, it is given that
(i) No examinee has given the correct answer
(ii) Answers of no two examinees are identical
What is the maximum number of examinees who took this test?
(a) 24 (b) 26 (c) 119 (d) 129
Q17. A mixed doubles tennis game is to be played between two teams (each team
consists of one male and one female). There are 4 married couples. No team is to
consists of a husband and his wife. What is the maximum number of games that
can be played?
(a) 12 (b) 21
(c) 36 (d) 42

fiziks
Q18. There are 8 equidistant points A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H in the clockwise

direction on the periphery of a circle. In a time interval t, a person reaches from A
to C with uniform motion while another person reaches the point E from the point
B during the same time interval with uniform motion. Both the persons move in
the same direction along the circumference of the circle and start at the same
instant. How much time after the start, will the two persons meet each other?
(a) 4t (b) 7t
(c) 9t (d) Never
Q19. If the radius of the earth were to shrink by one percent, its mass remaining the
same, the value of g on the earths surface would
(a) increase by 0.5% (b) increase by 2%
(c) decrease by 0.5% (d) decrease by 2%
Q20. A person travels from X to Y at a speed of 40 kmph and returns by increasing his
speed by 50% . What is his average speed for both the trips?
(a) 36 kmph (b) 45 kmph
(c) 48 kmph (d) 50 kmph

fiziks
PART-B
dz
Q21. z 6
where c is along the contour as shown in figure. Then the value of integration is
c
1
along c unit half circle.
4 4
(a) (b)
3 3
3 2
(c) (d)
3 3
1
Q22. f (z) then Laurent series expansion in the region 0 < |z| < 2
z(z 2)
n n
11 z 1 1 z
(a)
2 z n 0 2
(b)
2 z n0 2
2 2
1 2 1 2
(c)
z2
0 z (d) 2
z
0 z
Q23. The Fourier transform of a functions f(x) is the form : F f " x is
(a) 2 F f x (b) 2 F f ' x

(c) 2 f x
(d) 2 F f x

dx
Q24. The principal value of x is:

2
3 x 2 x 2 1

(a) (b)
10 5

(c) (d) 0
10

fiziks
Q25. A particle of rest mass m0 is subject to a constant Force F. If it starts from rest from
origin at time t = 0 find its position as a function of time.
m 0 c2 m 0c 2
(a) (b) 1 (Ft / mc)
F F
1/2
m 0 c2 m 0c 2 Ft
(c) 1 (Ft / mc) 1 (d) 1 2
1
F F mc
Q26. If Lagrangian of system is given by
1 2 2 2 1 1
L ml (1 2 ) mgl (12 22 ) kl 2 (1 2 ) 2
2 2 2
Where 1 and 2 are generalized co-ordinate then the equation of motion is given by
(a) ml 21 mgl1 kl 2 ( 2 1 ) (b) ml 21 mgl1 kl 2 ( 2 1 )
(c) ml 22 mgl 2 kl 2 ( 2 1 ) (d)
ml 22 mgl 2 kl 2 ( 2 1 )
Q27. A Pion at rest decays into a muon and a neutrino. Find the energy of outgoing muon in
terms of mass of Pion m and mass of muon m.
(m 2 m2 )c2 (m 2 m2 )c2
(a) (b)
2m m
(m 2 m2 )c 2 (m 2 m2 )c2
(c) (d)
2m m
Q28. Consider the one dimensional wave function where
n x
x
x A e x0 x>0
x0
=0 Otherwise Where A, n, and x0 are constant.
Using Schrodinger equation find energy eigen value E for which this wave
function is an Eigen function, it is given. x V x 0
2 32 2 22
(a) (b) (c) (d)
mx 2 0 2mx2 0 2mx2 0 mx 20

fiziks

Q29. If 1 and 2 are pauli spin matrices for two particles. If J is total angular

momentum J 1 2 then 1 2 is equivalent to
2
2J 2 2 J 2 3I
(a) I (b)
2 2 2
2J 2 2J 2 I
(c) 3I (d)
2 2 2
Q30. A one-dimensional quantum harmonic oscillator (whose ground state energy is

is in thermal equilibrium with heat both at temperature T. The mean value
2kT
of the oscillator energy is given by

(a) sin h (b) cos h
2 2kT 2 2kT

(c) tan h (d) cot h
2 2kT 2 2kT
Q31. If 1/2 and -1/2 is the wave function of the Sz component of spin operator then

eigen vector corresponding to eigen value of Sy operator is given by
2
(a) 1/2 (b) -1/2
1/ 2 i 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2
(c) (d)
2 2
Q32. For a system of electron, assume non-interacting the probability of finding an electron in
a state with Energy D above the chemical potential is given by
1 1
(a) D
(b) D
e 1 e 1
1 1
(c) D
(d) D
e 1 e 1

fiziks
Q33. If q is the heat of vaporization per particle and VL is the volume per particle in the
liquid and Vv is the volume per particle in vapor. Assume the vapor following the
ideal gas law and the density is much less then that of the liquid then pressure p is
proportional to
q q

(a) Pe kT (b) Pe kT
q q

2kT
(c) Pe (d) P e 2kT
Q: 34 An insulating sphere of radius R carries a charge

density r R 2 r 2 cos 2 ; r R . The leading order term for the electric
field at a distance d, far away from the charge distribution, is proportional to:
(a) d -1 (b) d-2 (c) d -3 (d) d-4
Q: 35. A dielectric cube of side a centered at the origin carries a polarization P k r , where k
is a constant. Then the total surface bound charge is:
ka 3 ka 3
(a) 3ka3 (b) -3ka3 (c) (d)
2 2
Q: 36. Three charges each equal to Q, are placed at the three corners (A, B and C) of a
square of side L. Then the magnitude of electric field and Potential at the fourth
corner D is respectively:
Q 2 2 1 Q Q
(a) D C
2 2 0 L , 2 2 4 0 L

2 2 1 Q L

(b) 2 2 1 8 Q L 2

4 L
0 , 2 0
Q Q
Q 2 2 1 Q A L B

(c) 2 2 1

8 0 L3 , 2 8 0 L
2 2 1 Q

(d) 2 2 1 8 Q L 2

8 L
0 , 2 0

fiziks
Q: 37. An infinitely long hollow cylinder of radius a carrying a surface charge density is
rotated about its cylindrical axis with a constant angular speed . Then the magnitude of
vector potential inside the cylinder at a distance r from its axis is:
(a) 2 0 a r (b) 0 a r
1 1
(c) 0 a r (d) 0 a r
2 4
Q: 38 The logic expression for the output y of the following circuit is
(a) Q P Q QR S P

Q
(b) P Q QR S

(c) P Q QR S R
S
(d) P Q QR S
Q: 39 A point charge Q is brought without any acceleration from infinity to a distance d from
an infinite plane conducting sheet. The work done on the charge is given by
1 Q2 1 Q2 1 Q2 1 Q2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 0 4d 4 0 2d 4 0 4d 4 0 2d
Q: 40. The truth table for the given circuit is

fiziks
(a) (b)
J K Q J K Q
0 0 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0
1 0 1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 1
(c) (d)
J K Q J K Q
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 0 1
1 1 1 1 1 0
Q41. A different Sawtooth wave is described by

1
( x), x 0
f ( x) 2
1
( x), 0 x
2
The Fourier series expansion of this function is
f ( x) 2

1n1 sin(nx)
1n1 sin(nx)
(a)
n 1 n
(b) f ( x ) 2 n 1n n

sin(nx)
(c) f ( x) sin(nx)
n 1
(d) f ( x)
n 1 n
Q42. A particle of mass m is confined to a one dimension region 0 x a at t =0 its

8 x x
normalised wave function is given by (x, t 0) 1 cos a sin a
5a
what is average energy of the system.
4 2 2 162 2 8 2 2 102 2
a) b) c) d)
5ma 2 5ma 2 2ma 2 2ma 2

fiziks
3
Q43. A neutral pion of (rest) mass momentum p mc decays into two photon, one of the
4
photon emitted in the same direction as the original pion and other in opposite direction.
Energy of the each photon is given by
mc2 3mc2 3mc 2
(a) , mc2 (b) ,
4 8 8
mc 2 mc2 5mc 2
(c) , (d) , mc2
2 2 8
Q: 44. Assuming that the operational amplifier shown in the figure below is ideal. Then
the closed loop gain of the circuit is
15V

(a) 100
15V 98K
(b) 50 Vin ~
10K

(c) 1000 2K
(d) 200
Q: 45 Assume that z 0 plane is the interface between two linear and homogenous dielectrics
(see figure). The relative permittivitys are r 5 for z > 0 and r 4 for z < 0. The

electric field in the region z > 0 is E 1 3i 5 j 5k k V m . If there are no free charges
on the interface, the electric field in the region z < 0 is given by
3 5 z
(a) E 2 i j k k V m r 5
4 4
z0

(b) E 2 3i 5 j k k V m
25 r 4
(c) E 2 3i 5 j k k V m
4
25
(d) E 2 3i 5 j k k V m
4

fiziks
PART C
Q: 46 Given the initial value problem y(1)(t) = 1 - t y(t) with y(0) = 1, approximation of y(1) by
Runge-Kutta method with h=1 would be:
(a) 1.35 (b)1.31 (c) 1.32 (d)1.34
Q: 47 The moment of Inertia tensor of a shaft is given by

6ma 2 0 2ma 2

I 0 8ma 2 0
2 2
2ma 0 2ma
If shaft is rotational about z axis, then the torque about o (origin) is given by
(a) 2ma 2 2 i (b) 2ma 2 2 j
(c) 2ma 2 2 i 8ma 2 2 j (d) 2ma 2 2 j 8ma 2 2 i
0 Q0
Q: 48 For a vector potential A the divergence of A is A where Q0 is a
4 r 2
constant of appropriate dimensions. The corresponding scalar potential V r , t that

makes A and V Lorentz gauge invariant is:
1 Qo t 1 Qo t
(a) (b)
4 0 r 2 4 0 r 2
1 Qo 1 Qo t
(c) (d)
4 0 r 2 4 0 r

fiziks
Q: 49. The potential is defined as

V(x) V0 0 x L / 2
0 L/ 2 x L
otherwise
Then from the W.K.B. approximation value of E n V0 E n is given by (En is
nth energy eigen value)

n 2n
(a) (b)
2mL 2mL
n 2n
(c) (d)
mL mL
Q: 50. Electron beam enters a uniform magnetic field of 1.0Tesla. The energy difference
electrons whose spins are parallel and antiparallel to the field is
(a) 1.01 x 10-3 eV (b) 1.16 x 10-4 eV
(c) 1.31 x 10-5 eV (d) 1.51 x 10-2 eV
1
Q: 51 The force constant of the bond in H35 Cl is 516N and anharmonicity
constant xe 0.0174 . The wave number of the HOT BAND line is
(a) 2988 cm-1 (b) 2780 cm-1 (c) 2880 cm-1 (d) 5668 cm-1
Q: 52. The electric (E) and magnetic (B) field amplitudes associated with an
electromagnetic radiation from a point source behave at a distance d from the
source as:
1 1
(a) E = constant, B = constant (b) E , B
d d
1 1 1 1
(c) E , B 2 (d) E 3
, B 3
d d d d

fiziks
Q: 53 Which of the following multipole transitions for spontaneous photon emission by an

excited atomic electron occurred through double photon transition?
(a) 2 p1 / 2 1s1 / 2 (b) 2 s1 / 2 1s1 / 2
(c) 2 d1 / 2 2 s1 / 2 (d) 3d 3 / 2 2 p1 / 2
Q: 54 Consider the following reactions:

(i) P 0 n
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)p p 0 0
Which of the above are allowed?
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iii)
(c) (i), (ii) and (iv) (d) (i), (iii) and (iv)
Q: 55 The free electron model for a metal assumes that the conduction electron can be
approximated by a gas of free electrons where the only important parameters for the gas
are n, the number density of electrons, and , the time between collisions. The resistivity
of copper metal is 1.7 x 10 -6 ohm-cm and the atomic density of copper is 8.5 x
10 22atoms/cc. the collision time for an electron in copper is.
(a) 1.25 x 10-14sec (b) 2.5 x 10-14sec
(c) 3.5 x 10-14sec (d) 5.0 x 10-14sec
Q56: An air-filled rectangular waveguide of inside dimensions 7 3.5 cm2, operates in
the dominant TE10 mode. Then the guided wavelength at 3.5 GHz is
(a) 8.0 cm (b) 11.0 cm
(c) 13.0 cm (d) 15.0 cm
Q57: A particle of rest mass m whose kinetic energy is twice its rest energy collides with a
particle of equal mass at rest. The two combine into a single new particle. Using only this
information, calculate the rest mass such a new particle would have.
(a) 2m (b) 2 2m
(c) 4m (d) 2m

fiziks
Q58: Consider an electron in a box of length L with periodic boundary condition

1 2k 2
(x) = (x + L). If the electron is in the k x e ik , x
with energy k , what
L 2m
is the correction to its energy, to second order of perturbation theory, when it is subjected
to a weak periodic potential V(x)=V0 cosgx, where g is an integral multiple of the 2/L?
(a) V02 g / k2
mV02 1 1
(b) 2 2
2 g 2 kg g 2kg

(c) V02 k g / g2

(d) V02 / k g
Q: 59 The energy of the band in the Tight Bonding (TB) model is given by
ik . x j
E (k ) E 0 e
j
Where and are constant, and xj is the position of the jth atom relative to the
atom at the origin, the sum goes over the nearest neighbors only. is the original
atomic energy level. is known as overlap integral and its value increases with
increasing overlap between orbits. For one dimension lattice having lattice
constant a and total length L, using the nearest neighbor approximation, the
energy dispersion relation is
E(k) = E0 2 Coska
The density of states of electrons (including spin degeneracy) in the energy band
is?
L L
(a) (b)
a sin ka 2 a sin ka
L L
(c) (d)
a coska 2 a coska

fiziks
Q: 60 For each polarization mode in a given propagation direction the dispersion

relation vs k develops two branches, known as Acoustical (A) and optical (O)
branches. For a crystal which has 2 number of atoms in the primitive basis. Which
of the following statement is true regarding the number of modes in various
classes?. Here L & T means longitudinal & transverse.
(a) It has one LA, one TA, two LO & two TO
(b) It has one LA, two TA, one LO & two TO
(c) It has one LA, two TA, two LO & one TO
(d) It has two LA, two TA, one LO & two TO
Q: 61 Consider the planes with indices (100) and (001); the lattice is FCC, and these Miller Indices
refers to the conventional unit cell. The primitive cell of the FCC is Trigonal. The indices of
these planes when referred to the primitive axes of FCC is
(a) (001) and (100) (b) (011) and (100)
(c) (011) and (101) (d) (101) and (101)
Q: 62 Figure shows the hypothetical two dimensional crystals consisting of atoms arranged on
square grid.
The reciprocal lattice of this lattice is

(a) b1 i j and b2 i j
a a

(b) b1 i j and b2 i j
a a

(c) b1 i j and b2 i j
a a

(d) b1 i j and b2 i j
a a

fiziks
Q: 63. Fcc Au (cubic lattice parameter a=4.08) has electrical resistivity =2.2cm at room
temperature. Using a free-electron model and assuming one valence electron per atom
(A) The fermi energy of the electron at T = 0K is
(a) 3.9eV (b) 4.5eV (c) 5.5eV (d) 6.1eV
(B) The electronic heat capacity per atom at room temperature is
(a) 2.010-6eVK-1 (b) 2.010-5eV K-1
(c) 2.010-4eV K-1 (d) 2.010-3eV K-1
Q: 64 In the NMR spectrum of ethanol (CH3CHClCH2Cl), the number of spectral lines in the
bunch corresponding to CH group is:
(a) 6 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 3
Q: 65 A particle is confined into a rigid box at width L one can choose trial wave
30
function x(L x) then ground state energy for trial function is equal to
L5
(a) Exact value of ground state energy
10
(b) times exact value of ground state energy
2
5
(c) times exact value of ground state energy
2
2
(d) times exact value of ground state energy
5
Q: 66 The exciting line in an experiment is 5460A0 and the Stokes line is at 5520A0. The
wavelength of the anti-stokes line is at
(a) 5401A0 (b) 4226A0 (c) 6558A0 (d) 5725A0

fiziks

Q: 67 Consider two sets of potential , A and , A , which corresponds to the same
electric and magnetic fields. Then which of the following represents the Gauge
Transformation :( where symbols have their usual meaning)

(a) A A , (b) A A ,
t t

(c) A A , (d) A A ,
t t t
Q: 68 Consider the CO molecule as a diatomic rigid rotor with a bond length of 1.12.
The reduced mass of the system is obtained from the atomic masses of C and O.
The rotational energies are defined in terms of B (the rotational constant) and J
(the rotational quantum number). If and denote the frequency of the first
rotational resonance lines for the molecules 12C16 O and 13C18O respectively, their
ratio / is approximately
(a) 1.5 (b) 1.1 (c) 0.9 (d) 1.01
Q: 69 The following histogram represents the binding energy per particle (B.E./A) in
MeV as a function of the mass number A of a nucleus
6
B.E.
A 4
40 80 160 120 200

A
A nucleus with mass number A = 180 fissions into two nuclei of equal masses. In
the process
(a) 180 MeV of energy is released (b) 180 MeV of energy is absorbed
(c) 360 MeV of energy is released (d) 360 MeV of energy is absorbed

fiziks
Q70: The eigenvectors of matrix

1 0 0
A 0 0 1
0 1 0

0 0 0 0 0 1
1 1 1 1
(a) , 2 , 1 (b) , 2 , 0
2 1 2 0
1
1 1 1

2 2 2 2

0 0 1 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
(c) , 2 , 0 (d) , 2 , 1
2 0 2 0
1
1 1 1

2 2 2 2
Q71. If a high energetic proton hit a stationary proton target and produce protons and
anti proton as
The required minimum kinetic energy of the striking proton to produce the
particles of zero velocity in the final state is
(a) 4.2BeV (b) 5.6BeV (c) 6.0BeV (d) 6.6BeV

Q72. The electric field E r , t for a circularly polarized electromagnetic wave propagating
along the positive z-direction is:
(a) E0 x y expi kz t (b) E0 x i y expi kz t
(c) E0 x i y expi kz t (d) E0 x y expi kz t

fiziks
Q73. Consider a doped semiconductor having the electron and the hole mobilities n
and p, respectively. Its intrinsic carrier density is n i. The hole concentration p for
which the conductivity is minimum at a given temperature is
n p
(a) ni (b) ni
p n
p n
(c) ni (d) ni
n p
Q74. (A) Semi-emperical formula for binding energy of a nucleous Z X A is
Z(Z 1) (A 2Z)2 a5
Eb a1 A a2 A2 / 3 a3 1/ 3
a4 (,0) 1/2 .
A A A
Atomic number of most stable isobar of a nucleus of given A is
a3 A 1/ 3 4a4 4a3 A 1/ 3 a4
(a) Z (b) Z
2a3 A1/ 3 8a4 A _ 1 2a3 A1/ 3 8a4 A _ 1
a3 A 2 / 3 4a4 4a3 A 2 / 3 a4
(c) Z (d) Z
2a3 A1/ 3 8a4 A _ 1 2a3 A1/ 3 8a4 A _ 1
(B) Which of the following is a possible spin-parity assignment for spin-parity of 10B
(a) 3 + (b) 3 (c) 3/2 + (d) 3/2
Q75. The quantum mechanical scattering leads a functions

x sin x
I x 2
dx . The value of I is

2

(a) (b) cos (c) cos (d) 0
2 2 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fiziks

FOR
Full Length Test02
PHYSICAL SCIENCES

fiziks
PART A
Q1: Three students are picked at random from a school having a total of 1000 students. The
probability that these three students will have identical date and month of their birth is
(a) 3/100 (b) 3/365
(c) 1/ (365)2 (d) 1/(365)3
Q2. If in a certain code SAND is VDQG and BIRD is ELUG. Then what is the code for
LOVE?
(a) PRYG (b) ORTG
(c) NPUH (d) ORYH
Q3. A box contains 5 sets of balls while there are 3 balls in each set. Each set of balls has one
colour which is different from every other set. What is the least number of balls that must
be removed from th box in order to claim with certainty that a pair of balls of the same
colour has been removed?
(a) 6 (b) 7
(c) 8 (d) 9
Q4. In 1930, a persons age was 8 times that of his son. In 1938, the fathers age became ten
times that of his sons age in 1930. The age of the son and father in 1940 were,
respectively.
(a) 16 years, 58 years (b) 15 years, 50 years
(c) 14 years, 42 years (d) 13 years, 34 years
Q5. Ten identical particles are moving randomly inside a closed box. What is the probability
that at any given point of time at the ten particles will be lying in the same half of the
box?
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/5
(c) 2/9 (d) 2/11

fiziks
Q6.
In the above set of figures (i) to (iv), some parts are shown to change their position in a
regular direction. Following the same sequence, which one of the following will appear at
the fifth stage?
Q7. 50 men or 80 women can finish a job in 50 days. A contractor deploys 40 men and 48
women for this work, but after every duration of 10 days, 5 men and 8 women are
removed till the work, but after every duration of 10 days, 5 men and 8 women are
removed till the work is completed. The work is completed in
(a) 45 days (b) 50 days
(c) 54 days (d) 62 days
Q8. An accurate clock shows the time as 3.00. After hour hand has moved 135, the time
would be
(a) 7.30 (b) 6.30
(c) 8.00 (d) 9.30

fiziks
Q9. The following figure represents time vs learning curves of two students, Q and R for
learning a mathematics lesson:
Which one of the following inferences can be drawn from the graph?
(a) R started slowly in the beginning but got ahead of Q to complete learning the
lesson
(b) Q started slowly and finished learning the lesson earlier than R
(c) R was always faster than Q in learning mathematics
(d) Q was always faster than R in learning mathematics
Q10. Most guitarists are bearded males. If A represents all males, B represents bearded males
and C represents all male guitarists, then the correct diagram for their relation (shaded
portion) is
Q11. Aryan runs at a speed of 40 metre/minute. Rahul follows him after an interval of 5
minutes and runs at a speed of 50 metre/minute. Rahuls dog runs at a speed of 60
metre/minute and starts along with Rahul. The dog reaches Aryan and then comes back to
Rahul, and continues to do so till Rahul reaches Aryan. What is the total distance covered
by the dog?
(a) 600 metres (b) 750 metres
(c) 980 metres (d) 1200 metres

fiziks
Q12. A train completes a journey with a few stoppages in between at an average speed of 40
km per hour. If the train had not stopped anywhere, it would have completed the journey
at an average speed of 60 km per hour. On an average, how many minutes per hour does
the train stop during the journey?
(a) 20 minutes per hour (b) 18 minutes per hour
(c) 15 minutes per hour (d) 10 minutes per hour
Q13. Three identical vessels A, B and C are filled with water, mercury and kerosene
respectively up to an equal height. The three vessels are provided with identical taps at
the bottom of the vessels. If the three taps are opened simultaneously, then which vessel
is emptied first?
(a) Vessel B
(b) All the vessels A, B and C will be emptied simultaneously
(c) Vessel A
(d) Vessel C
Q14. Out of the three annual examinations, each with a total of 500 marks, a student secured
average marks of 45% and 55% in the first and second annual examinations. To have an
overall average of 60% , how much marks does the student need to secure in the third
annual examination?
(a) 450 (b) 400
(c) 350 (d) 300
Q15. In a town 25% families own a phone and 15% own a car, 65% families own neither a
phone nor a car, 2000 families own both a car and a phone.
Consider the following statements in this regard:
(i) 10% families own both a car and a phone
(ii) 35% families own neither a car and a phone
(iii) 40000 families live in the town
Which of the above statements are correct?
(a) i and ii (b) i and iii
(c) ii and iii (d) i, ii and iii

fiziks
Q16. Water is filled in container in such a manner that its volume doubles after every five
minutes. If it takes 30 minutes for the container to be full, in how much time will it be
one-fourth full?
(a) 7 minutes and 30 seconds (b) 10 minutes
(c) 20 minutes (d) 25 minutes
Q17. 4/9, 9/20, , 39/86

(a) 17/40 (b) 19/42
(c) 20/45 (d) 29/53
Q18. In a class there are 18 boys who are over 160 cm tall, if these boys constitute three-fourth
of the boys and the total number of boys is two-third of the number of students in the
class, then what is the number of girls in the class?
(a) 6 (b) 12
(c) 18 (d) 24
Q19. Four different candles, which can last for 5 hours, 4 hours, 3 hours and 2 hours of
burning, respectively, are lit in a room at the same instant and allowed to burn till such
time that the three candles in the room get extinguished. The cost of burning each one of
these candles is 75 paise per hour. The cost involved is:
(a) Rs. 2.75 (b) Rs. 3.75
(c) Rs. 9.75 (d) Rs. 12.50
Q20. One local and another express train were proceeding in the same direction on parallel
tracks at 29 km/hour and 65 km/hour respectively. The driver of the former noticed that it
took exactly 16 seconds for the faster train to pass by him. What is the length of the faster
train?
(a) 60 m (b) 120 m
(c) 160 m (d) 240 m

fiziks
PART B
Q21. The Fourier series of the function:
0 if 2 x 1

f x k if 1 x 1 ; p 2 L 4
0 if 1 x 2 ;L 2

2k 2k
an if n 3, 7, 11, - - - - - an if n 1, 3, 5, - - - - -
(a) n (b) n
bn 0 bn 0
2k
an 0 an if n 3, 7, 11, -----
(c) (d) n
bn 0
bn 0

2
Q22. Evaluate integral cos(t
0
) dt

(a) (b)
2 2 2

(c) (d)
2 2
1 8 0

Q23. For the matrix 8 1 8 , the values are

0 8 1
(a) 2, 3, 6 (b) 2 , 0, 2
(c) 1, 1, 6 (d) -3, 1, 5

fiziks
Q24. The unit vector normal to the surface x 2 y 2 z 1 at point (1, 1, 1) is
2i 2j k 2i 2j k
(a) (b)
3 3
2i 2j k 2i 2 j k
(c) (d)
3 3
Q25. Consider a comet of mass m moving in a parabolic orbit around the Sun. The closest
distance between the comet and the Sun is b, the mass of the Sun is M and the universal
gravitation constant is G.
The angular momentum of the comet is
(a) M Gmb (b) b GmM (c) G mMb (d) m 2GMb
Q26. For the system of two identical masses of mass m is attached with ideal spring of
spring constant k1 and k2 as shown in figure.
If A and B point are rigid then the Normal frequencies are given by.
k1 k 2 2k1 k 2 k1 2k 2
(a) , (b) ,
m m m m
k1 k1 2k 2 k 2 2k1 k 2
(c) , (d) ,
m m m m
Q27. Consider the system in which uniform of a free particle of mass m. Then F is defined
Pt
such as F x then which one of the statement is correct
m
(a) [F, H] = 0 so F is constant of motion.
(b) [F, H] 0 so F is no constant of motion.
(c) even [F, H] 0 but F is constant of motion
(d) [F, H] = 0 but F is not constant of motion.

fiziks
x0

Q28. Consider a particle of mass m moving in the potential V x V0 0 x a
0 x0

Which statement is correct?
(a) Bound state is for E > - V0 and oscillatory wave function all region.
(b) Bound state is for E < 0 and oscillatory solution for x < a and decaying for x > a.
(c) Bound state is for V0 <E < 0 and oscillatory solution for x < a and decaying for x > a.
(d) Bound state is for E < 0 and decaying solution for x < a and oscillatory for x > a.
Q29. A hydrogen beam is prepared in the state
1 iE t 2 iE t 3 iE t
(r, t) exp 1 1 (r) exp 2 2 (r) exp 3 3 (r)
14 7 14
Where E 1, E2, E3 and 1(r), 2(r), 3(r) are ground state, first excited state and 2 nd excited
state respectively. If E0 be ionization energy at the hydrogen atom then average energy is
given by
54 3
(a) E0 (b) E0
7 14
E0 1
(c) (d) E0
7 14
Q30. Find the value of commutator [Lz, cos ] where is azimuthal angle and cos is
operator.
(a) 0 (b) i sin
(c) i cos (d) i sin
Q31. A system consisting of two fermions each of which can be any one of the three quantum
states of respective energy O, , 3 in thermal equilibrium at temperature T. What is
expression for partition function?
(a) Z 1 e e 3 (b) Z 1 e 2 e 6
(c) Z e e 3 e 4 (d) Z 2 2e 2e 6

fiziks
Q32. The response of polar substance to applied electric field can be described in terms
of classical model which attributes to each of magnitude P. Then the Partition
function for dilute system at temperature T in a uniform electric field E is given
by
2kT PE 2kT PE
(a) sin h (b) cos h
PE kT PE kT
2kT PE 2kT PE
(c) tan h (d) cot h
PE kT PE kT
Q33. A certain system is found to have Gibbs free energy given by
aP
G(p,T) RT ln 5/ 2
(RT)
Where a and R are constants then specific heat at constant pressure (cp) is given by
3 5 7 9
(a) R (b) R (c) R (d) R
2 2 2 2
Q34. A spherically symmetric charge distributions (r) has zero net charge. For an arbitrarily
chosen coordinate system, which of the following statements is true?
(a) Only the monopole moment is zero
(b) The monopole and the dipole moments are zero
(c) Only the dipole moment is zero
(d) The monopole and dipole moments are non zero
Q35. Two charges Q and 3Q are placed along the z-axis in front of a grounded, infinite
conducting plane, as shown in figure. They are located respectively at a distance
1 3
of m and m from the plane. The force acting on the charge Q is:
2 2
5Q 2 Q2
(a) (b)
8 0 4 0 Q 3Q
z
2 2
19Q 5Q 0.5m
(c) (d)
16 0 16 0 1.5m

fiziks
Q36. A square loop is placed near an infinite straight wire as shown in figure. The loop and
wire carry a steady current I1 and I2 respectively. Then the force acting on the square loop
a
is
0 1 2 0 1 2 1 a
(a) (b)
2a 4a
0 1 2 0 1 2 a
(c) (d)
2 4 2
Q: 37. The refractive index of a medium in which the electric field of an electromagnetic wave

is given in MKS units by E E0 cos 10 7 x 10 7 y 1015 t z is
(a) 1.4 (b) 3.0 (c) 4.2 (d) 6.0
Q38. Which of the following circuit does not satisfy the Boolean expression AB A B F
(a) (b)

F F
(c) (d)

F F
Q39. Which of the following is an INCORRECT Boolean expression

(a) PQ PQ Q (b) P Q P Q P
(c) PP Q Q
(d) PQ R PQR PQ R PQR Q

fiziks
Q40. An input of 1.0 V DC is given to the ideal Op-Amp circuit depicted below. What
will be the output voltage?
L 1mH
C 1 F
R 90 k
R' 10k

Op Amp

Vin Vout
(a) 10.0 V (b) 1.0 V (c) 0 V (d) 9.0 V
1 0 0

Q41. For Matrix A which is given by A 0 0 1
0 1 0

Which one of the following is not eigen vector of degenerate eigen value.
1 0 2 1

( a) 0 b) 1 c) 3 d) 1
0 1 3 0

Q42. A sinusoidal voltage E sin t where t is time is passed through a half wave
rectifier that clips the negative portion of the wave. The Fourier Coefficient a n is
given by:
2E
(a) 0 (b) n 2, 4,....
n 1n 1
2E E
(c) n 2, 4,.... (d) n 1, 2, 3,....
n 1n 1 n

fiziks
Q43. A particle of mass m moves inside a bowl. If the surface of the bowl is given by
1
the equation z
2

a x 2 y 2 , where a is a constant, the Lagrangian of the particle
is
1 1
(a)
2

m r 2 r 2 2 gar 2 (b)
2

m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2
1 1
(c)
2

m r 2 r 2 2 r 2 sin 2 2 gar 2 (d)
2

m 1 a 2 r 2 r 2 r 2 2 gar 2
Q44. Which one of the following plot is correct representation of relation between chemical
potential and temperature T in Kelvin for Fermi gas.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
T
T
Q45. Two point charges q1 and q 2 are fixed with a finite distance d between them.
It is desired to put a third charge q 3 in between these two charges on the line
joining them so that the charge q 3 is in equilibrium. This is
(a) Possible only if q 3 is positive (b) possible only if q 3 is negative
(c) Possible irrespective of the sign of q 3 (d) not possible at all

fiziks
PART C
Q46. Consider the differential equation and boundary conditions given as:
u 2u u
k 2 u;u(x,0) f (x);u(0,t) 0, (L,t) u(L,t)
t x x
We can only get non-trivial solution if:

d
(a) (0) 0 (b) (L) (L) 0
dx
d d d
(c) (0) and (L) (L) 0 (d) (0) and (L) (L) 0
dx dx dx
Q47. The particle of mass m moves under influence of central force given as kr 2 . If particle
has constant angular momentum l then the radius of circular orbit is given by
1/ 4 1/ 4
l2 l2
(a) r0 (b) r0
2mk mk
1/ 5 1/ 5
l2 l2
(c) r0 (d) r0
2mk mk
Q48. Energy difference between the ground electronic state 1 s 0 s
and first excited state 3 1
of
the atom. Calculate the fraction of excited atom in the gas at temperature T Kelvin
E / KT E / KT
(a) e (b) e
3
E / KT E / KT
(c) e
E / KT
(d) 3e E / KT
e 1 13e
P2 1
Q49. The Hamiltonian is given by H 0 m2 X 2 perturbed by potential qEx. Consider
2m 2
qE is very small then first order correction in the wave function is given by (|n is eigen
ket at H0)
qE
(a) n | n 1 n 1 | n 1
2m

fiziks
qE
(b) n | n 1 n 1 | n 1
2m
qE
(c) n | n 1 n 1 | n 1
2m
qE
(d) n | n 1 n 1 | n 1
2m
Q50. A non-relativistic charged along the positive x-axis with a constant positive acceleration
ax . The particle is at the origin at t = 0. Radiation is observed at t = 0 at a distant point
(o, d, o) on the y-axis. Which one of the following statement is correct?
(a) The radiation is unpolarized
(b) The radiation is plane polarized with polarization parallel to the x-axis
(c) The radiation is plane polarized with polarization parallel to the xy plane along a line
inclined to the x-axis
(d) The radiation is circularly polarized.
Q51. An atom is capable of existing in two states: a ground state of mass M and an excited
state of mass M +. If the transition from ground to excited state proceeds by the
absorption of a photon, the photon frequency in the laboratory where the atom is initially
at rest is
c 2 c 2
(a) 1 (b) 1
h 2M h M
2
c 2 2 c 2
(c) 1 (d) 1
h M h M
Q52. Assuming a dispersion relation under long wavelength approximation
for elastic wave in one dimensional lattice of ferromagnetic system. The lattice
specific heat at low temperature varies as
(a) (b) (c) (d)

fiziks
Q53. The dispersion relation of phonon in three dimensional mono atomic lattice of volume V

is 2 k 02 3 cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a . The density of state in the large
wavelength approximation is
3/ 2 3/ 2
V 1 2 V 2
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 2 2
2 2 a 0 2 2 a 0
3/ 2 1/ 2
V 1 V 2
(c) 2
(d) 2 2 2
2 2 a 2 2 a 0
Q54. Consider the following fusion reactions:
1 H 2 1 H 2 2 He3 0 n1 E1
1 H 2 1 H 2 1 H 3 1 H 1 E2
1 H 2 1 H 3 2 He4 0 n1 E3
Which of the following is true:
(a) E1 E2 E3 (b) E1 E2 E3
(v) E1 E2 E3 (d) E1 E2 E3
given m(1 H 2 ) 2.014102u,m(1 H 3 ) 3.01605u,

3 4
m(2 He ) 3.016029u,m(2 He ) 4.002603u
m( p) 1.007276u, m(n) 1.008664u
Q55. Find the kinetic energies of the muon of mass 106 MeV and massless neutrino into which
a K meson of mass 494 MeV decays in its rest frame.
(a) 258.4MeV (b) 235.6MeV
(c) 144.7MeV (d) 105.2 MeV
Q56. Which of the following is not correct:
( p(x), c(x), q(x,t) and ( x) are given functions that take on only positive values
in a region R of ( x, t) plane).
(a) ut ( pu x )x is parabolic. (b) utt c2 u xx u is hyperbolic.
(c) (qu x ) x (qut )t 0 is elliptical. (d) uttx u xx 0 is elliptical.

fiziks
P2
Q57. If Hamiltonion H then frequency of the motion in terms of Action angle
2mR 2
variable J is given by
J J
(a) (b)
mR 2
2
2 mR 2
2
J J
(c) (d)
4 mR 2
2
162 mR 2
Q58. The term j1 , j 2 J arising from 2 s1 3d 1 electronic in j-j coupling scheme are
1 3 1 5 1 1 1 3
(a) , and , (b) , and ,
2 2 2,1 2 2 3, 2 2 2 1, 0 2 2 2 ,1
1 1 1 5 3 1 1 5
(c) , and , (d) , and ,
2 2 1, 0 2 2 3, 2 2 2 2 ,1 2 2 3, 2
Q59. Which of the following is an allowed electric dipole transition?

(a) 3P0 3P0 (b) 3P2 3P0
(c) 3S1 3P2 (d) 2D3/2 2S1/2
Q60. The Estimated (order of magnitude) value of the Doppler width of an emission line of
wavelength = 5000A0 emitted by argon A = 40, Z = 18, at T = 300 K is.
(a) 0.72 x 10-2A0 (b) 1.44x 10-2A0
(c) 0.72 x 10 -3A0 (d) 1.44 x 10 -3A0
Q61. The energy separation between two consecutive stokes lines in Raman Scattering
depends on:
(a) Energy separation between Vibrational levels in the excited state
(b) Wavelength of the incident light
(c) Energy separation between Vibrational levels in the ground state
(d) Intensity of the incident light

fiziks
Q62. Consider an ideal Fermi gas, with energy spectrum (p is momentum),

contained in a box of volume V in space of 3 dimension. Which of the following
is correct PV relation for this system?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Q63. Estimate the lowest neutron kinetic energy at which a neutron, in a collision with a
molecule of gaseous oxygen, can lose energy by exciting molecular rotation. (The bond
length of the oxygen molecule is 1.2 A).
(a) 1.810-3eV (b) 1.810-4eV
(c) 3.610-3eV (d) 3.610-4eV
Q64. The 1st B.Z. in Na is bounded by planes of the type
(a) (100) (110) (b) (110) (111)
(c) (110) (200) (d) (111) (200)
Q65. The Fermi energy of one dimension free electron gas confined in length at absolute zero is
2 2
2 N 2 N
(a) (b)
2m L 2m 2 L
2 2
2 2 N 2 2 N
(c) (d)
2m L 2m L
Q66. A mechanical system of n identical masses of mass m connected in a straight line by

identical springs of stiffness constant has the natural frequency as
4 ka
sin , Where k is wave vector and a is lattice constant.
m 2
The Vibrational specific heat per molecule for the system at low temperature varies as
(a) T 1 (b) T 1 (c) T 2 (d) T 3

Q: 67. (A) An electric field E r r sin cos exists in space. What will be the
total charge enclosed in a sphere of unit radius centered at the origin?

(a) 40 (b) 40 ( + )
(c) 40 ( - ) (d) 40

fiziks
(B) Power radiated by an accelerating (acceleration a) point charge q is:

0q 2a 2 0q 2a 4
(a) P (b) P
6c 6c
0 q 2 a 0 q 2 a3
(c) P (d) P
6c 6c
Q68. (A) Consider the following reactions:
(i) e 0
(ii) n n
(iii)K 0
Which of thse are allowed?
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iii)
(c) (iii) only (d) (ii) only
(B) Consider the following reactions:
p x1 K 0
p p x2 K p
K n x3 0 0
Now consider the following two statements about the constituents x1 , x2 and x3 :
(i) x1 , x2 and x3 have equal baryon number B which is equal to 1.
(ii) x1 , x2 and x3 have equal strangeness S which is equal to 1.
Which of the above statements is/are correct?
(a) (i) only (b) (ii) only
(c) both (i) and (ii) (d) none.

fiziks
Q69. Binding energy per nucleon for the nuclei 4He, 56Fe, 197Au and 235U are given by
B1, B2, B3 and B 4, respectively. These binding energies satisfy the order
(a) B1 < B2 < B3 < B4 (b) B1 > B 2 > B3 > B4
(c) B2 < B3 < B4 < B1 (d) B2 > B 3 > B4 > B1
Q70. (A) Consider the following reaction: n A B X

A, B and X could be respectively:
(a) (lepton), neutrino, (lepton)0, (b) (lepton), neutrino, (lepton),
(c) (lepton)+, neutrino, Baryon (d) (lepton), antineutrino, Baryon
(B) The total number of leptons discovered so far is:
(a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 14
Q71. A plane electromagnetic wave has the magnetic field given by
K
Bx, y, z, t B0 sin x y t z , where K is the wave number and x , y and z
2
are the Cartesian unit vectors in x, y and z directions, respectively. Then the average
Poynting vector is given by
cB02 x y cB02 x y
(a) (b)
2 0 2 2 0 2
cB02 x y cB02 x y
(c) (d)
2 0 2 2 0 2
Q72. When an input voltage Vi of the form shown, is applied to the circuit given below, the
output voltage V0 is of the form
12V
R
Vi Vo
3V
12V
S i diode

fiziks
(a) 12 V (b) 12 V
0V 3V
0V
(c) (d)
12 V 0V
2 .3 V 12 V
0V
Q73. In a successive decay process A B C, element C is a stable nucleus. At time t=0, the
concentration of A, B and C are N0, 0 and 0 nuclei, respectively and at time t, the
concentration of A, B and C are N1, N2 and N3, respectively. If decay constant for A B
is 1 and B C is 2 , then the time t when the activity of the intermediate member B
reaches a maximum is given by:
ln 1 / 2 ln 2 / 1
(a) t (b) t
1 2 2 1
ln 12 ln 12
(c) t (d) t
1 2 2 1
Q74. An air-filled rectangular waveguide has dimensions 7.21x3.4 cm2. To transmit 0.1 m
electromagnetic wave the mode that can be used is:
(a) TE10 (b) TE 01 (c) TE11 (d) TE 20 .

Q75. The circuit below uses only NAND gates. Find the final output.
A
B
(a) A XOR B (b) A OR B (c) A AND B (d) A NOR B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fiziks

FOR
Full Length Test-03
PHYSICAL SCIENCES

fiziks
PART A
Q1. The age of a man is three times the sum of the ages of his two sons. Five years hence, his
age will be double of the sum of the ages of his sons. The fathers present age is
(a) 40 years (b) 45 years
(c) 50 years (d) 55 years
Q2. The length of the longest pole that can be placed in a room 12m long and 9 m wide and 8
m high is
(a) 12 m (b) 14 m
(c) 17 m (d) 21 m
Q3. In the sequence of numbers 5, 8, 13, X, 34, 55, 89, The value of X is
(a) 20 (b) 21
(c) 23 (d) 29
Q4. In a company, 60% of the employees are men. Of these 40% are drawing more than Rs.
50000 per years. If 36% of the total employment of the company draws more than Rs.
50000 per year, what is the percentage among women who are drawing less than Rs.
50000 per year?
(a) 70 (b) 60
(c) 40 (d) 30
Q5. A complete cycle of a traffic light takes 60 seconds. During each cycle the light is green
for 25 seconds, yellow for 5 seconds, and red for 30 seconds. At a randomly chosen time,
the probability that the light will not be green is
(a) 1/3 (b) 1/4
(c) 5/12 (d) 7/12

fiziks
Q6. The average salary of 100 employees in an office is Rs. 16000 per months. The
management decided to raise salary of every employee by 5% but stopped a transport
allowance of Rs. 800 per month which was paid earlier to every employee. What will be
the new average monthly salary?
(a) Rs. 16000 (b) Rs. 16500
(c) Rs. 16800
(d) Cannot be known since data are insufficient
Q7. Left pan of a faulty balance weighs 100 gram more than its right pan. A shopkeeper
keeps the weight measure in the left pan while buying goods but keeps it in the right pan
while selling his goods. He uses only 1 kg weight measure. If he sells his goods at the
listed cost price, what is his gain?
(a) 200/11% (b) 100/11%
(c) 100/9% (d) 200/9%
Q8. Amit starts from a point A and walks to another point B, and then returns from B to A by
his car and thus takes a total time of 6 hours and 45 minutes. If he had driven both ways
in his car, he would have taken 2 hours less. How long would it take for him to walk both
ways?
(a) 7 hours 45 minutes (b) 8 hours 15 minutes
(c) 8 hours 30 minutes (d) 8 hours 45 minutes
Q9. A boat which has a speed of 5 km/hr in still water crosses a river of width 1 km along the
shortest possible path in a river of width 1 km along the shortest possible path in 15
minutes. The velocity of the river water in km/hr is:
(a) 1 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 41

fiziks
Q10. There are three parallel straight lines. Two points A and B are marked on the first line,
points C and D are marked on the second line, and points E and F are marked on the third
line. Each of these 6 points can move to any position on its respective straight line.
Consider the following statements:
(i) The maximum number of triangles that can be drawn by joining these points is 18.
(ii) The minimum number of triangles that can be drawn by joining these points is
zero.
Which of the statements given above is/are correct?
(a) i only (b) ii only
(c) both i and ii (d) neither i nor ii
Q11. LMNOP, is a semicircle with centre at R and diameter LP, LSR and RQP are also semi-
circle with centres at T and U and diameters LR = RP = LP. The ratio of perimeter of
LMNOP and LSRQP is
(a) 0.75 : 1 (b) 1:1

(c) 1 : 0.75 (d) 1.25 : 1
Q12. If the angles of a triangle are in the ratio of 4 : 3 : 2, then the triangle
(a) is obtuse (b) has one angle greater than 80
(c) is a right triangle (d) is acute
Q13. 300 persons are participating in a meeting, out of which 120 are foreigners, out of which
120 are foreigners, and the rest are Indians. Out of the Indians, there are 110 men who are
not judges; 160 are men or judges, and 35 are women judges. There are no foreign
judges. How many Indian women attended the meeting?
(a) 35 (b) 45
(c) 55 (d) 60

fiziks
Q14. The distribution of 100000 tourists who visited India during a particular year is shown in
the given charts. Based on this, the number of Japanese tourists below the age of 39 who
visited India in the year concerned is
(a) 10000 (b) 8000

(c) 6000 (d) 4000
Q15. The given diagram shows the number of students who failed in an examination
comprising papers in English, Hindi and mathematics. The total number of students who
took the test is 500. What is the percentage of students who failed in at least two
subjects?
(a) 6.8 (b) 7.8

(c) 34 (d) 39
Q16. A watch showed a time of fourteen minutes past nine (9 hrs and 14 minutes). The
positions of the hour-hand and the minute hand of the watch are exactly interchanged.
The new time shown by the watch is closest to which one of the following?
(a) Twelve minutes to three (b) Thirteen minutes to three
(c) Fourteen minutes to three (d) Fifteen minutes to three

fiziks
Q17. 6 equidistant vertical lines are drawn on a board. 6 equidistant horizontal lines are also
drawn on the board cutting the 6 vertical lines, and the distance between any two
consecutive horizontal lines is equal to that between any two consecutive vertical lines.
What is the maximum number of squares thus formed?
(a) 37 (b)55 (c)126 (d)225
Q18. Examine the following statements:
(i) All members of Mohans family are honest.
(ii) Some members of Mohans family are not employed
(iii) Some employed persons are not honest
(iv) Some honest persons are not employed
Which one of the following inferences can be drawn from the above statements?
(a) All members of Mohans family are employed
(b) The employed member of Mohans family are honest
(c) The honest members of Mohans family are not employed
(d) The employed member of Mohans family are not honest
Q19. Amit has five friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Amits wife also has 5 friends: 3 boys and 2
girls. In how many maximum number of different ways can they invite 2 boys and 2 girls
such that two of them areAmits friends and two are his wife?
(a) 24 (b) 38
(c) 46 (d) 58
Q20. Each of 8 identical balls is to be placed in the squares shown in the figure given above in
a horizontal direction such that one horizontal rwo contains 6 balls and the other
horizontal row contains 2 balls. In how many maximum different ways can this be done?
(a) 38 (b) 28
(c) 16 (d) 14

fiziks
PART B

ez
Q21: Consider 2
dz where C is the circle |z| = 4.
C
z 2
2
The value of integration is given by

i 2i i 2i
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2

1
Q22: Evaluate the integral 1 x n
dx
0
/n
(a) (b)
n cos( / n)
/n
(c) (d)
sin( / n)
Q23: The Eigen value of the matrix:
1 1 1
A 1 1 1
1 1 1
(a) -1, 3, 2 (b) 0, 0, 3

(c) 1, -2, 2 (d) -1, 2, 2
Q24: If X is random variable which is defined by Binomial distribution B in (n, p). If mean is 2 and
8
variance is then value of n and p are respectively.
5
1 1
(a) 10, (b) 20,
5 5
1 1
(c) 10, (d) 20,
8 8

fiziks
Q25. A particle of mass m is attached to fixed point O by a weightless inextensible string of

length a. It is rotating under the gravity as shown in the figure.
The Hamiltonian of the particles is
z
1 2 p2
(a) H p mga cos
2 ma 2 sin 2

1 2 p2 a
(b) H p mga cos
2ma 2 sin 2
m
1
(c) H
2ma 2

p2 p2 mga cos g
1
(d) H
2ma 2

p2 p2 mga cos
Q26. A dynamical system with two degrees of freedom, has generalized coordinates q1 and
q 2 , and kinetic energy
T q1 q 2
If the potential energy is V q1 , q 2 0 , the correct form of the Hamiltonian for this
system is
(a) p1 p 2 / (b) q1 q 2
(c) p1 q1 p 2 q 2 / 2 (d) p1 q 2 p 2 q1 / 2
Q27. The trajectory on the zpz-plane (phase-space trajectory) of a ball confine into at
V (Z ) Z 4 is given by approximately by (neglect friction).
(a) PZ (b) PZ
z z

fiziks
(c) (d)
PZ PZ
z z
Q28. A quantum mechanical particle of mass m is confined to move in a circle of radius R. The
energy levels are
2
(a) E l l 1, l 0,1, 2, 3, .....
2mR 2
2 2
(b) E l , l ....,3, 2, 1, 0,1, 2, 3, .....
2mR 2
2
(c) E l l 1, l 0,1, 2, 3, .....
2 mR 2
2R2 2
(d) E l , l ....,3, 2, 1, 0,1, 2, 3, .....
2m
Q29. An ensemble of identical harmonic oscillators with a Hamiltonian

1 1
H mv 2 kx 2
2 2
have energies between E and E + E. If the oscillators are initially, uniformly distributed
in the phase space then which of the following is false?
(a) More particles are at the maximum amplitude than at the origin
(b) The mean displacement is zero
(c) Mean kinetic energy is equal to the mean potential energy
(d) More particles are at the origin than at maximum amplitude

fiziks
Q30. Two electrons are confined in a one dimensional box of length L. The one-electron states
are given by n x 2 / L sin nx / L . What would be the ground state wave function
x1 , x 2 if both electrons are arranged to have the same spin state?
1 2 x1 2x 2 2 2x1 x 2
(a) x1 , x 2 sin sin sin sin
2 L L L L L L
1 2 x1 2x2 2 2x1 x2
(b) x1 , x 2 sin sin sin sin
2 L L L L L L
2 x1 2x 2
(c) x1 , x2 sin sin
L L L
2 2x1 x 2
(d) x1 , x2 sin sin
L L L
Q31. The rotational partition function for a diatomic molecule of moment of inertia I at higher
temperature T is given by
k 2k 3k k
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 2
Q32. A classical gas of molecules, each of mass m, is in thermal equilibrium at the absolute
temperature, T. The velocity components of the molecules along the Cartesian axes are
2
v x , v y and v z . The mean value of vx v y vz is
kBT 1 k BT 3k BT 3k BT
(a) (b) (c) (d)
m 2 m m 2m
Q33. For an energy state E of a photon gas, the density of states in three dimension is
proportional to
(a) E (b) E (c) E 3/ 2 (d) E 2

fiziks
Q34. A static charge distribution gives rise to an electric field of the form E 1 e r / R rr
2
,
where and R are positive constants. The charge contained within a sphere of radius R,
centred at the origin is
e 1 R R2
(a) 0 (b) 4 0 1 (c) 4 0 (d) 0
R2 e e e
Q35. Four equal point charges are kept fixed at the four vertices of a square. How many neutral
points (i.e. points where the electric field vanishes) will be found inside the square?
(a) 1 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 7
1 10
Q36. The magnetic field corresponding to the vector potential A F r 3 r where F is
4 r
a constant vector, is

F F 30 30
(a) (b) (c) F 4 r (d) F 4 r
2 2 r r
Q: 37. The magnetic field at a distance R from a long straight wire carrying a steady current I is
proportional to
(a) IR (b) I /R2 (c) I / R (d) I2/R2
Q38. A signal of frequency 5 kHz is being digitized by an A/D converter. A possible sampling
time which can be used is
(a) 100 s (b) 50 s (c) 25 s (d) 15 s
Q39. Which of the following is an INCORRECT Boolean expression

(a) PQ PQ Q (b) P Q P Q P
(c) PP Q Q
(d) PQ R PQR PQ R PQR Q

fiziks
Q40. Consider the digital circuit shown below in which the input C is always low (0).
A
B Z
C
(Low)
The truth table for the circuit can be written as
A B Z
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
The entries in the Z column (vertically) are

(a) 1010 (b) 0101 (c) 1111 (d) 1011
Q41. An LED operates at 1.5 V and 5 mA in forward bias. Assuming an 80% external
efficiency of the LED, how many photons are emitted per second?
(a) 5.0 x 1016 (b) 1.5 x 1016 (c) 0.8 x 10 16 (d) 2.5 x 1016
Q42. A resistor is connected across a battery, the voltmeter and ammeter gives reading V = 2.0
0.5 volt and = 0.5 0.10 A.
The uncertainty in the calculated value of power (P) is
(a) 16.2 (b) 8.1
(c) 4 (d) 2

fiziks
Q43. Hydrogen atoms in states of high quantum number have been created in the laboratory
and observed in space. They are called Rydberg atoms. If the radius of the hydrogen atom
is 0.01 mm, the quantum number of the orbit and the energy of a hydrogen atom in this
state is
(a) 415 and 9.1 x 10-2 eV (b) 535 and 11.2 x 10 -3 eV
(c) 435 and 7.19 x 10 -5 eV (d) 218 and 9.3 x 10-7 eV
Q44. For an N x N matrix consisting of all ones,

(a) one eigenvalues = 1, others =0
(b) one eigenvalue = 0, others=1
(c) one eigen value =0, others =N
(d) one eigenvalue = N, the others = 0
Q45. A reversible engine cycle is shown in the following T -S diagram. The efficiency of the
engine is
2T1
(a) 1/3
(b) 1/2 T1
T
(c) 1/5
(d) 1/4
S1 2S 1 3S 1
S

fiziks
PART C
Q46. Consider the differential equation and boundary conditions given as:
u 2u u
k 2 u;u(x,0) f (x);u(0,t) 0, (L,t) u(L,t)
t x x
We can only get non-trivial solution if:

d
(a) (0) 0 (b) (L) (L) 0
dx
d d d
(c) (0) and (L) (L) 0 (d) (0) and (L) (L) 0
dx dx dx
Q47. If the coordinate q and the momentum p from a canonical pair (q, p), which one of the
sets given below also forms a canonical? (M5)
(a) (q, - p) (b) (q2 , p 2) (c) (p, - q) (d) (q2, - p2)
Q48. A paramagnetic system consisting of N spin-half particles is placed in an external

magnetic field. It is found that N/2 spin are aligned parallel and the remaining N/2 spins
are aligned antiparallel to the magnetic field. The statistical entropy of the system is,
N 3N
(a) 2 Nk B ln 2 (b) k B ln 2 (c) k B ln 2 (d) Nk B ln 2
2 2
Q49. Consider a particle of mass m in a one dimensional infinite potential well of width w:
0 0 xa
V x .
otherwise
The particle is subjected to perturbation of the form W(x) = (x - a/2) where calculate
the changes in the energy level of the particle in the first order of is (M5)
(a) 2 for all n (b) 2
(c) 2 for odd n and 0 for even n (d) 0 for all n

fiziks
Q50. A plane electromagnetic wave is propagating in a lossless dielectric. The electric field is
given by

E x, y, z , t E0 x 2 Az exp ik 0 ct x 3 z ,
where c is the speed of light in vacuum, E0, A and k0 are constant and x and z are unit
vectors along the x- and z-axes. The refractive index of the medium n and the constant A
are
1 1
(a) n 4 and A (b) n 4 and A
3 3
1 1
(c) n 2 and A (d) n 2 and A
6 6
Q51. In radio astronomy, hydrogen atoms are observed in which, for example, radiative
transitions from n = 109 to n = 108 occur. What are the frequency and wavelength of the
radiation emitted in this transition?
(a) 5.83cm (b) 4.10cm (c) 2.31cm (d) 1.12cm
Q52. If we consider an boson of spin 1 as a uniform sphere of radius r then the angular velocity
of electron spinning about its diameter is given
5 5 10 5 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2mr 2 2. 2mr 2 4mr 2 4 mr 2
Q53. The dispersion relation of phonon in three dimensional mono atomic lattice of volume V is
2 k 02 3 cos k x a cos k y a cos k z a . The density of state in the large wavelength
approximation is
3/ 2 3/ 2
V 1 2 V 2
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 2 2
2 2 a 0 2 2 a 0
3/ 2 1/ 2
V 1 V 2
(c) 2
(d) 2 2 2
2 2 a 2 2 a 0

fiziks
125 89
Q54. According to the shell model the spin and parity of the two nuclei 51 X and Y are,
38
respectively,

5 5 5 7
(a) and (b) and
2 2 2 2

7 5 7 7
(c) and (d) and
2 2 2 2
Q55. Find the kinetic energies of the muon of mass 106 MeV and massless neutrino into which a K
meson of mass 494 MeV decays in its rest frame.
(a) 258.4MeV (b) 235.6MeV
(c) 144.7MeV (d) 105.2 MeV
Q56. Which of the following is not correct:

( p(x), c(x), q(x,t) and ( x ) are given functions that take on only positive values in a
region R of ( x, t) plane).
(a) ut ( pu x )x is parabolic.
(b) utt c2 u xx u is hyperbolic.

(c) (qu x ) x (qut )t 0 is elliptical.
(d) uttx uxx 0 is elliptical.
Q57. A particle of mass m moves in one dimension under the influence of a potential energy
2 4
x x
V x a b
l l
where a and b are positive constants and is a characteristic length. The frequency of
small oscillations about a point of stable equilibrium is
1 b 1 a2
(a) (b)
2 m mb
2b 1 1 a
(c) (d)
ma m

fiziks
Q58. A rod of proper length l0 oriented parallel to the x-axis moves with speed 2c/3 along the
x-axis in the S-frame, where c is the speed of the light in free space. The observer is also
moving along the x-axis with speed c/2 with respect to the S-frame. The length of the rod
as measured by the observer is
(a) 0.35 l0 (b) 0.48 l0 (c) 0.87 l0 (d) 0.97 l0
Q59. In He-Ne laser we assume a cavity with the following values of various parameters d=
60cm, R1 1, R2 0.98. If the refractive index of the medium is 1 and gain coefficient of
the medium between the mirrors is zero than the cavity life time is
(a) 80MHz (b) 0.80MHz (c) 5MHz (d) 50MHz
Q60. For the 2P 1S transition in the hydrogen atom, the photon frequency is
1.5 1016 Hz . Assuming the spontaneous emission lifetime of the 2P state to be 1.6
ns, the Einstein B coefficient is ? (Assume n0 = 1).
(a) B21 4.2 10 21 m 3 J 1 s 2 (b) B21 4.2 10 22 m 3 J 1 s 2
(c) B21 4.2 1019 m 3 J 1 s 2 (d) B21 4.2 10 20 m 3 J 1 s 2
Q61. The value of e and exe for H2 is 4395cm and 118 cm-1 while for D2 is 3118 and 64 cm-1
The zero point vibrational frequency (in cm-1) of H2 and D2 is
(a) 2197.5 , 3054 (b) 2168 , 1543
(c) 4277 , 3054 (d) 2079.5 , 1495
Q62. Consider an ideal Fermi gas, with energy spectrum (p is momentum), contained in
a box of volume V in space of 3 dimension. Which of the following is correct PV relation
for this system?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

fiziks
Q63. The internuclear distance between two dumbbell molecules of same nearly masses is 0.75
. The energy difference between the first two rotational levels is (mass of atom = 1.7 x
10 -27 kg)
(a) 1.45 x 10-2 eV (b) 1.45 x 10-2 eV
(c) 1.32 x 10-2 eV (d) 7.6 x 10-2 eV
Q64. The unit cell of aluminium is face centred with lattice constant, a = 0.405nm. The number
of unit cells there in aluminium foil 0.005cm thick and side 25cm square.
(a) 1.9 x 1019. (b) 1.9 x 10 20
(c) 1.9 x 1021 (d) 1.9 x 10 22
Q65. In a linear chain of diatomic lattice, all the atoms have the same mass M but are
connected alternately by springs of force constants 1 and 2. If 1, 2 and 3 are
respectively the maximum frequency of the acoustical branch, and minimum and
maximum frequencies of optical branch, which of the following correctly represent the
expression of these frequencies? (here 1 > 2 )
(a) , and
(b) , and
(c) , and
(d) , and
Q66. Consider a piece of n-type semiconductor, 0.1 mm wide, 0.02 mm thick and 20 mm long
carrying a current 20 mA along its length. Magnetic field of 0.8 T with the field
perpendicular to the 0.1 mm x 20 mm face is applied. If the Hall co-efficient is 3.84x10 -4
m3/C, the Hall voltage develop across the width is
(a) 6.14 x 10-3 V (b) 6.14 x 10-2 V
(c) 6.14 x 10-4 V (d) 6.14 x 10-5 V

fiziks
Q: 67. The magnetic field of the TE11 mode of a rectangular waveguide of dimensions ab is
given by B z B0 cos0.3 x cos0.4 y , where x and y are in cm. The entire range of
frequencies f for which the TE11 mode will propagate is
(a) 6.0 GHz < f < 8 GHz (b) 8 GHz < f < 9.0 GHz
(c) 8 GHz < f < 12.0 GHz (d) 8 GHz < f
Q68. A silicon transistor with built-in voltage 0.7 V is used in the circuit shown, with
VBB 9.7V , RB 300k, VCC 12V , 100 and RC 2k . Which of the following
correctly represent the quiescent Q -point?
(a) 3 mA, 6V RC
(b) 6 mA, 6V
RB
(c) 3 mA, 3V
VCC

V BB
(d) 6 mA, 3V
Q69. The radius of a 64

29 X nucleus is measured to be 4.8 10-13 cm. The radius of a 27
Y
12
nucleus can be estimated to be

(a) 2 10 -13 cm (b) 4 10-13 cm (c) 6 10-13 cm (d) 8 10-13 cm
Q70. A quantum mechanical particle in a harmonic oscillator potential has the initial wave
function 0 x 1 x , where 0 and 1 are the real wavefunctions in the ground
and first excited state of the harmonic oscillator Hamiltonian. For convenience we take
m 1 / 2 and 1 for the oscillator. What is the probability density of finding
the particle at x at time t 2 ?
(a) 1 x 0 x (b) 1 x 0 x
2 2 2
(c) 1 x 0 x (d) 1 x 0 x
2 2 2

fiziks

Q71. If the electric and magnetic fields are unchanged when the potential A changes (in

suitable units) according to A A r , where r r t r , then the scalar potential must
simultaneously change to
(a) r r / t (b) r r / t (c) r / t (d) r / t
Q72. In the op-amp circuit shown in the figure, Vi is a sinusoidal input signal of frequency 10
Hz and V0 is the output signal. The magnitude of the gain is close to the values
0.01F
(a) 4
(b) 9
(c) 15 10K
1K
(d) 20 Vi
Vo

Q73. Consider a system of two Ising spins s1 and s1 taking values 1, 1 with interaction
energy given by 1, 2 E=-JS1. S2 , when it is in thermal equilibrium at temperature T .
c
For large T , the average energy of the system varies as , with c given by
k BT
(a) J 2 (b) 2J 2 (c) J 2 (d) 4J
Q74. Let A and B represent two types of non-interacting spin-1/2 particles. If 3 particles of
type A and 4 particles of type B are in a simple harmonic oscillator potential
characterized by , the ground state energy of the system is (M5)
9 11 13 15
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2

fiziks
Q75. The band structure of a simple cubic lattice is given by E = E0 A (cos Kx a + cos K y a +
cos Kza). Where a is the lattice constant and A is a positive constant. For a particular
simple cubic solid with a lattice constant a = 2.5 A, the effective mass of the electron at
the bottom of the band is equal to the free electron mass. The value of the constant A in
eV is.
(a) 0.0041
(b) 0.041
(c) 0.41
(d) 4.1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fiziks
PH: PHYSICS
2014
GATE Test Paper
Duration: Three Hours Maximum Marks: 100
Q. 1 Q. 25 carry one mark each.
Q1. Consider an anti-symmetric tensor Pij with indices i and j running from 1 to 5. The
number of independent components of the tensor is
(A) 3 (B) 10 (C) 9 (D) 6

Cos sx
Q2. The value of the integral 2 2
dx , is

k x
2 ks ks ks ks
(A) e (B) e (C) e (D) e
k2 k2 k k
2 3 0

0 0 1

(A) 5, 2, -2 (B) -5, -1, -1 (C) 5, 1, -1 (D) -5, 1, 1
Q4. Which of the following is correct expression of probability current density in one
dimension .
i d * * d i d * d
(A) J x . . (B) J x . * .
2m dx dx 2m dx dx
i * d d * i * d d *
(C) J x . . (D) J x . .
2m dx dx 2m dx dx
3
Q.5 Three fermions of spin is adjusted in one dimensional harmonic oscillator of
2
frequency what is energy of ground state configuration .
3 5 7
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2

fiziks
Q6. Which of the following potential will give not give bound state for energy 0 E .
k
(A) V ( x) kx 2 (B) V ( r ) in three dimensional
r
(C) V ( x) k x (D) V ( x) V0 cosh x V0
Q7. Consider Maxwells equations in vacuum in the absence of sources. If the solutions to

these equations are of the form r , t 0 exp i k.r t , B r , t 0 exp i k .r t
where 0 , 0 and k are constant vectors, then

(A) k . 0 0 0
(B) k 0 0 0
(C) d dk 0 (D) k c
Q8. Consider an electric field existing in the interface between a conductor and free space.
Then the electric field is

(A) external to the conductor and normal to the conductors surface
(B) internal to the conductor and normal to the conductors surface
(C) external to the conductor and tangential to the conductors surface
(D) both external and internal to the conductor and normal to the conductors surface
Q9. The xoy plane carries a uniform surface current of density 50 x A/m. The magnetic
field (in Wb) at the point z = - 0.5 m is
(A) 10 106 Wb (B) 1 10 6 Wb (C) 106 Wb (D) 10 106 Wb
Q10. A planet of mass m is moving in a circular orbit of radius a under central force around
the sun of mass M, such that m << M. The kinetic energy of the planet is
GMm GMm
(A) (B)
a a
GMm GMm
(C) (D)
2a 2a

fiziks
Q11. A bead of mass m is slide down smoothly on a wire of shape z = x2 in the (z, x) plane.
The Lagrangian of the bead is .
1 2 1 2
(A)
2

mx 1 x 2 mgx 2 (B)
2

mx 1 4 x 2 mgx 2
1 2 1 2
(C)
2

mx 1 x 2 mgx 2 (D)
2

mx 1 4 x 2 mgx 2
Q.12 The Lagrangian for a particle in cylindrical coordinates is given to be
1
L
2
2

m 2 2 2 z 2 / 1 ( / V ( )
where m is the mass of the particle and is a constant. Then which of the following is not
a conserved quantity?
(A) m (B) m 2
1

(C) mz / 1 / 2 (D)
2

m 2 2 2 z 2 / 1 ( / V ( )
2
Q.13 Consider the Fermi-Dirac distribution function f E at room temperature (300K) where
E refers to energy. If E F is the Fermi energy, which of the following is true?
(A) f E is a step function

(B) f E F has a value
(C) States with E E F are filled completely
(D) f E is large and tends to infinity as E decreases much below E F

2
Q.14 Find the average value of v x iv y for ideal gas at temperature T
kT 2kT 3kT
(A) 0 (B) (C) (D)
m m 2m
Q15. ensemble of N three level systems with energies 1, 0, 1 is in thermal equilibrium at
temperature T. Let kT 1 .
The partition function is given by
(A) (1+cosh2 ) (B) (1+cos2 ) (C) (1+2cosh2 ) (D) (1+cosh2)

fiziks
Q16. For a cubic crystal the diffraction line from the planes with (h2+k2+l2) = 8 is observed at
an angle of diffraction 10.23 0. If only one line is observed at an angle lower than this, the
crystal structure is?
(A) Simple Cubic
(B) Body Centered Cubic
(C) Face Centered Cubic
(D) Diamond Cubic Lattice
Q17. Consider an ideal Fermi gas, with energy spectrum (p is momentum), contained in
a box of volume V in space of 3 dimension. Which of the following is correct PV relation
for this system?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Q18. Which of the following statement about superconductor is not correct?

(A) With appearance of Meisner effect, resistivity disappear
(B) When superconductivity is destroyed with magnetic field, the material will heat.
(C) Superconductivity occurs in material having high electrical resistivity
(D) Critical temperature (T c) decreases with isotopic mass
Q19. In a He-Ne laser, the laser transition takes place in:

(A) He only (B) Ne only
(C) Ne first, then in He (D) He first, then in Ne
Q20. All vibrations producing a change in the electric dipole moment of a molecule yield
(A) Raman spectra (B) Infrared spectra
(C) Ultra-violet spectra (D) X-ray spectra

fiziks
Q21. Pick the WRONG statement.

(A) The nuclear force is independent of electric charge
mc
(B) The Yukawa potential is proportional to r 1 exp r , where r is the separation
h
between two nucleons.
(C) The range of nuclear force is of the order of 10-15 m 10 -14m
(D) The nucleons interact among each other by the exchange of mesons.
Q.22 In the circuit shown in the figure the Thevenin voltage VTH and Thevenin resistance RTH
as seen by the load between point A and B are respectively
2 RTH
A A

12 A 4 3 VTH

B B
(A) 4V , 2 (B) 8V , 3 (C) 12V , 3 (D) 16V , 2
Q.23 How many maximum number of electrons can be adjusted in d orbital of hydrogen
atom ..
Q24. An amplifier has a voltage gain of 500 and input impedance 20 K, without any
feedback. Now a negative feedback with = 0.1 is applied. Its gain and input impedance
(K ohms) with feedback will respectively be ..
Q25. If the nuclear radius of 27Al is 3.6 Fermi, the approximate nuclear radius of 64Cu in Fermi
is ..

fiziks
Q. 26 Q. 55 carry two marks each.
d2y dy
Q.26 The solution of the differential equation for 2
2 101 y 10.4e x , subject to the
dx dx
dy
initial conditions y 0 1.1 and 0.9 , is
dt x0
(A) e x ( A cos10 x B sin10 x ) (B) e x ( A cos x B sin x )
(C) e x ( A cos10 x B sin10 x ) (D) e x ( A cos10 x B sin10 x)

Q.27 A binary star system consists of two stars S1 and S2, with masses m and 2m respectively
separated by a distance r. If both S1 and S2 individually follow circular orbits around the
centre of mass with instantaneous speeds v1 and v2 respectively, the speeds ratio v1/v2 is
.
Q.28 A particle of unit mass moves along the x-axis under the influence of a potential,
2
V x x x 4 . The particle is found to be in stable equilibrium at the point . The time
period of oscillation of the particle is

3
(A) (B) (C) (D) 2
2 2
Q.29 A parallel plate capacitor has circular plates of radius R. It is being charged by a current I.
Then the magnetic induction B at a point between the plates at a distance R/2 from the
axis of the capacitor is:
0 I 0 I 0 I 0 I
(a) B (b) B (c) B (d) B
2R 4R 6R 8R
1 0
Q30. Consider a system in the unperturbed state described by the Hamiltonian, H0 .
0 1
0
The system is subjected to a perturbation of the form H ' , when << 1. The
0
energy eigenvalues of the perturbed system using the first order perturbation
approximation are
(A) 1 and (1 + 2) (B) (1 + ) and (1 - )
fiziks
(C) (1+2 ) and (1 - ) (D) (1+ ) and (1 - 2)

Q31. Consider a two level quantum system with energies 1 0 and 1 . The specific heat
of the system is given by
e / k B T 2 e / k BT
(A) (B)
k B T 1 e / k BT 2 k B T 2 1 e / kBT
2 e / k B T 2 e / k BT
(C) (D)
1 e / k B T 2
k B T 2 1 e / kBT 2
3 a
Q32. The internal energy of n moles of a gas is given by E nRT , where V is the
2 V
volume of the gas at temperature T and a is a positive constant. One mole of the gas in
state (T1, V1) is allowed to expand adiabatically into vacuum to a final state (T2, V2). The
temperature T2 is
a 1 1 2a 1 1
(A) 1 (B) 1
R V2 V1 3 R V2 V1
2a 1 1 1a 1 1
(C) 1 (D) 1
3 R V2 V1 3 R V2 V1
Q33. Consider the following circuit in which the current gain dc of the transistor is 100
and VBE 0.7V . Which one of the following correctly represents the collector current IC
and collector-emitter voltage VCE? 15 V
(A) 12mA, 0.5V
(B) 14mA, 1V 100 k 900
(C) 16mA, 2V
(D) 18mA, 3V
100

fiziks
Q.34 For the given circuit the frequency above which the gain will decrease by 20 dB per
decade is 10 k
Vin
(A) 12 kHz
Vout
(B) 16 kHz 1000pF
(C) 18 kHz 1 k
(D) 20 kHz
2 k
Q.35 In the circuit shown, the ports Q1 and Q2 are in the state Q1 = 1, Q2 = 0. The circuit is
now subjected to three complete clock pulses. The state of these ports now becomes
Q1 Q2
(A) Q2 = 1, Q1 = 0
(B) Q2 = 0, Q1 = 1
1 J Q 1 J Q
(C) Q2 = 1, Q1 = 1 CLK CLK
(D) Q2 = 0, Q1 = 0 1 K Q 1 K Q
Q.36 There are only three bound states for a particle of mass m in a one-dimensional potential
well of the form shown in the figure. The depth V0 of the
potential satisfies V
a/2 a/2
2 2 2 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 x
(a) V0 (b) V0
ma 2 2ma 2 ma 2 ma 2
2 2 2 8 2 2 2 2 2 50 2 2 V0
(c) V0 (d) V0
ma 2 ma 2 ma 2 ma 2

fiziks
3 2 3 2
Q.37 The equation of a surface of revolution is z x y
2 2
2
The unit normal to the surface at the point A ,0,1 is
3
3 2 3 2
(A) i k (B) i k
5 10 5 10
3 2 3 2
(C) i k (D) i k
5 5 10 10
0 for x 3,
Q.38 If f x then the Laplace transform of f(x) is
x 3 for x 3
(A) s-2e3s (B) s2e-3s (C) s-2 (D) s-2e-3s
Q.39 A hypothetical semiconductor has a conduction band that can be described by

Ecb = E1 E2 cos (Ka)
and valence band that can be described by :
Evb = E3 E4 sin2 (Ka/2)
Where E3 < (E1 E2) and

K
a a
The band gap of the material is
(A) E1-E2-E3+E4 (B) E1+E2- E3
(C) E1-E2+E4 (D) 2(E2-E4)
Q.40 The electron concentration in the conduction band of Ge at 77K is 10 12 cm-3. At this
temperature the electron and hole nobilities are equal, = 0.5 x 104 cm2 /V-sec. The
dielectric constant of Ge is 16.
If 100 volts is applied across a 1 cm cube of crystal, the current (mA) flowing in the
sample is ..

fiziks
Q.41. Assuming a dispersion relation under long wavelength approximation for elastic
wave in one dimensional lattice of ferromagnetic system. The lattice specific heat at low
temperature varies as
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.42 According to the single particles nuclear shell model, the spin-parity of the ground state
of 178 O is

1 3 3 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2
Q.43 The disintegration energy is defined to be the difference in the rest energy between the
initial and final states. Consider the following process: 240
94 Pu
236
92 U 42 He
The emitted particle has a kinetic energy 5.17 MeV. The value of the disintegration
energy in MeV is ..
Q44. Which of the following fusion reaction give more energy? The nuclear mass of the different
nuclei is as follows
M( ) = 1.00783amu, M( ) = 2.01410amu, M( ) = 3.01605amu,
M( ) = 3.01603amu, M( ) = 4.02603amu, M( ) = 6.01512amu and

M(e) = 0.00055amu
(A) +
(B)
(C)
(D)
Q.45 If B and p is the wavelength of the series limit of Bracket and Pfund series respectively.
The ratio of B and p will be
16 25 9 9
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25 36 25 16

fiziks
Q.46 A pure rotational Raman spectrum of a linear diatomic molecule is recorded using
electromagnetic radiation of frequency ve. The frequency of two consecutive stokes
(A) ve 10 B, ve 14 B (B) ve 2 B, ve 4 B
(C) ve + 10 B, ve + 14 B (D) ve + 2 B, ve + 4 B
Q.47 The first excited state of nucleus has spin parity 2+ and decays to 1+ ground state by
emitting gamma rays. The possible multipole radiation for the above transition are?
(A) E1, E2, E3 (B) M1, M2, M3
(C) M1, E2, M3 (D) E1, M2, E3.
Common Data Questions

Common Data for Questions 48 and 49
A hydrogen beam is prepared in the state
1 Et 2 Et 3 Et
r , t exp i 1 1 r exp i 2 2 r exp i 3 3 r
14 7 14
where E1, E2, E3 are the energies of the ground state and the first excited state of the

hydrogen atom and 1 r , 2 r , 3 r are their normalized wave functions respectively.
The beam is incident on a detector which measures their energy. Let E0 be the ionization
energy of the hydrogen atom.
E0
Q48. what will be probability such that energy is E0 and respectively .
9
1 3 1 9 1 1 3 3
(A) , (B) , (C) , (D) ,
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Q49. The average energy measured by the detector is given by

3 3
(A) E0 (B) E0 (C) E0 (D) E0
14 14

fiziks
Common Data for Questions 50 and 51

Consider a hetero nuclear diatomic molecule with moment of inertia I .
Q50. If N no of such molecule kept at equilibrium temperature T with j total angular
orbital quantum no then write the partition fuction at low temperature .
2 2 2
a) Z exp( ) b) Z 1 exp( ) c) Z 1 3exp( )
IkT IkT IkT
2 2
Z 1 3exp( )
IkT
Q51. what will average energy per molecule at higher temperature T
3kT
(A) kT (B) 2kT (C) (D)3 kT
2
Linked Answer Questions
Three particles of equal mass m are connected by two identical mass less springs of
stiffness constant k as shown in the figure:
k k
m m m
Q.52 If x1 , x 2 and x 3 denote the horizontal displacements of the masses from their
respective equilibrium positions, the potential energy of the system is
1 1
(A)
2

k x12 x22 x32 (B)
2

k x12 x 22 x 32 x 2 x1 x3
1 1
(C)
2

k x12 2 x 22 x32 2 x 2 x1 x3 (D)
2

k x12 2 x 22 x32 2 x 2 x1 x 3
Q.53 The normal mode of frequency is given by
k k k 2k k 3k k k
(A) , (B) , (C) , (D) ,2 .
m m m m m m m m

fiziks

A long solenoid, of radius a, is driven by alternating current, so that the field inside is

sinusoidal: B t B0 cos t z . A circular loop of wire, of radius a and resistance R,
2
is placed inside the solenoid, and coaxial with it.
Q54. The Magnetic flux through the loop is,

1 2
(A) a B0 sin t (B) a 2 B0 sin t
4
1 2
(C) a 2 B0 cos t (D) a B0 cos t
4
Q55. Then the amplitude of current induced in the loop is

a 2 B0 a 2 B0 a 2 B0 a 2 B0
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2R 3R 4R 5R

fiziks
General Aptitude (GA) Questions

Q.56 Q.60 carry one mark each
Q.56 Choose the grammatically INCORRECT sentence:

(a) They gave us the money back less the service charges of Three Hundred rupees.
(b) This countrys expenditure is not less than that of Bangladesh.
(c) The committee initially asked for a funding of Fifty Lakh rupees, but later settled for a
lesser sum.
(d) This countrys expenditure on educational reforms is very less.
Q.57. Which one of the following options is the closest in meaning to the word given below?
Mitigate
(a) Diminish (b) Divulge (c) Dedicate (d) Denote
Q.58 Choose the most appropriate alternative from the options given below to complete the
following sentence:
Despite several the mission succeeded in its attempt to resolve the
conflict.
(a) attempts (b) setbacks (c) meetings (d) delegations
Q.59 T he cost function for a product in a firm is given by 5q2, where q is the amount of
production. The firm can sell the product at a market price of Rs50 per unit. The number
of units to be produced by the firm such that the profit is maximized is
(a) 5 (b) 10 (c) 15 (d) 25
Q.60 Choose the most appropriate alternative from the options given below to complete the
following sentence:
Sureshs dog is the one was hurt in the stampede.
(a) that (b) which (c) who (d) whom

fiziks
Q.61 Q.65 carry two marks each.
Q.61 Which of the following assertions are CORRECT?

P: Adding 7 to each entry in a list adds 7 to the mean of the list
Q: Adding 7 to each entry in a list adds 7 to the standard deviation of the list
R: Doubling each entry in a list doubles the mean of the list
S: Doubling each entry in a list leaves the standard deviation of the list unchanged
(a) P, Q (b) Q, R (c) P, R (d) R, S
Q.62 An automobile plant contracted to buy shock absorbers from two suppliers X and Y. X
supplies
60% and Y supplies 40% of the shock absorbers. All shock absorbers are subjected to a
quality test. The ones that pass the quality test are considered reliable. Of Xs shock
absorbers, 96% are reliable. Of Ys shock absorbers, 72% are reliable.
The probability that a randomly chosen shock absorber, which is found to be reliable, is
made by Y is
(a) 0.288 (b) 0.334 (c) 0.667 (d) 0.720
Q.63 A political party orders an arch for the entrance to the ground in which the annual
convention is
being held. The profile of the arch follows the equation y = 2x 0.1x2 where y is the
height of the
arch in meters. The maximum possible height of the arch is
(a) 8 meters (b) 10 meters (c) 12 meters (d) 14 meters

fiziks
Q.64 Wanted Temporary, Part-time persons for the post of Field Interviewer to conduct
personal interviews to collect and collate economic data. Requirements: High School-
pass, must be available for Day, Evening and Saturday work. Transportation paid,
expenses reimbursed.
Which one of the following is the best inference from the above advertisement?
(a) Gender-discriminatory
(b) Xenophobic
(c) Not designed to make the post attractive
(d) Not gender-discriminatory
Q.65 Given the sequence of terms, AD CG FK JP, the next term is

(a) OV (b) OW (c) PV (d) PW

JEST 2013
PPART A: THREE MARK QUESTIONS
Q1. In an observers rest frame, a particle is moving towards the observer with an energy E
and momentum P . If c denotes the velocity of light in vacuum, the energy of the particle
in another frame moving in the same direction as particle with a constant velocity v is
(a)
(E + vp ) (b)
(E vp ) (c)
(E + vp ) (d)
(E vp )
1 (v / c )
2
1 (v / c )
2
[1 (v / c )2 ]2 [1 (v / c )2 ]2
Ans.: (a)
vx x v v
t+ + 2x x+ x
2 x
c = c c x = c x = ct , x = ct
Solution: t =
v 2 c v 2
v2
1 2 1 2 1 2
c c c
E
v E+
c E E + Pv
Now x = E , x = E E = E = mc 2 , E = Pc P = E =
v2 c v2
1 2 1 2
c c
Q2. Consider a system of two particles A and B. each particle can occupy one of three
possible quantum states 1 , 2 and 3 . The ratio of the probability that the two particles
are in the same state to the probability that the two particles are in different states is
calculated for bosons and classical (Maxwell- Boltzman) particles. They are respectively
(a) 1,0 (b) 1/2,1 (c) 1,1/2 (d) 0,1/2
Ans.: (c)
Solution: For two particle in same state:
AB 3 AB
3 3 3 3 3
AB 2 AB
2 2 2 2 2
AB AB
1 1 1 1 1 1
Boson Classical (Maxwell - Boltzman)
1/ 3
Probability ratio: =1
1/ 3
For two particle in different states
B B B A B A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
B A B A A B
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
A A 1 A B A B
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Boson Classical (Maxwell-Boltzmann)
1/ 3 1
Probability ratio: =
2/3 2
Q3. At equilibrium there can not be any free charge inside a metal. However, if you forcibly
put charge in the interior then it takes some finite time to disappear i.e. move to the
1
surface. If the conductivity, , of a metal is 106 (m ) and the dielectric constant
0 = 8.85 10 12 Farad/m, this time will be approximately:

(a) 10-5 sec (b) 10-11 sec (c) 10-9 sec (d) 10-17 sec
Ans.: (d)
8.85 10 12
Solution: Characteristic time: = = = 8.85 10 18
10 6
Q4. The free fall time of a test mass on an object of mass M from a height 2R to R is
R3 R3 R3 2R 3
(a) ( / 2 + 1) (b) (c) ( / 2) (d)
GM GM GM GM
Ans.: (a)
md 2 r GMm d 2r GM d 2r A
Solution: Equation of motion 2
= 2
2
= 2
2
= 2 GM = A
dt r dt r dt r
dv A dr d v2 d A v2 A
v = 2 = = +C
dt r dt dt 2 dt r 2 r
when r = 2 R, v = 0
0 A A v2 A A 2A 2A dr 2A 2R r
= +C C = = v= =
2 2R 2R 2 r 2R r 2R dt 2R r
R r A t
dr = dt
2R
2R r R 0
put r = u 2 , dr = 2udu when r = 2 R, r = R, u = 2 R , u = R

R u A t A R u2
2udu = dt t = 2 du
2R
2R u 2 R 0 R 2R
2R u 2
R
A u 2 R 1 u
t = 2 2R u 2 + sin
R 2 2 2R 2R
A R 2 R 1 R 2R 2R
t = 2 2R R + sin + 2 R 2 R R sin 1
R 2 2 2R 2 2R
3
A R R R R R R
t = 2 + t = + 1 t = + 1 A = GM
R 2 4 2 A 2 2 GM
Q5. A box contains 100 coins out of which 99 are fair coins and 1 is a double-headed coin.
Suppose you choose a coin at random and toss it 3 times. It turns out that the results of all
3 tosses are heads. What is the probability that the coin you have drawn is the double-
headed one?
(a) 0.99 (b) 0.925 (c) 0.75 (d) 0.01
Ans.: (c)
Q6. Under a Galilean transformation, the coordinates and momenta of any particle/ system
transform as: t ' = t , r ' = r + v t and p ' = p + mv where v is the velocity of the boosted
frame with respect to the original frame. A unitary operator carrying out these
transformations for a system having total mass M, total momentum P and centre of mass
coordinate X is
2
t / (2 )
(a) e i M v . X / e i t v .P / (b) e i M v . X / e i t v .P / e i M v
2 2
t / (2 ) t / (2 )
(c) e i M v . X / e i t v .P / e i M v (d) e i t v . P / e i M v
Ans.: (b)
Q7. A particle of mass m is contained in a one-dimensional infinite well extending from
x = -L/2 to x = L/2. The particle is in its ground state given by 0 ( x ) = 2 / L cos(x / L ) .
The walls of the box are moved suddenly to form a box extending from x = -L to x = L.
what is the probability that the particle will be in the ground state after this sudden
expansion?
2 2 2
(a) (8 / 3 ) (b) 0 (c) (16 / 3 ) (d) (4 / 3 )
Ans.: (a)
2 2 x 2 x
Solution: Probability 0 1 ,0 = cos , 1 cos
L L 2L 2L
Since the wall of box are moved suddenly then
2 2
L/2 2 1 cos x cos x 2 1 L / 2 2 cos x cos x
Probability = dx = dx
L / 2 L L L 2L L 2 L / 2 L 2L
2 L/2 2
2 1 L / 2 3 x x 2 1 2L 3 x 2 L x
cos + cos dx sin + sin
L 2 L / 2 2L 2L L 2 3 2L 2 L L / 2
2
2 1 2 L 3 3 2 L
sin + sin + sin + sin
L 2 3 4 4 4 4
2 2
2 2 8
+ =
3 3
Q8. The electric fields outside (r > R) and inside (r < R) a solid sphere with a uniform
1 q 1 q
volume charge density are given by Er >R = r and Er<R = rr
4 0 r 2 4 0 R 3
respectively, while the electric field outside a spherical shell with a uniform surface
1 q
charge density is given by E r < R = r , q being the total charge. The correct ratio of
4 0 r 2
the electrostatic energies for the second case to the first case is
(a) 1:3 (b) 9:16 (c) 3:8 (d) 5:6
Ans.: (d)
0 R 2 0 2
Solution: Electrostatic energy in spherical shell wsp = E1 4 r 2 dr + E 2 4 r 2 dr
2 0 2 R

0 q2 q2 1 q2 1
(4 ) 2
4 r 2 dr = =
2 R
0 r4 8 0 r R 8 0 R
0 R 2 0 2
Electrostatic energy in solid sphere ws = E1 4 r 2 dr + E 2 4 r 2 dr
2 0 2 R
R
q2 1 r5 q2 1
+ r
8 0 R 6 5 0 8 0 R
q2 1 q2 6q 2
ws = + =
5 8 0 R 8 0 R 40 0 R
q2
Wspherical 8 0 5
Now = 2
=
Wsphere 6q 6
40 0 R
Q9. A quantum mechanical particle in a harmonic oscillator potential has the initial wave
function / 0 ( x ) + / 1 ( x ), where / 0 and / 1 are the real wavefunctions in the ground
and first excited state of the harmonic oscillator Hamiltonian. For convenience we take
m= = = 1 for the oscillator. What is the probability density of finding the particle at
x at time t = ?
(a) (/ 1 ( x ) / 0 ( x ))
2
(b) ( 1 ( x )) (/ 0 ( x ))
2 2
(c) (/ 1 ( x ) + / 0 ( x )) (d) (/ 1 ( x )) + (/ 0 ( x ))
2 2 2
Ans.: (a)
Solution: (x ) = 0 (x ) + 1 ( x )
E0t E1t
( x, t ) = 0 ( x ) e i + 1 ( x ) ei
Now probability density at time t

2 2 2 t
( x, t ) = * ( x, t ) ( x, t ) = 0 ( x ) + 1 ( x ) + 2 Re 0* ( x ) 1 ( x ) cos ( E1 E0 )
putting t =
2 2 2
( x, t ) = 0 ( x ) + 1 ( x ) + 2 Re 0* ( x ) 1 ( x ) cos E1 E0 = = 1
2 2 2 2
( x, t ) = 0 ( x ) + 1 ( x ) 2 Re 0* ( x ) 1 ( x ) = 1 ( x ) 0 ( x )
Q10. A spherical planet of radius R has a uniform density and does not rotate. If the planet
is made up of some liquid, the pressure at point r from the center is
4 2 G 2 4G 2
(a)
3
(
R r2 ) (b)
3
R r2( )
2 2 G 2 G
(c)
3
(
R r2 ) (d)
2
(R 2
r2 )
Ans.: (c)
r
4r 2 drGM
dm g dm g R3
Solution: Pressure dp = dp = dp =
A 4r 2 4r 2
dr
r dm (mass of elementary part )

R
4 3 r
4r 2 drG R 3
dp = 3 R dp = 4 2 Grdr
2
4r 3
R
R 4 2 4 2 r 2 4 2 R 2 r 2
dp = Grdr p = G p = G
r 3 3 2 r 3 2 2
4 2 G 2 2 2
p=
3 2
(R r2 ) p =
3
G (R 2 r 2 )
Re(z 2 ) + Im(z 2 )
Q11. Compute lim
z 0 z2
(a) The limit does not exist. (b) 1
(c) i (d) -1
Ans.: (a)
Solution: lim
( )
Re z 2 + Im z 2 ( ) = lim x 2
y 2 + 2 xy
lim
x 2 y 2 + 2 xy
=1
z 0 z2 z 0 x 2 y 2 + 2ixy y = 0 x 2 y 2 + 2ixy
x 0
x 2 y 2 + 2 xy
lim 2 = 1
x = 0 x y 2 + 2ixy
y 0
Q12. A particle of mass m is thrown upward with velocity v and there is retarding air resistance
proportional to the square of the velocity with proportionality constant k. If the particle
attains a maximum height after time t, and g is the gravitational acceleration, what is the
velocity?
g
k g gk tan t
(a) tan t (b) k
g
k
g
(c)
k
tan ( gk t ) (d) gk tan ( gk t )
Ans.: (c)
mdv dv k dv
Solution: Equation of motion = mg + kv 2 = g + v2 = dt
dt dt m k 2
g+ v
m
dv dv m 1 v
= dt = dt tan 1 =t
k k gm k gm gm
g + v2 + v2
m m k k k
v gk gm gk
tan 1 = tv= tan t
gm m k m
k
Q13. Consider a uniform distribution of particles with volume density n in a box. The particles
have an isotropic velocity distribution with constant magnitude v. The rate at which the
particles will be emitted from a hole of area A on one side of this box is
(a) nvA (b) nvA/2 (c) nvA/4 (d) none of the above
Ans.: (c)
Q14. For a diatomic ideal gas near room temperature, what fraction of the heat supplied is
available for external work if the gas is expanded at constant pressure?
(a) 1/7 (b) 5/7 (c) 3/4 (d) 2/7
Ans.: (d)
Solution: It is isobaric process (constant pressure)
Then = nC p T W = nRT
In this process is heat exchange during process.

Function of heat supplied
W nRT R 1 1
= = = = = 1
Q nC p T R
1
1 Cp R
1 = Cp =
2 CV 1
1 + f

f
1 f = degree of freedom, for diatomic molecule f = 5
f +2
5 2
1
5+2 7
Q15. A flat surface is covered with non-overlapping disks of same size. What is the largest
fraction of the area that can be covered?
3 5 6
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 7 2 3
Ans.: (d)
1 1 1
Solution: neff = nC + n f + 1 ni = 6 + 1 = 3 a = 2r
3 2 3
neff A 3 r 2
Now largest fraction of area i.e. packing fraction = = =
3 3 2 3
(2r )
2
6 a2 6
4 4
Q16. If Jx, Jy, Jz are angular momentum operators, the eigenvalues of the operator (J x + j y ) /
are
(a) real and discrete with rational spacing
(b) real and discrete with irrational spacing
(c) real and continuous
(d) not all real
Ans.: (b)
1 i 0 1 0 0
Solution: J x = ( J+ + J ) , J y = ( J J+ ) J+ = , J =
2 2 0 0 1 0
0 1 i 0 1 J + J y 1 0 1 i
Jx = , Jy = x =
2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 + i 0
1 1 i
eigen value 2 2 = 0 = 2
2 1 + i
Q17. A metal suffers a structural phase transition from face-centered cubic (FCC) to the simple
cubic (SC) structure. It is observed that this phase transition does not involve any change
of volume. The nearest neighbor distances dfc and dsc for the FCC and the SC structures
respectively are in the ratio (dfc/dsc) [Given 21/3 = 1.26]
(a) 1.029 (b) 1.122 (c) 1.374 (d) 1.130
Ans. 17: ()
Solution: Nearest neighbour in SC a C.N = 6
a
Nearest neighbour in FCC C.N = 12
2
a
dFCC 1 1
= 2 = = = 0.707
dSC a 2 1.414
Q18. If, in a Kepler potential, the pericentre distance of particle in a parabolic orbit is rp while
the radius of the circular orbit with the same angular momentum is rc, then
(a) rc = 2rp (b) rc = rp (c) 2rc = rp (d) rc = 2rp
Ans.: (a)
l
Solution: Ionic equation = 1 + e cos for parabola e = 1 for circle, e = 0 , = 0
r
l l
= 1+ e , = 1, l = 2rp , l = rC 2rp = rC
rp rC
Q19. A K meson (with a rest mass of 494 MeV) at rest decays into a muon (with a rest mass of
106 MeV) and a neutrino. The energy of the neutrino, which can be massless, is
approximately
(a) 120 MeV (b) 236 MeV (c) 300 MeV (d) 388 MeV
Ans.: (b)
494 494 106 106 2
(m 2
m2 ) c 2 2 2 2 2 c
c c c c

k
Solution: k + , E =
2mk 494
2 2
c
11236
244036 = 235.6275 236 MeV
988
Q20. The vector field xzi + yj in cylindrical polar coordinates is
(a) (z cos 2 + sin 2 )e + sin cos (1 z )e
(b) (z cos 2 + sin 2 )e + sin cos (1 + z )e
(c) (z sin 2 + cos 2 )e + sin cos (1 + z )e

(d) (z sin 2 + cos 2 )e + sin cos (1 z )e
Ans.: (a)
Solution: A = xzi + yj
Ax = xz , Ay = y, Az = 0
A = A e = Ax ( x e ) + Ay ( y e ) + Az ( z e )
= cos z cos + sin sin + 0 A = ( cos 2 z + sin 2 ) e
A = A e = Ax ( x e ) + Ay ( y e ) + Az ( z e )
= cos ( sin ) z + sin cos
A = cos sin (1 z ) e
( )
A = A e + A e + Az ez = cos 2 z + sin 2 e + cos sin (1 z ) e
Q21. There are on average 20 buses per hour at a point, but at random times. The probability
that there are no buses in five minutes is closest to
(a) 0.07 (b) 0.60 (c) 0.36 (d) 0.19
Ans.: (d)
Q22. Two drunks start out together at the origin, each having equal probability of making a
step simultaneously to the left or right along the x axis. The probability that they meet
after n steps is
1 2n! 1 2n! 1 1
(a) (b) (c) 2n! (d) n!
4 n n!2 2 n n!2 2n 4n
Ans.: (a)
Solution: Into probability of taking ' r ' steps out of N steps
r N r
1 1
= N Cr
2 2
total steps = N = n + n = 2n
for taking probability of n steps out of N
n N n n 2nn 2n
1 1 N! 1 1 2n ! 1 2n !
P = N Cn = = =
2 2 ( N n ) !n ! 2 2
n !n ! 2 ( n !)
2
4n
Q23. The equation describing the shape of curved mirror with the property that the light from a
point source at the origin will be reflected in a beam of rays parallel to the x-axis is (with
a as some constant)
(a) y2 = ax + a2 (b) 2y = x2 + a2 (c) y2 = 2ax + a2 (d) y2 = ax3 + 2a2
Ans.: (c)
Q24. A simple model of a helium-like atom with electron-electron interaction is replaced by
Hookes law force is described by Hamiltonian
2 2 1
2m
( ) (
1 + 22 + m 2 r12 + r22
2
)
4
2
m 2 r1 r2 .
What is the exact ground state energy?

3 3
(a) E =
2
(
1+ 1+ ) (b) E =
2
1+ ( )
3 3
(c) E =
2
1 (d) E =
2
(
1+ 1 )
Ans.: (b)
1 / 2
Q25. Consider the state 1 / 2 corresponding to the angular momentum l = 1in the Lz basis
1 / 2
of states with m = +1, 0, -1. If L2z is measured in this state yielding a result 1, what is the
state after the measurement?
1 1/ 3 0 1 / 2

(a) 0 (b) 0 (c) 0 (d) 0
0 1
2/3 1 / 2
Ans.: (d)
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
2

Solution: L z = 0 0 0 , Lz = 0 0 0 , eigenvector 0 , 1, 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1

Corresponding eigenvalue 1, 0, 1
1 1
1
Now state after measurement yielding 1 1 + 3 = 0 = 0
1 2 1

PART B: ONE MARK QUESTIONS
Q26. A thin uniform ring carrying charge Q and mass M rotates about its axis. What is the
gyromagnetic ratio (defined as ratio of magnetic dipole moment to the angular
momentum) of this ring?
(a) Q / (2M ) (b) Q/M (c) Q/(2M) (d) Q / (M )
Ans.: (c)
Q 2 Q 2 Q r 2
Solution: Magnetic dipole moment M = IA = r 2 r =
T 2 T 2
M Q
Angular momentum J = Mr 2 =
J 2M
Q27. The electric and magnetic field caused by an accelerated charged particle are found to
scale as E r n and B r m at large distances. What are the value of n and m?
(a) n = 1, m = 2 (b) n = 2, m = 1 (c) n = 1, m = 1 (d) n = 2, m = 2
Ans.: (c)
qa sin qa sin 1 1
Solution: For large distance F = , B= E , B
r r r r
So m = n = 1
Q28. Consider the differential equation
dG ( x )
+ kG ( x ) = ( x ) ,
dx
where k is a constant. Which of the following statements is true?
(a) Both G(x) and G(x) are continuous at x = 0
(b) G(x) is continuous at x = 0 but G(x) is not.
(c) G(x) is discontinuous at x = 0
(d) The continuity properties of G(x) and G(x) at x = 0 depend on the value of k.
Ans.: (c)
Q29. A metal bullet comes to rest after hitting its target with a velocity of 80m/s. If 50% of the
heat generated remains in the bullet, what is the increase in its temperature? (The specific
heat of the bullet = 160 Joule per Kg per degree C)
(a) 14 C (b) 12.5 C (c) 10 C (d) 8.2 C
Ans.: (c)
1 2 1
Solution: Conservation of momentum mv 50 % = mcT 80 80 = 160 T
2 2
80 80 1
T = = 100 C
4 160
Q30. What are the eigenvalues of the operator H = a , where are the three Pauli matrices
and a is a vector?
(a) a x + a y and a z (b) a x + a z ia y (c) (a x + a y + a z ) (d) a
Ans.: (d)
Solution: H = a = ( x .a x + y .a y + z .a z )
0 1 0 i 1 0
= ax + ay + az
1 0 i 0 0 1
az (a x ia y ) (a z ) (a x ia y )

(a x + ia y ) a z (a x + ia y ) (a z + )
(a z )(a z + ) (a x ia y )(a x + ia y )
az2 + 2 ax2 a y2 = 0
2 = ax2 + a y2 + az2
= a

Q31. The hermitian conjugate of the operator is
x

(a) (b) (c) i (d) i
x x x x
Ans.: (a)
*
* ( x )
Solution: ( x ) ( x ) = ( x)
x x

*
( x )
* ( x ) ( x ) dx * ( x ) ( x ) ( x ) dx

x x
* ( x )
( x ) dx
x
Q32. If the expectation value of the momentum is p for the wavefunction / ( x ) , then the
expectation value of momentum for the wavefunction e i k x / / ( x ) is
(a) k (b) p k (c) p + k (d) p
Ans.: (c)

Solution: * ( x ) i ( x ) dx = p

x
Now
ikx ikx
ikx ikx
ik ikx
e * ( x ) i e ( x ) dx e * ( x )( i ) e ( x ) + e ( x )

x
x

ikx

ikx
ik ikx
e * ( x ) i ( x ) e + i . e * ( x ) ( x ) dx

x

* ( x ) i ( x ) + k * ( x ) ( x ) P + K

x
Q33. Two electrons are confined in a one dimensional box of length L. The one-electron states
are given by / n ( x ) = 2 / L sin (nx / L ) . What would be the ground state wave function
/ ( x1 , x 2 ) if both electrons are arranged to have the same spin state?
1 2 x1 2x 2 2 2x1 x 2
(a) / ( x1 , x 2 ) = sin sin + sin sin
2 L L L L L L
1 2 x1 2x 2 2 2x1 x 2
(b) / ( x1 , x 2 ) = sin sin sin sin
2 L L L L L L
2 x1 2x 2
(c) / ( x1 , x 2 ) = sin sin
L L L
2 2x1 x 2
(d) / ( x1 , x 2 ) = sin sin
L L L
Ans.: (b)
1
Solution: Electrons are Fermions of spin and it wave functions are anti symmetric
2
Spin part is symmetric and space part will be anti symmetric (since total wave function is
anti symmetric)
Then
1 2 x1 2x 2 2 2x1 x 2
= L sin L . sin L L sin L . sin L
2
Q34. What is the value of the following series?
2 2
1 1 1 1
1 + .... + 1 + ...
2! 4! 3! 5!
(a) 0 (b) e (c) e2 (d) 1
Ans.: (d)
2 4 3 5
Solution: cos = 1 + ..... , sin = + .....
2! 4! 3! 5!
2 2
1 1 1 1
1 + ... + 1 + cos12 + sin 12 = 1 sin 2 + cos 2 = 1
2! 4! 3! 5!
Q35. A light beam is propagating through a block of glass with index of refraction n. If the
glass is moving at constant velocity v in the same direction as the beam, the velocity of
the light in the glass block as measured by an observer in the laboratory is approximately
c 1 c 1
(a) u = + v 1 2 (b) u = v 1 2
n n n n
c 1 c
(c) u = + v1 + 2 (d) u =
n n n
Ans.: (a)
c
v+ 1
n = v + c v c v v2
Solution: now u = 1 + = v + 1 + 2 2
vc n cn n cn c n
1+ 2
c n
v2 v3 c v cv 2 c 1
v + 2 2 + 2 + 3 u = + v 1 2
cn c n n cn cn n n
Q36. If the distribution function of x is f ( x ) = xe x / over the interval 0 < x < , the mean
value of x is
(a) (b) 2 (c) / 2 (d) 0
Ans.: (b)
x x

xf ( x )dx x.xe dx x 2 e dx
Solution: it is distribution function so x =

= 0
x
0
x
= 2
f ( x ) dx

0
xe dx 0
xe dx
Q37. Consider a particle with three possible spin states: s = 0 and 1. There is a magnetic field
h present and the energy for a spin state s is hs. The system is at a temperature T. Which
of the following statements is true about the entropy S(T)?
(a) S(T) = ln 3 at T = 0, and 3 at high T
(b) S(T) = ln 3 at T = 0, and zero at high T
(c) S(T) = 0 at T = 0, and 3 at high T
(d) S(T) = 0 at T = 0, and ln 3 at high T
Ans.: (d)
Solution: S = k ln where = number of microstates
S = k ln 3 at high T =3
and at T = 0 it is perfect ordered i.e. S = 0
Q38. The operator
d d
x + x
dx dx
is equivalent to
d2 d2
(a) 2
x2 (b) 2
x2 +1
dx dx
d2 d d2 d
(c) 2
x x2 +1 (d) 2
2x x 2
dx dx dx dx
Ans.: (b)
d d d d
Solution: x + x f ( x ) x f ( x ) + xf ( x )
dx dx dx dx
d d d
f ( x ) + xf ( x ) x f (x ) x 2 f (x )
dx dx dx
d2 df ( x ) d
2
f ( x) + f ( x) + x x f ( x ) x2 f ( x )
dx dx dx
d2 d2
2
f ( x ) x 2
f ( x ) + f ( x ) = 2 x 2 + 1 f (x )
dx dx
Q39. Consider three situations of 4 particles in one dimensional box of width L with hard
walls. In case (i), the particles are fermions, in case (ii) they are bosons, and in case (iii)
they are classical. If the total ground state energy of the four particles in these three cases
are EF, EB and Ecl respectively, which of the following is true?
(a) EF = EB = Ecl (b) EF > EB = Ecl
(c) EF < EB < Ecl (d) EF > EB > Ecl
Ans.: (b)
2 2
Solution: For fermions =0
2ml 2
10 +1 4 0 +1 9 0 +1 16 0 = 30 0
For Boson = 40 , For Maxwell = 40
EF > EB = Ecl
Q40. If a proton were ten times, the ground state energy of the electron in a hydrogen atom
would be
(a) less
(b) more
(c) the same
(d) less, more or equal depending on the electron mass
Ans.: (b)
13.6 0.99995 me
Solution: En = 13.59932 = 0.99995me
n2 me
Q41. If E1 = xyi + 2 yzj + 3xzk and E 2 = y 2 i + (2 xy + z 2 ) j + 2 yzk then

(a) Both are impossible electrostatic fields
(b) Both are possible electrostatic fields
(c) Only E1 is a possible electrostatic field
(d) Only E 2 is a possible electrostatic field

Ans.: (d)
Solution: For electrostatic field E = 0
i j k

E2 =
x y z
y2 2 xy + z 2 2 yz
(2 z 2 z )i + 0 + (2 y 2 y )z = 0
i j k

E1 = = ( 0 2 y ) i + 0 + xj 0
x y z
xy yz yxz
238
Q42. U decays with a half life of 4.51 109 years, the decay series eventually ending at
206
Pb, which is stable. A rock sample analysis shows that the ratio of the numbers of
206 238 206
atoms of Pb to U is 0.0058. Assuming that all the Pb has been produced by the
238
decay of U and that all other half-lives in the chain are negligible, the age of the rock
sample is
(a) 38 106 years (b) 48 106 years (c) 38 107 years (d) 48 107 years
Ans.: (a)
1 N pb + N u
Solution: t = ln
u N u
Q43. The period of a simple pendulum inside a stationary lift is T. If the lift accelerates
downwards with an acceleration g / 4, the period of the pendulum will be
(a) T (b) T / 4 (c) 2T / 3 (d) 2T / 5
Ans.: (c)
l
Solution: T = 2 lift accelerates down wards then
g
l l 4l l
T = 2 T = 2 = 2 2 2
g g g 3g 3g
g
4
2T
T =
3
Q44. The velocity of a particle at which the kinetic energy is equal to its rest energy is (in
terms of c, the speed of light in vacuum)
(a) 3c / 2 (b) 3c / 4 (c) 3 / 5c (d) c / 2
Ans.: (a)
Solution: K .E = mc 2 m0 c 2 , rest mass energy = m0 c 2
K .E. = rest mass energy

mc 2 m0 c 2 = m0 c 2
mc 2 = 2m0 c 2
m0 1 v2 v2 3
c 2 = 2m0 c 2 = 2 41 2 = 1 4 2 = 3 v = c
v2 v2 c c 2
1 1
c2 c2
Q45. If the Poisson bracket {x, p} = -1, then the Poisson bracket {x2 + p, p}is
(a) -2x (b) 2x (c) 1 (d) -1
Ans.: (a)
{ } { }
Solution: x 2 + p, p = x 2 , p + {p, p} x{x, p} + {x, p}x + 0 x ( 1) + ( 1) x 2 x
Q46. The coordinate transformation

x = 0.8 x + 0.6 y, y = 0.6 x 0.8 y
represents
(a) a translation (b) a proper rotation
(c) a reflection (d) none of the above
Ans.: (b)
Q47. The binding energy of the k-shell electron in a Uranium atom (Z = 92, A = 238) will be
modified due to (i) screening caused by other electrons and (ii) the finite extent of the
nucleus as follows:
(a) increases due to (i), remains unchanged due to (ii)
(b) decreases due to (i), decreases due to (ii)
(c) increases due to (i), increases due to (ii)
(d) decreases due to (i), remains unchanged due to (ii)
Ans.: (b)
Q48. A small mass M hangs from a thin string and can swing like a pendulum. It is attached
above the window of a car. When the car is at rest, the string hangs vertically. The angle
made by the string with the vertical when the car has a constant acceleration a = 1.2 m/s2
is approximately
(a) 1 (b) 7 (c) 15 (d) 90
Ans.: (b)
a a 1.2
Solution: T sin = ma , T cos = mg , tan = = tan 1 = tan 1 0
= 6.98 7
0
g g 9.8
Q49. A charge q is placed at the centre of an otherwise neutral dielectric sphere of radius a and
relative permittivity r . We denote the expression q / 4 0 r 2 by E(r). Which of the
following statements is false?
(a) The electric field inside the sphere, r < a, is given by E (r ) / r
(b) The field outside the sphere, r > a, is given by E(r)
(c) The total charge inside a sphere of radius r > a is given by q.
(d) The total charge inside a sphere of radius r < a is given by q.
Ans.: (d)
Solution: E r>a
q
E.da = Qenc E 4 r 2 = q E = r r > a
4 0 r 2
Q50. An electromagnetic wave of frequency travels in the x-direction through vacuum. It is

polarized in the y-direction and the amplitude of the electric field is E0. With k = /c
where c is the speed of light in vacuum, the electric and the magnetic fields are then
conventionally given by
E0
(a) E = E 0 cos(ky t )x and B = cos(ky t ) z
c
E0
(b) E = E 0 cos(kx t ) y and B = cos(kx t ) z
c
E0
(c) E = E 0 cos(kx t )z and B = cos(ky t ) y
c
E0
(d) E = E 0 cos(kx t )x and B = cos(ky t ) y
c
Ans.: (b)
Solution: E = E0 cos ( kx t ) y
1 1
B=
c
( )
k E B = x E0 cos ( kx t ) y
c
E0 E
B= cos ( kx t )( x y ) B = 0 cos ( kx t )( z )
c c
fiziks
MATEMATICAL PHYSICS SOLUTIONS

NET/JRF (JUNE-2011)
Q1. The value of the integral dz z 2 e z , where C is an open contour in the complex z -plane as
C
lm z
shown in the figure below, is:
5 5
(a) e (b) e 0,1
e e
5 5 C
(c) e (d) e
e e
Re z
Ans: (c) 1,0 1,0
Solution: If we complete the contour, then by Cauchy integral theorem
dzz e dzz e 0 dzz e dzz e z e 2 ze 2e 1

1 1
1 5
2 z 2 z 2 z 2 z 2 z z z
e
1 C C 1
e
Q2. Which of the following matrices is an element of the group SU 2 ?
1 i 1

1 1
(a) (b) 3 3
0 1 1 1 i

3 3
1 3

2 i i
(c) (d) 2 2
3 1 i 3 1

2 2
Ans: (b)

Solution: SU 2 is a group defined as following: SU 2 : , C; 1
2 2

1 i 1 i
clearly (b) hold the property of SU 2 .
1 1
, and , .
3 3 3 3
Note: SU 2 has wide applications in electroweak interaction covered in standard model
of particle physics.

fiziks

Q3. Let a and b be two distinct three dimensional vectors. Then the component of b that is

perpendicular to a is given by

a ba b a b a b b b a a
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a2 b2 b2 a2
Ans: (a)

Solution: a b ab sin n where n is perpendicular to plane containing

a and b and pointing upwards. b b sin k

a a b ab sin a n a 2b sin k

b sin k

a a b
b sin k

a ba
.
a
a2 a2
Q4. Let p n x (where n 0,1, 2, ......) be a polynomial of degree n with real coefficients,
4
defined in the interval 2 n 4 . If pn x pm x dx nm , then
2
(a) p0 x and p1 x 3 x (b) p0 x and p1 x 3 3 x

1 3 1
2 2 2
(c) p0 x and p1 x 3 x
1 3
(d) p0 x and p1 x 3 x
1 3
2 2 2 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: For n not equal to m kroneker delta become zero. One positive and one negative term
can make integral zero. So answer may be (c) or (d). Now take n m 0 so p0 x
1
2
and then integrate. (d) is correct option because it satisfies the equation Check by
integration and by orthogonal property of Legendre polynomial also.

fiziks
Q5. Which of the following is an analytic function of the complex variable z x iy in the
domain z 2 ?
(a) 3 x iy (b) 1 x iy 7 x iy
7 4 3
(c) 1 x iy 7 x iy (d) x iy 1
4 3 1/ 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Put z x iy . If z x iy appears in any of the expressions then that expression is
1
non-analytic. For option (d) we have a branch point singularity as the power is which
2
is fractional. Hence only option (b) is analytic.
1 1 1
Q6. Consider the matrix M 1 1 1
1 1 1

A. The eigenvalues of M are
(a) 0, 1, 2 (b) 0, 0, 3 (c) 1, 1, 1 (d) 1, 1, 3
Ans: (b)
1 1 1

Solution: For eigen values 1 1 1 0
1 1 1
1 1 2 1 1 1 11 1 0
1 1 2 2 1 0 2 2 3 22 2 0
3 32 0 2 3 0 0, 0, 3
For any n n matrix having all elements unity eigenvalues are 0, 0, 0,..., n .
B. The exponential of M simplifies to (I is the 3 3 identity matrix)
e3 1 M2
(a) e I
M
M (b) e M I M
3 2!
(c) e M I 33 M (d) e M e 1M
Ans: (a)

fiziks
Solution: For e M let us try to diagonalize matrix M using similarity transformation.
2 1 1 x1 0
For 3 , 1 2 1 x 2 0

1 1 2 x3 0
2 x1 x2 x 0 , x1 2 x 2 x3 0 , x1 x 2 2 x3 0
3
3 x 2 3 x3 0 or x 2 x3 x1 x 2 x3 k .
1
Eigen vector is 1 3 1 where k 1 .
1
For 0 ,
1 1 1 x1 0
1 1 1 x 0 x x x 0
2 1 2 3
1 1 1 x3 0
k1 1
Let x1 k1 , x2 k 2 and x3 k1 k 2 . Eigen vector is k 2 1 / 2 1
where
k 1 k 2 1
k1 k 2 1 .
1
Let x1 k1 , x2 k 2 and x3 k1 k 2 . Other Eigen vector 1 / 2 0 where
1
k1 1, k 2 1.
0 1 1 1 2 1
S 1 0 1 S 2 1 1 D S 1 MS , M SDS 1 .
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 0
eM Se D S 1 e D 0 1 0 e M 1
e 3 1M
3
0 0 e 3

fiziks
NET/JRF (DEC-2011)
Q7. An unbiased dice is thrown three times successively. The probability that the numbers of
dots on the uppermost surface add up to 16 is
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16 36 108 216
Ans: (b)
Solution: We can get sum of dice as 16 in total six ways i.e. three ways (6, 5, 5) and three ways
(6, 6, 4).
Total number of ways for 3 dice having six faces 6 6 6
6 1

6 6 6 36

Q8. The generating function F x, t Pn x t n for the Legendre polynomials Pn x
n 0

is F x, t 1 2 xt t 2
1
2
. The value of P3 1 is
(a) 5 / 2 (b) 3 / 2 (c) 1 (d) 1

Ans: (d)
Solution: P3
1
2
1
2
3

5 x 3 3x P3 1 5 1 3 1 5 3 1
1
2

Q9. The equation of the plane that is tangent to the surface xyz 8 at the point 1, 2, 4 is
(a) x 2 y 4 z 12 (b) 4 x 2 y z 12
(c) x 4 y 2 0 (d) x y z 7
Ans: (b)
Solution: To get a normal at the surface lets take the gradient
xyx yzi zxj kxy 8i 4 j 2k
We want a plane perpendicular to this so: r r0 8i64 4 16j 2k4 0 .

x 1i y 2 j z 4k 8i 4 j 2k 0 4x 2 y z 12 .

fiziks
Q10.
A 3 3 matrix M has Tr M 6, Tr M 2 26 and Tr M 3 90 . Which of the following
can be a possible set of eigenvalues of M ?
(a) 1,1, 4 (b) 1, 0, 7 (c) 1, 3, 4 (d) 2, 2, 2
Ans: (c)
2 2

Solution: Tr M 2 1 3 4 also Tr M 3 1 3 4 90 .
2 3 3 3
Q11. Let x1 t and x2 t be two linearly independent solutions of the differential equation
d 2x dx t dx t
2 f t x 0 and let wt x1 t 2 x2 t 1 . If w0 1, then w1 is
dx
2
dt dt dt dt
given by
(a) 1 (b) e 2 (c) 1 / e (d) 1 / e 2
Ans: (d)
Solution: W t is Wronskian of D.E.
W e e 2t W 1 e 2 since P 2 .
Pdt
1 for 2n x 2n 1
Q12. The graph of the function f x
0 for 2n 1 x 2n 2
where n 0,1, 2,...... is shown below. Its Laplace transform f s is

~
f x
1 es 1 es
(a) (b)
s s 1
1 1 x
s 1 e s s 1 e s
(c) (d) 0 1 2 3 4 5
Ans: (c)
1 2 3
Solution: L f x e sx
f x dx e sx
1dx e sx
0dx e sx 1dx ......
0 0 1 2
1 3
e sx e sx
0 ......
1 s
e 1
1 3 s

e e 2 s ......
s 0 s 2 s s

fiziks

1
s
1

1 e s e 2 s e 3s ........ 1 e s e 2 s e 3s ....
s
a 1 1
Since S where r e s and a 1 S
1 r
s 1 e s
.

Q13. The first few terms in the Taylor series expansion of the function f x sin x around

x are:
4
1 1 1
2 3

(a) 1 x x x .....
2 4 2! 4 3! 4
1 1 1
2 3
(b) 1 x x x .....
2 4 2! 4 3! 4
1
3

(c) x x .....
4 3! 4
1 x 2 x3
(d) 1 x .....
2 2! 3!
Ans: (c)
Solution: f x sin x
1
f
4 2
1
f cos
4 4 2
1
f sin
4 4 2
So Taylors series is given by
1 1 1
2 3
1 x x x .....
2 4 2! 4 3! 4

fiziks
NET/JRF (JUNE-2012)
Q14. A vector perpendicular to any vector that lies on the plane defined by x y z 5 , is
(a) i j (b) j k (c) i j k (d) 2i 3 j 5k

Ans: (c)

Solution: Let x y z 5 i j k x y z 5 i j k .
x y z
1 2 3

Q15. The eigen values of the matrix A 2 4 6 are
3 6 9

(a) 1, 4, 9 (b) 0, 7, 7 (c) 0,1,13 (d) 0, 0,14
Ans: (d)
1 2 3
Solution: For eigenvalues A I 0 2 4 6 0
3 6 9
1 4 9 36 229 18 312 34 0
1 4 9 361 49 36 9 0
3 14 2 0 2 14 0 0, 0, 14 .
1
Q16. The first few terms in the Laurent series for in the region 1 z 2 and
z 1z 2
around z 1 is
1 z z 2 ....1 z z z ....
2 3
z 1 z 1 z ....
1 1 2 3
(a) (b)
2 2 4 8 1 z
1 1 2 4
(d) 2 z 1 5 z 1 7 z 1 ....
1
1 z z 2 .... 1 z z 2 ....
2 3
(c)
z2
Ans:

fiziks
1 1 z
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Solution:
z 1z 2 z 2 z 1 1 z z 1 1 1 z

1
1 1 z
1 2 1 z 2 1 2 3 1 z 3 ...
1 z 21 31

1
1 z

z 1 z 1 z ....
2 3

Q17. Let u x, y x x y 2 be the real part of analytic function f z of the complex
1 2
2
variable z x i y . The imaginary part of f z is
(a) y xy (b) xy (c) y (d) y 2 x 2

Ans: (a)
Solution: u x, y x
x y 2 , vx, y ?
1 2
2
u v u v
Check and .
x y y x
u v v
, 1 x v y xy f x
x y y
u v v
y v yx f y
y x x
y xy f x yx f y
f x 0 f y y
V xy y
Q18. Let y x be a continuous real function in the range 0 and 2 , satisfying the
d2y dy
inhomogeneous differential equation: sin x cos x x
2
2
dx dx
The value of dyldx at the point x / 2
(a) is continuous (b) has a discontinuity of 3
(c) has a discontinuity of 1/3 (d) has a discontinuity of 1

fiziks
Ans: (d)
d2y dy x
Solution: After dividing by sin x , cot x cosec 2 x
2
2
dx dx
dy dy
Integrating both sides, cot x dx cosec x x dx
dx dx 2
dy
cot x y cosec x ydx 1
dx
Using Dirac delta property: f x x x f x (it lies with the limit).
0 0
dy cos x
y y sin 2 xdx 1 , at x ; sin x 0 . So this is point of discontinuity.
dx sin x
Q19. A ball is picked at random from one of two boxes that contain 2 black and 3 white and 3
black and 4white balls respectively. What is the probability that it is white?
(a) 34 / 70 (b) 41/ 70 (c) 36 / 70 (d) 29 / 70
Ans: (b)
Solution: Probability of picking white ball
2 B 3W 3B 4W
3 4
From box I and from box II
5 7
1 3 4 41
Probability of picking a white ball from either of the two boxes is
2 5 7 70
Q20. The eigenvalues of the antisymmetric matrix,
0 n3 n2

A n3 0 n1
n2 0
n1
where n1 , n 2 and n3 are the components of a unit vector, are

(a) 0, i, i (b) 0,1, 1
(c) 0,1 i, 1, i (d) 0, 0, 0
Ans: (a)

fiziks
0 n3 n2 0 n3 n2
Solution: A n3 0 n1 A n3
T
0 n1
n2 n1 0 n2 n1 0
0 n3 n2
n 0 n1
3
n2 n1 0
1 0 2 n12 n22 n32 3 n12 n22 n32
but n12 n22 n32 1
so, 1 0 , 2 L , 3 L
A AT (Antisymmetric). Eigenvalues are either zero or purely imaginary.

Q21. Which of the following limits exists?
N 1 N 1
(a) lim ln N (b) lim ln N
N
m1 m N
m1 m
N
1 N
1
(c) lim ln N (d) lim
N
N
m1 m m 1 m
Ans: (b)
Q22. A bag contains many balls, each with a number painted on it. There are exactly n balls
which have the number n (namely one ball with 1, two balls with 2, and so on until N on
them). An experiment consists of choosing a ball at random, noting the number on it and
returning it to the bag. If the experiment is repeated a large number of times, the average
value the number will tend to
2N 1 N N 1 N N 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 2 2
Ans: (a)
N N 1
Solution: Total number of balls 1 2 3 4 ..... N
2
k
The probability for choosing a k th ball at random
N N 1
2
fiziks
2k 2 2 N N 12 N 1
Average of it is given by k k P
N N 1 N N 1 6
2N 1 N N 12 N 1
where k 2 .
3 6
Q23. Consider a sinusoidal waveform of amplitude 1V and frequency f 0 . Starting from an
1
arbitrary initial time, the waveform is sampled at intervals of . If the corresponding
2 f0
Fourier spectrum peaks at a frequency f and an amplitude A , them
(a) f 2 f 0 and A 1V (b) f 2 f 0 and 0 A 1 A

f0 1
(c) f 0 and A 1V (d) f and A V
2 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: y 1sin 2 f 0t . y
The fourier transform is:
IV
F y
1
f f 0 f f 0
2
t
1 0 T
In Fourier domain f f 0 , A .
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2012)
a b c
Q24. The unit normal vector of the point , , on the surface of the ellipsoid
3 3 3
x2 y2 z 2
1 is
a2 b2 c2
bci caj abk ai bj ck

(a) (b)
a 2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2
bi cj ak i j k
(c) (d)
a2 b2 c2 3

fiziks
Ans: All the options given are incorrect.

x2 y2 z2
Solution: Here 1.
a2 b2 c2

Unit normal vector is .

x2 y 2 z 2 2 xi 2 yj 2 zk
So, i j k 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
x y z a b c a b c
2 2 2
a b c
i j k
, , a 3 b 3 c 3
3 3 3
4 4 4 2 b2c 2 a 2c 2 a 2c 2

3a 2 3b 2 3c 2 3 a 2b 2 c 2
2 2 2
i j k
a 3 b 3 c 3 bci caj abk

a b c
2 b 2 c 2 c 2 a 2 a 2b 2 b 2 c 2 c 2 a 2 a 2b 2
, ,
3 3 3 3 abc
Q25. Given a 2 2 unitary matrix U satisfying U U UU 1 with det U e i , one can

construct a unitary matrix V V V VV 1 with det V 1 from it by
(a) multiplying U by e i / 2
(b) multiplying any single element of U by e i
(c) multiplying any row or column of U by e i / 2
(d) multiplying U by e i
Ans: (a)

fiziks
Q26. The graph of the function f x shown below is best described by

1.00
(a) The Bessel function J 0 x
0.25
(b) cos x 0.50
0.25
f (x)
(c) e x cos x
0.00
1 0.25
(d) cos x
x 0.50
0.75
Ans: (a) 1.00
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
x
Q27. In a series of five Cricket matches, one of the captains calls Heads every time when the
toss is taken. The probability that he will win 3 times and lose 2 times is
(a) 1 / 8 (b) 5 / 8 (c) 3 / 16 (d) 5 / 16
Ans: (d)
3 5 3 2
1 1 5! 1 1 5!
Solution: P 1 .
2 2 3!5 3! 8 2 3!5 3!
1 5 4 3! 20 5 5

32 3! 2! 32 8 2 16
The probability of getting exactly k successes in n trials is given by probability mass
p k 1 p , k successes, n trials.
n! nk
function
k !n k !
Q28. The Taylor expansion of the function ln cosh x , where x is real, about the point x 0
starts with the following terms:
1 2 1 4 1 2 1 4
(a) x x .... (b) x x ....
2 12 2 12
1 2 1 4 1 2 1 4
(c) x x .... (d) x x ....
2 6 2 6
Ans: (b)
e x ex
Solution: cosh x .Tailors series expansion of f x about x a
2

fiziks
f a
f x f a x a f ' ' a x a 2 f ' ' ' x a 3 ... . Here a 0 .
1! 2! 3!
e x ex e x ex ex ex
f x log 1
0 , f x tanh x 0
2 x 0
x 0
e x e x 2 e x e x
2
f ' ' x
e x
e x e x e x e x e x e x e x

e x
ex e
2 x
ex
2
1 tanh 2 x
e x
e
x 2
e x
e
x 2
At x 0, f ' ' x 1, f ' ' ' x 2
f x
1 2 1 4
x x .......
2 12
z 3 dz
Q29. The value of the integral , where C is a closed contour defined by the
C z 2 5z 6
equation 2 z 5 0, traversed in the anti-clockwise direction, is
(a) 16 i (b) 16 i (c) 8 i (d) 2 i

Ans: (a)
Solution: z 2 5 z 6 0 z 2 2 z 3z 6 0 z z 2 3z 2 0 z 3, 2
2 z 5 z 2.5 , only 2 will be inside.
z3 z 3 dz
Residue z 2 2 i 8 16 i
8
8 2
z 3z 2 z 2 2 3 c z 5z 6
NET/JRF (JUNE-2013)

tn
H n x e t 2tx
2
Q30. Given that
n 0 n!
the value of H 4 0 is
(a) 12 (b) 6 (c) 24 (d) 6
Ans: (a)

fiziks

tn tn t4 t6
H n x e t 2tx H n 0 e t 1 t 2
2 2
Solution:
n 0 n! n 0 n! 2! 3!
H 4 0 4 t 4
t H 4 0 12 .
4!

4! 2! 2!
Q31. A unit vector n on the xy -plane is at an angle of 120o with respect to i . The angle

between the vectors u a i b n and v an b i will be 60 o if
(a) b 3a / 2 (b) b 2a / 3 (c) b a / 2 (d) b a

Ans: (c)
Solution: u ai bn , v an bi

u v ai bn an bi u v cos 60 a 2 i n ab ba b 2 n.i
a 2
b 2 2ab cos120 cos60 a
2
2
cos120 2ab b 2 cos120
2 1 1 2 1 2
a b 2ab cos 60 a b 2ab a b
2 2 2 ab

1
a 2 b 2 2ab
2 2 2 2 2
5ab a
a2 b2 b .
2 2
Q32. With z x iy, which of the following functions f x, y is NOT a (complex) analytic
function of z ?

(a) f x, y x iy 8 4 x 2 y 2 2ixy
3

7
(b) f x, y x iy 1 x iy
7 3

(c) f x, y x 2 y 2 2ixy 3
5
(d) f x, y 1 x iy 2 x iy
4 6
Ans: (d)
Solution: f x, y 1 x iy 2 x iy
4 6
1 x iy 2 x iy
4 6
Due to present of z x iy

fiziks
Q33. The solution of the partial differential equation

2 2
u x , t u x, t 0
t 2 x 2
satisfying the boundary conditions u 0, t 0 u L, t and initial conditions

u x,0 sin x / L and u x, t t 0 sin 2x / L is
t
(a) sin x / L cos t / L sin 2x / L cos2 t / L

L
2
(b) 2 sin x / L cos t / L sin x / L cos2 t / L
(c) sin x / L cos2 t / L sin 2x / L sin t / L

L

(d) sin x / L cos t / L sin 2x / L sin 2 t / L

L
2
Ans: (d)
2u 2u x u 2 x
Solution: 2 0 , u x,0 sin and sin
t 2
x L t L
This is a wave equation
an t an t
So solution is given by u x, t An cos Bn sin
n L L
nx nx
L L
f x sin g n sin
2 2
with An
L0 L
dx, Bn
an 0 L
dx
2u 2u x 2 x
Comparing a 2 2 , We have a 1 and f x sin , g n sin ,
t 2
x L L
2x
L 1 cos
x n x
L L
2 2 x 2 L dx 2 L 1 (let n 1 )
An sin sin dx sin 2 dx
L0 L L L0 L L 0 2 L 2

Putting n 2

fiziks
4x
1 cos
2x nx 2 2x
L L L
2 2 2 dx 2 L L

Bn sin sin dx sin dx L
an 0 L L 2 0 L 2 0 2 2 2 2

Q34. The solution of the differential equation
dx
x2
dt
with the initial condition x0 1 will blow up as t tends to
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d)
Ans: (a)
dx dx x 21 1
Solution: x 2 2 dt t C t C
dt x 2 1 x
1 1
x0 1
1
0 C C 1 t 1 x as t 1 x blows up
1 x 1 t
1
Q35. The inverse Laplace transforms of is
s s 1
2
1 2 t 1 2
(a) t e (b) t 1 e t
2 2
(c) t 1 e t (d)
1 2
2

t 1 e t
Ans: (c)
1 t t
Solution: f s
1
f t e t L1
e dt e t e
t t

1
s 1 ss 1 0
0
1 t
e 1dt e t 0 e t 1.
1 t t t
L 2 t
s s 1 0
Q36. The approximation cos 1 is valid up to 3 decimal places as long as is less than:
(take 180o / 57.29o )

(a) 1.28 (b) 1.81 (c) 3.28 (d) 4.01
Ans: (b)

fiziks
2 2 2
Solution: cos 1 ....... 1
2! 4! 2!

cos 1 when 1.81o .0314
100
JRF/NET-(DEC-2013)
Q37. If A iyz jxz kxy , then the integral A dl (where C is along the perimeter of a
C
rectangular area bounded by x 0, x a and y 0, y b ) is
(a)
1 3
2
a b3 (b) ab 2 a 2 b (c) a 3 b3 (d) 0
Ans: (d)
A d l A.d a 0 since A 0 .
C S
Q38. If A, B and C are non-zero Hermitian operators, which of the following relations must
be false?
(a) A, B C (b) AB BA C (c) ABA C (d) A B C
Ans: (a)
Solution: A, B C AB BA C ( AB BA) C
(( AB) ( BA) ) C ( B A ) ( A B ) C
Hence A,B and C are hermitian then
BA AB C A, B C
Q39. Which of the following functions cannot be the real part of a complex analytic function
of z x iy ?
(a) x 2 y (b) x 2 y 2 (c) x 3 3xy 2 (d) 3 x 2 y y y 3

Ans: (a)

fiziks
Solution: Let x 2 y be real part of a complex function. Use Milne Thomsons method to write
analytic complex function. The real part of that function should be (1) but that is not the
case. So this cannot be real part of an analytic function. Also,
z 2 x iy x 2 y 2 2ixy , Real part option (2)
2
z 3 x iy x 3 iy 3 3ixy x iy
3
x 3 iy 3 3ix 2 y 3xy 2 , Real part option (3)

Q40. The expression
2 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2 2
x1 x2 x3 x4 x1 x2 x3 x4
2 2 2
is proportional to
(a) x1 x2 x3 x4 (b) x1 x 2 x3 x 4

(c) x12 x22 x32 x42 3 / 2

(d) x12 x22 x32 x42
2
Ans: (b)
1 2 x1
Solution: 2

x1 x1 x 2 x3 x 4
2 2 2

x1 x2 x32 x42
2 2
2
2 2 3 4 1
x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 2 1 2 2x x x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
2 1 1 1 2 3 4
x12
x1 x2 x3 x4
2 2 2 2 4

2 3 4 1
x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 2 4 x 2 8x 2 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
2 1 1 1 2 3 4

x1 x2 x3 x4
2 2 2 2 3

x1 x2 x3 x4
2 2 2

2 3

Now similarly solving all and add up then we get
2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
x1 x2 x3 x4 x1 x2 x3 x4
8 x12 x22 x32 x42 8 x12 x22 x32 x42

0
x x22 x32 x42
2 3
1
also if all x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 becomes zero it should be infinity.

fiziks
2 2 2 2
x1 x 2 x3 x 4
1
So 2 2 2 2 2

1
x x 2 x 3 x 4 x1 x 2
2 x 2
3 x 2
4

dx dx
Q41. Given that the integral 2 , the value of y is
0 y x
2
2y 0
2
x2
2

(a) (b) 3
(c) (d)
y3 4y 8y3 2 y3
Ans: (b)

Solution: y
dx 1

dx
, pole is of 2nd order at x iy , residue 1/ 4iy 3
0
2
x2
2

2 y x
2 2 2

Integral 1/ 2* 2 i *1/ (4iy 3 ) / (4 y 3 )
Q42. The Fourier transform of the derivative of the Dirac - function, namely x , is
proportional to
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) sin k (d) ik
Ans: (d)
Solution: Fourier transform of x

H K x e ikx dx ikek 0 ik

Q43. Consider an n nn 1 matrix A , in which Aij is the product of the indices i and j
(namely Aij ij ). The matrix A
(a) has one degenerate eigevalue with degeneracy n 1

(b) has two degenerate eigenvalues with degeneracies 2 and n 2
(c) has one degenerate eigenvalue with degeneracy n
(d) does not have any degenerate eigenvalue
Ans: (a)
1 2
Solution: If matrix is 2 2 let then eigen value is given by
2 4

fiziks
1 2
0 (1 )(4 ) 4 0 0,5
2 4
1 2 3

If If matrix is 3 3 let 2 4 6 then eigen value is given by
3 6 9

1 2 3

2 4 6 0
3 9
6
1 4 9 36 218 29 312 34
1 2 13 36 36 218 18 2 312 12 3 0
2 13 3 132 13 0 3 14 2 0 0, 0, 14
i.e. has one degenerate eigenvalue with degeneracy 2.
Thus one can generalized that for n dimensional matrix has one degenerate eigevalue
with degeneracy n 1 .
Q44. Three sets of data A, B and C from an experiment, represented by , and , are
plotted on a log-log scale. Each of these are fitted with straight lines as shown in the
figure. 1000
100
C
B
10
1

A

0.1 1 10 100 1000
0.1
The functional dependence y x for the sets A, B and C are respectively

x 1 1
(a) x, x and x 2 (b) , x and 2 x (c) , x and x 2 (d) , x and x 2
2 x2 x
Ans: (d)

fiziks
JRF/NET-(JUNE-2014)
Q45. Consider the differential equation
d 2x dx
2
2 x0
dt dt
with the initial conditions x0 0 and x 0 1 . The solution x t attains its maximum
value when t is
(a) 1/2 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d)
Ans: (b)
d 2x dx
2 x 0 m2 2m 1 0 m 1 0 m 1, 1
2
Solution: 2
dt dt
x c1 c2t et since x 0 0 0 c1 x c2 te t 0
x c2 tet et
Since x 0 1 1 c2 x tet
For maxima or minima x 0 x tet et 0 x et 1 t
et 0, 1 t 0 t , t 1
x et 1 1 t et 1 et t 1 et

x 1 e1 0et 0

Q46. Consider the matrix
0 2i 3i

M 2i 0 6i
3i 6i 0

The eigenvalues of M are
(a) 5, 2, 7 (b) 7, 0, 7 (c) 4i, 2i, 2i (d) 2, 3, 6
Ans: (b)
0 2i 3i 0 2i 3i

Solution: M 2i 0 6i , M 2i 0 6i
3i 6i 0 3i 6i 0


fiziks
M M
Matrix is Hermitian so roots are real and trace = 0.
1 2 3 0, 1 2 3 0 7, 0, 7
1
Q47. If C is the contour defined by z , the value of the integral
2
dz

C sin 2 z
is
(a) (b) 2 i (c) 0 (d) i
Ans: (c)
1 1
Solution: f z z

sin 2 z 2
3 5
z z 1 1
sin z z .... 2
2
3 5 sin z z3 z5
z ....
3 5
2
1 1 z2 z4 dz
1 ....
sin 2 z z 2 3 5

C sin 2 z
0
Q48. Given

n 0

Pn x t n 1 2 xt t 2
1 / 2
, for t 1 , the value of P5 1 is
(a) 0.26 (b) 1 (c) 0.5 (d) 1

Ans: (d)
Pn 1 1 if n is odd P5 1 1

fiziks
Q49. The graph of a real periodic function f x for the range , is shown below
f x
Which of the following graphs represents the real part of its Fourier transform?
Re f k
(a) (b)
Re f k
k k
(c) Re f k (d) Re f k
k k
Ans: (b)
Solution: This is cosine function
A
f x A cos x F k k k0 k k0
2
NET/JRF (DEC-2014)

Q50. Let r denote the position vector of any point in three-dimensional space, and r r .
Then

(a) r 0 and r r / r (b) r 0 and 2 r 0

(c) r 3 and 2 r r / r 2 (d) r 3 and r 0
Ans: (d)

Solution: r xx yy zz

fiziks
x y z
r 111 3
x y z
x y z
z y x z y x
r / x / y / z x y z 0
x y z y z z x x y
a 0 0 1

Q51. The column vector b is a simultaneous eigenvector of A 0 1 0 and
a 1 0 0

0 1 1

B 1 0 1 if
1 1 0

(a) b 0 or a 0 (b) b a or b 2a
(c) b 2a or b a (d) b a / 2 or b a / 2
Ans: (b)
Solution: Let b a
0 0 1 a a 0 1 1 a a a

0 1 0 a a and 1 0 1 a a a
1 0 0 a a 1 1 0 a a a

Let b 2a
0 0 1 a a 0 1 1 a a a

0 1 0 2a 2a and 1 0 1 2a 2a 1 2a
1 0 0 a a 1 1 0 a a a

For other combination above relation is not possible.
sin 2 x
Q52. The principal value of the integral
x3
dx is
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) 2

Ans: (a)

fiziks
ei 2 z
Solution: Let f z
z3
ei 2 z
lim z 0 z 0 f z lim z 0 z 0 1 finite and 0 z 0 is pole of order 3.
3 3
z3
1 d2 3 e
iz
Residue R lim z 0 2
2! z 0 dz 2 z3

f x dx iR i 2 2 i Im. Part 2 f x dx 2

Q53. The Laurent series expansion of the function f z e z e1 / z about z 0 is given by
zn n 1 1
n n! for all z

(a) (b) n 0
z n only if 0 z 1
z n!
1 1 zn
n0 z n z n n ! for all 0 z n n! only if z 1

(c) (d)
Ans: (c)
z2 z
n
1 1 1 1
Solution: e z 1 z .... n0 .... n 0 n

and e1/ z 1 2
2! n! z 2! z z n!
1 1
f z ez e1/ z n 0 z n n for all 0 z
z n !
Q54. Two independent random variables m and n , which can take the integer values
0, 1, 2, ..., , follow the Poisson distribution, with distinct mean values and
respectively. Then
(a) the probability distribution of the random variable l m n is a binomial
distribution.
(b) the probability distribution of the random variable r m n is also a Poisson
distribution.
(c) the variance of the random variable l m n is equal to
(d) the mean value of the random variable r m n is equal to 0.
Ans: (c)
Solution: l2 m2 n2

fiziks
f z
ln 1 z
1
Q55. Consider the function of a complex variable
z
z re i r 0, . The singularities of f z are as follows:
(a) branch points at z 1 and z ; and a pole at z 0 only for 0 2
(b) branch points at z 1 and z ; and a pole at z 0 for all other than 0 2
(c) branch points at z 1 and z ; and a pole at z 0 for all
(d) branch points at z 0, z 1 and z .
Ans: None of the above is correct
1 1 z 2 z3 z z2
Solution: For f z ln 1 z z ..... 1 .....
z z 2 3 2 3
There is no principal part and when z 0 , f z 1. So there is removable singularity
at z 0 . Also z 1 and z is Branch point.
The function f x n0
1n x 2n1
Q56. satisfies the differential equation
n !n 1! 2
(a) x 2
d2 f
2
x
df
dx

x2 1 f 0 (b) x 2
d2 f
2
2x
df
dx

x2 1 f 0
dx dx
(c) x 2
d2 f
2
x
df
dx

x2 1 f 0 (d) x 2
d2 f
2
x
df
dx

x2 1 f 0
dx dx
Ans: (c)
f x n0
1 x
n 2 n 1
Solution: is generating function (Bessel Function of first kind)

n !n 1! 2
d2 f
dx 2
df

x x 2 n 2 f 0 , put n 1 .
which satisfies the differential equation x 2
dx

Q57. Let and be complex numbers. Which of the following sets of matrices forms a
group under matrix multiplication?
1
(a) (b) , where 1
0 0
*
(c) , where * is real (d) , where 1
2 2
* *

*
Ans: (d)

fiziks

1
2 2
Solution:

* *

3
Q58. The expression i jk i j k
x ,
i , j , k 1
p , L (where i jk is the Levi-Civita symbol, x , p, L are
the position, momentum and angular momentum respectively, and A, B represents the
Poisson Bracket of A and B ) simplifies to
(a) 0 (b) 6

(c) x , p L
(d) x p
Ans: (b)


GateComputerScience HandWrittenNotes GateCoachProbably

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

GateComputerScience HandWrittenNotes GateCoachProbably

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

AVS fiziks

MATEMATICAL PHYSICS SOLUTIONS

(A) 2i (B) 4i (C) i (D) 0

(A) 5, 2, -2 (B) -5, -1, -1 (C) 5, 1, -1 (D) -5, 1, 1

Head office Branch office

(A) s 2 e sx (B) s 2 e sx (C) s 2 (D) s 2 e sx

initial conditions y0 0 and

cosht t sinht (B) sinht t cosht

Head office Branch office

(A) F 0 (B) F 0 (C) V 0 (D) 2 V 0

Head office Branch office

We know that for any matrix

Head office Branch office

(A) circles with different radii

which is family of circles with different radii.

f z dz over this contour is

Head office Branch office

Head office Branch office

Q18. For the function f z

At z 1 pole is of order 2 so residue is =3

Head office Branch office

CLASSICAL MECHANICS SOLUTIONS

(a) 8b (b) 8a (c) 8a / b (d) 8b / a

Solution: Escape velocity = 2gR

Escape velocity of Earth ge R e R g

Head office Branch office

Q3. The Hamiltonian of a system with n degrees of freedom is given

, and are M, M and zero respectively.

Head office Branch office

From conservation of energy M c 2 E E .

E 2 p 2 c 2 M 2 c 4 and E 2 p 2 c 2 since momentum of and is same.

and p x 0, p y 0 , . During the motion, the curves traced out

(a) both straight lines

Head office Branch office

Solving Hamiltonion equation of motion

Solution: Let co-ordinate x1 , y1 and x 2 , y 2 . K .E.

x2 l sin 1 l sin 2 , y 2 l cos 1 l cos 2

Head office Branch office

Put the value of x1 , y1 , x 2 , y 2 in K.E equation, one will get

Head office Branch office

Head office Branch office

Conservation of momentum L mv1a mv2b b

GMm b GMm b b a GMm

Head office Branch office

Head office Branch office

Head office Branch office

Solution: Velocity of bullet = vj , Angular velocity= k . There will be coriolis

(a) r p (b) r p (c) 3 (d) 1

Head office Branch office

Q20. Consider the motion of a classical particle in a one dimensional double-well

on the x-axis (and friction is neglected), then

Head office Branch office

Head office Branch office

Q25. The Hamiltonian of a simple pendulum consisting of a mass m attached to a massless

Head office Branch office

Now the distance traversed by muon is vt 0.94c 6.6 10 6 = 1.86 km .

Head office Branch office

(a) mk 2 / 2 L3 (b) mk 2 / L3 (c) 2mk 2 / L3 (d) 3mk 2 / L3

Head office Branch office

For what values of a and b will the quantities p x 3 y and p y 2 x be conserved?

py (b 3) x(3b b2 ) 0 and px (a 2) y (2a a 2 ) 0

Head office Branch office